Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Société Générale

Société Générale

gle · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker gle
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Société Générale
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Building 
Homes. 
Changing 
Lives. 

l

M
J
G
e
e
s
o
n
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
2
1

MJ Gleeson plc 
Annual Report and 
Accounts 2021

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:31
05/10/2021   11:23:31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

MJ Gleeson plc 
specialises in 
low-cost house 
building and land 
promotion.

Highlights

Operational

Homes sold

1,812 

(2020: 1,072)

Average selling price

£145,800

(2020: £130,900)

CO2e emissions (scope 1 & 2)

2.1 tonnes

per home sold

(2020: 2.8 tonnes)

Financial

Revenue

£288.6m 

(2020: £147.2m)

Profit before tax

£41.7m

(2020: £5.6m)

Net assets per share

420.4p 

(2020: 366.1p)

Earnings per share

58.2p 

(2020: 8.1p)

Cash net of borrowings

Return on capital employed

£34.3m 

(2020: £16.8m)

21.4% 

(2020: 3.1%)

 Cover: Florence, Sutton Heights, 
Sutton-in-Ashfield, Nottinghamshire

 Carlisle Park, Rotherham, 
South Yorkshire

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:33
05/10/2021   11:23:33

Strategic Report

Contents
Strategic Report
At a Glance

Building Homes. Changing Lives.

Our Sustainable Approach

Our Values and Culture

Chairman’s Statement

Market Review

Our Sustainable Business Model

Key Performance Indicators

Q&A with Management

Chief Executive’s Statement

Business Review

Material Sustainability Issues

Our Sustainable Business Strategy

Communities, People, Environment

Sustainability Targets

UN Sustainable Development Goals

02

04

06

08

1 0

1 4

1 8

20

22

24

28

30

32

34

42

46

Sustainability in Action – Case Studies 48

TCFD Disclosures

SASB Disclosures

Financial Review

Risk Management

Section 172 Statement

Non-financial Reporting

58

60

64

68

74

76

Corporate Governance 
80
Chairman’s Introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate Governance Report

Nomination Committee Report

Audit Committee Report

Sustainability Committee Report

Remuneration Committee Report

Annual Report on Remuneration

Directors’ Report

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

Financial Statements
Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of    
Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Position

Statement of Changes in Equity

Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

Other Information
Five Year Review

Further Information

84

86

94

98

106

1 1 0

1 1 4

126

129

132

140

140

1 41

142

144

145

170

1 7 1

01

Providing 
high-quality, 
affordable 
homes to those 
who need them

  Read more on 
Our Sustainable 
Business Model 
on pages 18 to 19

Sustainability: 
People, 
Communities 
& the 
Environment

  Read more on 
Our Sustainable 
Business Strategy 
on pages 32 to 33

Enabling home 
ownership 
for a vast 
underserved 
market

  Read more on 
Market Review 
on pages 14 to 16

A culture that 
attracts, retains 
and promotes 
the best people

  Read more on Our 
Values and Culture 
on pages 8 to 9

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   1
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   1

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:35
05/10/2021   11:23:35

 
 
Key

Gleeson Homes 

Gleeson Land

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

At a Glance

Divisional Breakdown

£288.6m 

Revenue

Gleeson 
Homes 
£265.8m

Gleeson 
Land 
£22.8m

£43.1m 

Operating profit*

Gleeson 
Homes 
£37.4m

Gleeson 
Land 
£11.1m

* After Group overheads of £5.4m

02

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   2
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   2

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:36
05/10/2021   11:23:36

 Florence and Kellie-Jay, 
Sutton Heights, Sutton-in-
Ashfield, Nottinghamshire

From “Gleeson Strategic Land” to “Gleeson Land”
Our land promotion business is focused on meeting the growing short-term needs of housebuilders for attractive, 
well-planned sites that are “oven ready” for development. A large number of the sites we promote obtain a planning 
permission and are sold within five years. We promote carefully selected, high-quality sites that can be delivered in a 
reasonable timeframe. As such, these are not typically long-term strategic allocations or speculative land opportunities. 
To better reflect the nature of the business, the division has been rebranded “Gleeson Land”. The statutory company 
name currently remains Gleeson Strategic Land Limited.

03

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:37
05/10/2021   11:23:37

Gleeson HomesWe build affordable, quality homes. Where they are needed, for the people who need them most.Our mission is to change people’s lives through home ownership, primarily first time buyers and young families, many of whom are on low-to-average incomes and are key workers. We help people to escape from housing poverty caused by the “rent trap” and into home ownership, wealth creation, and better health and wellbeing. A couple working full time on the government’s National Living Wage can afford to buy a home on any of our developments. We build in areas of deprivation, regenerating communities and creating meaningful spaces where people want to live. These are often brownfield sites with access to transport, local facilities and employment. Most of our customers are from the local area and want to remain part of their local community. Our sustainable business approach is based around our relationships with communities, people and the environment. Gleeson LandWe promote land through the complex planning system. Unlocking value to deliver sustainable and attractive sites for other developers to build new homes, where they are needed.We carefully select and promote land through the planning process on behalf of landowners. Our highly skilled team of planning, technical and land specialists take a bespoke approach to every site. We carefully consider the constraints of a site, being sensitive to local needs and environmental aspects.We build strong relationships with landowners and take a proactive and personal approach to promoting their land. We work to achieve best value on their behalf, whilst delivering planning permissions that are implementable and ready for developers to start on site. We form an integral part of the supply chain for new housing, delivering high-quality consented land to housebuilders, predominantly in the South of England.Strategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Building Homes.

Building 
affordable, 
quality homes.

We build our homes with the needs of our 
customers first and aim for 5-star quality 
across all of our developments.

We will not hand over the keys to a home 
unless we are proud to put our name to it.

Gleeson homes:

2, 3 or 4  
bed houses

Significantly 
cheaper  
to buy than rent

Highly energy 
efficient

Sold  
freehold

Traditional approach:

Brick and block 
construction

Front and rear 
gardens

Driveways at the 
side

£95,000

With prices from as low as 
£95,000, a working couple 
on the National Living Wage 
can afford to buy on any of 
our developments.

04

 Model Walk, Worksop, 
Derbyshire

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   4
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   4

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:39
05/10/2021   11:23:39

Gleeson homes:

Changing Lives.

Where they are 
needed, for the 
people who need 
them most.

We exist to provide homes to a largely 
underserved community of young, first  
time buyers.

We strive to make homeownership a reality 
for everyone.

Strategic Report

Gleeson customers:

80% 

First time buyers

2 out of 3 

Key workers

29 years old 

Median buyer age

1 out of 3 

Below 25 years old

£23,000 

Median buyer income

51% 

Single buyers

4 out of 5

of our homes are built in 
the most deprived areas 
of the UK. That compares 
to 1 out of 4 for other 
housebuilders. 

05

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   5
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   5

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:39
05/10/2021   11:23:39

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Our vision:
Building Homes. 
Changing Lives.

Our mission:
Changing lives by 
building affordable, 
quality homes. 
Where they are 
needed, for the 
people who need 
them most.

  Read more on Our Sustainable 
Business Strategy on pages 
32 to 33

  Read more on Our Values and 
Culture on pages 8 to 9

 Rhea and Lewis, Petersmiths 
Park, Ollerton, Nottinghamshire

06

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   6
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   6

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:42
05/10/2021   11:23:42

Our Sustainable ApproachOur sustainable business strategy is built around our relationship with Communities, People and the Environment.

Our most material sustainability issues are:

Our business supports six UN Sustainable 
Development Goals (“SDGs”) through its 
activities:

Health and safety

Affordability

Land

Build quality

Carbon emissions

Sustainable cities  
and communities

Gender equality

Decent work and 
economic growth

Responsible 
consumption  
and production

Climate action

Life on land

  Read more on our Material 
Sustainability Issues on pages 30 to 31

  Read more on our support of 
UN SDGs on pages 46 to 47

We have engaged with our key stakeholders to understand their views on our material sustainability issues.

Customers

Employees

Shareholders

  Read more on our Communities  
on pages 34 to 35

  Read more on our People on 
pages 36 to 37

Local  
Authorities

Banks

  Read more on our relationship 
with the Environment on pages 
38 to 41

07

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   7
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   7

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:44
05/10/2021   11:23:44

CommunitiesWe want to create attractive, affordable places for young, first time buyers to live, creating sustainable communities. PeopleWe are committed to ensuring all employees and subcontractors will be treated fairly, kept safe and be paid a fair wage.EnvironmentWe take all reasonable measures to conduct our business in a way that minimises our impact on the environment and enhances the land we develop.Strategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Our Values 
and Culture 

Our Values
We are Passionate
We are passionate about building 
high-quality homes that are 
affordable for everyone.

We are passionate about our 
customers and ensuring they enjoy 
buying their home from us. Where 
we get things wrong, we aim to 
put it right quickly and fairly.

We are proud of the strong 
relationships we build with our 
suppliers and contractors who 
work alongside us.

We are Collaborative
We work together collaboratively, 
with shared goals, where 
information, knowledge and ideas 
can be discussed openly, honestly 
and free from judgement.

We listen to our customers and 
work with them throughout their 
buying journey.

We collaborate with our external 
partners and value their part in 
helping us achieve our goals.

We are Respectful
We respect the right to a safe 
working environment on all our 
sites and in all our offices and are 
fully committed to ensuring our 
colleagues and those who work on, 
or visit our sites and offices, return 
HomeSafe – everyone, every day.

We are respectful of our customers, 
colleagues and partners by listening 
to them and treating them equally 
and fairly.

We undertake our business in an 
ethical way, and we respect the 
environment.

 Ahmed, Technical Site Engineer, 
Greater Manchester

08

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   8
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   8

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:46
05/10/2021   11:23:46

Monitoring  
our culture

Our annual “Your Voice” survey is  
one of our engagement tools and 
helps us monitor the views of  
our colleagues across the business. 

This year, we saw a 13% increase in response rate 
and are proud of the fact that, from an independent 
survey, we remain in the top quartile of companies 
across the country for employee engagement. This is 
important as it has been a challenging year including 
for those colleagues who were furloughed during 
the first lockdown, working remotely or dealing with 
the stresses of the pandemic on both mental and 
physical health. Despite these challenges, we saw an 
improvement in scores across many areas, as well as 
gaining a greater understanding of areas that need 
more attention in the coming year. 

We also use a Personal Development Review 
process as a way to engage with all colleagues in a 
structured way twice a year. Our people are asked to 
reflect on how they have demonstrated our values, 
engaging in a meaningful conversation with their 
line manager about their aspirations, development 
needs and performance.

Find out more on pages 36 and 37.

Our 
employee 
engagement 
score 

Our people 
are proud  
to work  
for Gleeson 

89% 

(2020: 88%)

88% 

(2020: 85%)

We are Passionate

We are passionate about what we do; Paul Hume, 
a forklift operator at Petersmiths Park in Ollerton, 
Nottinghamshire noticed there was an issue with 
dust on the roads around the site and that hiring an 
external road sweeper came at a cost. 

Paul designed and created a dust-suppression 
system to attach to his forklift, which meant he 
could reduce the dust on the roads at a significantly 
lower cost and reduce idle time. 

His passion sets a great example and his design has 
the potential for wider roll out on other sites. 

We are Collaborative

We work collaboratively with the community; 
during the construction of our Roseberry Court 
development in Kirkleatham, Redcar the local 
church kindly allowed us to use their land for the 
site compound and welfare facilities. 

Since the construction of Roseberry Court, the old 
church was demolished and a new church built in 
its place. To show our appreciation for letting us 
use their land, Gleeson resurfaced the car park of 
the church free of charge and provided a fenced 
boundary between the church and our development. 

We are Respectful

We respect our customers’ needs; when Oliver and 
Charlotte requested permission to convert their 
garage into a wet room and downstairs bedroom 
for their 12-year-old daughter with severe mobility 
limitations, we agreed to design and fund the entire 
project. We worked with Sheffield City Council 
and the NHBC to create a walk-in wet room and 
bedroom including a hoist to allow easier movement 
between the bed and wet room. No one should be 
restricted in their own home based on disability. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   9
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   9

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:48
05/10/2021   11:23:48

09

Our values in action – case studiesStrategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Chairman’s Statement

“

I am pleased to report a strong set 
of results for the financial year to 
June 2021, with revenue and profit 
ahead of pre-Covid levels.” 

Gleeson Homes completed a record 1,812 
new homes and remains on track to meet 
its target of delivering 2,000 new homes 
in 2022.

Gleeson Land sold eight sites with the potential to 
deliver 1,978 plots. Demand for consented sites has 
returned to pre-Covid levels and in the current financial 
year the division has already completed the sale of one 
substantial site.

Market
The demand for Gleeson Homes’ high-quality, low-cost 
homes remains very strong. Mortgage finance continues 
to be available to our purchasers on favourable terms 
and the government’s two new initiatives to help first 
time buyers – the First Homes scheme and the 95% 
mortgage guarantee scheme – will also help to support 
demand in the market in which Gleeson operates. Due 
to the low, affordable selling price of our homes and the 
typical backgrounds of our customers, most purchases 
of a Gleeson home are not subject to stamp duty and, as 
a result, the first tapering of the stamp duty holiday in 
June has had little impact on our performance. We do not 
expect the end of the stamp duty holiday in September to 
have any impact either on demand or revenue.

As has been widely publicised, the construction sector 
as a whole is currently experiencing availability and cost 
pressures with respect to labour and materials. So far, 
however, due to its long-term, trusted relationships with 
suppliers and subcontractors, Gleeson Homes has been 
able to maintain both its build programmes and its gross 
margins. We are cautiously confident it will continue 
to do so. 

10

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   10
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   10

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:50
05/10/2021   11:23:50

Dermot  GleesonChairmanStrategic Report

 Calverley View, Bradford, 
West Yorkshire

Gleeson Land has seen a strong increase in demand from 
major housebuilders for high-quality, consented sites. 
Despite the disruptive impact of the pandemic on local 
authority planning departments, the division is continuing 
to secure new and commercially attractive planning 
consents. It has also added a number of new, high-quality 
sites to its portfolio.

Our people
The last 18 months have been challenging. I wish to 
express my very deep sense of gratitude to all our 
employees for their remarkable resilience in what have 
been very difficult circumstances and for their continuing 
commitment to the Company’s success. 

Sustainability
In last year’s Annual Report, we set out our commitment 
to being a sustainable housebuilder aligned with UN 
Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”), in particular 
target 1 of SDG 11, “Sustainable cities and communities”, 
which is to provide “access for all to safe and affordable 
housing”. A young working couple can afford to buy 
a high-quality home on any one of Gleeson Homes’ 
development sites. 

The UK housing market as a whole is heavily skewed 
towards the needs of middle and upper-income buyers 
who already own a home. The average selling price of 
houses in England is now over £325,000. In consequence, 
and despite the rise in the number of new homes 
being built, housing inequality in the UK remains a very 
significant problem. I am proud of the contribution we are 
making, both in practice and by our example, to resolving 
that problem.  

Our customers are young, first time buyers and people 
on low incomes who would like to own their home but, in 
many cases, believe themselves to be “priced out” of the 
market. Gleeson’s high-quality, affordable homes enable 
them to achieve their dream. What is more, by choosing 
to live in a new, energy efficient home on a carefully 
planned and designed Gleeson development, young first 
time buyers give themselves the opportunity to become 
active members of a strong and sustainable community. 

I have been particularly impressed by the progress made 
during the year with respect to employee development 
and engagement. The most recent independently 
assessed engagement scores show a further rise, placing 
Gleeson in the top quartile of UK companies. We continue 
to strive to be, and to be recognised as, one of the best 
companies to work for in the UK.

Dividends
Following the suspension of dividend payments in 2020, 
the Board resumed payments in April 2021, paying an 
interim dividend of 5.0p per share. 

Subject to shareholder approval at the 2021 Annual 
General Meeting (“AGM”), the Board proposes to pay a 
final dividend of 10.0p per share on 22 November 2021,  
to shareholders on the register at the close of business  
on 29 October 2021. The total dividend for the year to  
30 June 2021 will, on that basis, be 15.0p.

The Board has also reviewed the Company’s capital 
allocation policy, assessing the capital needs of both 
shareholders and the Company as it continues to invest 
for growth. The Board intends to maintain an earnings to 
ordinary dividend cover ratio of between three and five 
times and expects to pay a final dividend representing 
two-thirds of the total dividend each year. This policy 
will be reviewed periodically to ensure that it remains 
appropriate.

11

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   11
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   11

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:52
05/10/2021   11:23:52

Chairman’s Statement

Continued

Summary and 
outlook
Despite the pressures currently 
affecting the supply of materials 
and labour within the construction 
industry, the prospects for Gleeson 
Homes are very encouraging. 

Mortgage rates and conditions 
for first time buyers on low 
incomes are unprecedented and 
very favourable. As a result, there 
is scope for further, controlled 
increases in selling prices, while 
ensuring that young working 
couples on low incomes can 
continue to afford to buy a high 
quality home on any one of 
Gleeson Homes’ development sites 
– an objective which, for Gleeson, 
has become a point of pride.

Gleeson Land is experiencing 
strongly rising levels of interest 
from housebuilders, many of 
which are urgently seeking to fill 
the gaps in their own land banks in 
the South of England. 

Against this backdrop, the Board 
believes that the Group will be 
able to continue its pre-pandemic 
growth trajectory, both in the near 
term and beyond.

Dermot Gleeson

Chairman
13 September 2021

Financial stability
The Group retains its strong 
financial position and ended the 
year with cash balances of £34.3m 
and no debt (30 June 2020: 
£16.8m net cash). In April this 
year, the Group entered into a new 
borrowing facility shared between 
Lloyds Bank plc and Santander 
UK plc. This has a limit of £105m 
(previously £70m with Lloyds) 
and gives the Group additional 
liquidity to invest in growth.

I am pleased to confirm that 
the Company has repaid all 
financial support received by the 
Group from the government’s 
Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme and retail grant and 
rebates schemes.

Corporate 
governance
I was very pleased in March this 
year to welcome Elaine Bailey 
to the Board, who has been 
appointed as a Non-Executive 
Director. Elaine, a former Chief 
Executive of Hyde Housing 
Group, brings to our deliberations 
an exceptional breadth of 
construction and housing-related 
experience. 

Elaine has been appointed as 
Chair of the new Sustainability 
Committee and as a member 
of the Nomination, Audit, and 
Remuneration Committees. 

In December 2020, we established 
the Sustainability Committee of 
the Board to oversee the Group’s 
approach to sustainability and 
to environmental, social and 
governance (“ESG”) issues. Its 
first report, including a summary 
of the work undertaken by the 
Committee this year, is integrated 
into our Annual Report.

12

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   12
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   12

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:53
05/10/2021   11:23:53

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Strategic Report

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   13
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   13

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:54
05/10/2021   11:23:54

 Rainsborough Park, 
Knottingley, West Yorkshire

13

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Market Review

The UK housing market is failing 
to meet the needs of young, first 
time buyers and people on low 
incomes. The market is also failing 
to deal with the complex issues of 
housing inequality and the right to 
safe, affordable housing. Too many 
young working people who want 
access to the health, wealth and 
wellbeing benefits that come with 
home ownership are unable to buy a 
home and continue to live in rented 
accommodation or live with parents.

 Kilner Park, Doncaster,  
South Yorkshire

14

Too few homes are being built
Housebuilding volumes have increased over 
recent years, but they are still falling short of the 
government’s target of 300,000 new homes per 
year by the mid-2020s. This target could be further 
hampered by inherent complexities in the planning 
system and, more recently, challenges around the 
supply and availability of materials and skilled 
labour. 

The net under-supply in the market will continue 
to drive house prices and exacerbate the problems 
for young people and those on lower incomes who 
want to get onto the housing ladder. 

Net additional dwellings in England

350,000

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

0

Government Target

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

0

1

0
2

1
1

0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

Source: Gov.uk Components of net housing supply, England.

More than 1 in 3 homes are rented
4.1 million households in the North of England and 
Midlands are renting. Despite the efforts of the 
government, housebuilders and housing associations 
to build more homes, the levels of home ownership 
are below historic levels. In 2020, more than 
one in three householders were living in rented 
accommodation, either social or private rented. 
However, the desire to own a home remains strong; 
nine in ten young adults aspire to own a home and 
over half (51%) of first time buyers listed it as one of 
their top life goals1.

Household tenure by region (millions)

7.6

8.2

4.1

4.8

Owned

Rented

Owned

Rented

North of England & Midlands South of England & East

Source: Gov.uk Dwelling stock: by tenure and region.

1.  Santander First-Time Buyer Study July 2019.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   14
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   14

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:56
05/10/2021   11:23:56

The benefits of home ownership are clear
Not only are there health and wellbeing benefits 
that come from home ownership, but there are clear 
wealth benefits. According to a recent independent 
report, nearly half of homeowners with a mortgage 
agree they are able to save more because their 
mortgage is cheaper than renting, and 1 in 3 
homeowners see their mortgage as a means to 
invest in their future. The typical homeowner can 
gain wealth of £326,000 over thirty years compared 
with renting, even before any potential house price 
gains are factored in.

Young people are struggling to become 
homeowners
Whilst home ownership among the young has been 
increasing over the last few years, it remains low 
with only one in ten people younger than 30 years 
old owning their own home. Over the past two 
decades there has been a shift towards the private 
rental sector, with young people likely to remain 
renters for longer. This is particularly apparent for 
adults in the 25–34 age group; in 2007–08 only 28% 
lived in private rented accommodation, increasing to 
44% a decade later2.

Home ownership

Private rental

Home ownership below the age of 30

£209,000
Equity gained 
after 30 years

£357,000
Total 
payments

Wealth created
from buying
£326,000

No asset

£474,000
Rental 
payments

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0

500

Source: Equity Release Council. Rent assumes the average 
rent rising by 2% p.a. Homeowner assumes £220,000 home 
bought with a 30 year repayment mortgage, and subsequent 
remortgages. Analysis includes other costs of ownership 
including insurance and repairs.

5
7
9
1

0
8
9
1

5
8
9
1

0
9
9
1

5
9
9
1

0
0
0
2

5
0
0
2

1

0
0
2

5
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

Source: The Resolution Foundation.

2.  ONS Living longer (February 2020).

Mortgage availability is improving
Mortgage approvals fell to a 10-year low in May 2020 
but have recovered strongly, rising to just over 95,000 
in June 2021. The availability of 90% loan-to-value 
(“LTV”) mortgage products has also recovered in the 
year from a low of 51 products in October 2020 to 481 
at May 20213. 

Easing of the mortgage market is supported by the 
introduction of the government’s 95% LTV mortgage 
guarantee scheme. 

7
3
3
1
1
1
0
0
0
Number of all UK mortgage approvals
ct 2
r 2
 2
Jan
p
O
A

5
1
0
ct 2
O

6
1
0
ct 2
O

3
1
0
ct 2
O

1
1
0
ct 2
O

2
1
0
ct 2
O

0
1
0
ct 2
O

4
1
0
ct 2
O

0
1
0
r 2
p
A

6
1
0
r 2
p
A

7
1
0
r 2
p
A

5
1
0
r 2
p
A

2
1
0
r 2
p
A

1
1
0
r 2
p
A

4
1
0
r 2
p
A

6
1
0
 2
Jan

7
1
0
 2
Jan

0
1
0
 2
Jan

1
1
0
 2
Jan

4
1
0
 2
Jan

5
1
0
 2
Jan

2
1
0
 2
Jan

3
1
0
l 2
Ju

5
1
0
l 2
Ju

7
1
0
l 2
Ju

6
1
0
l 2
Ju

4
1
0
l 2
Ju

2
1
0
l 2
Ju

0
1
0
l 2
Ju

1
1
0
l 2
Ju

8
1
0
 2
Jan

8
1
0
r 2
p
A

8
1
0
l 2
Ju

8
1
0
ct 2
O

9
1
0
 2
Jan

9
1
0
r 2
p
A

9
1
0
l 2
Ju

9
1
0
ct 2
O

0
2
0
 2
Jan

0
2
0
r 2
p
A

0
2
0
l 2
Ju

0
2
0
ct 2
O

1
2
0
 2
Jan

1
2
0
r 2
p
A

120,000

100,000

80,000

60,000

40,000

20,000

0

House prices remain sensible in the North of 
England and Midlands
House prices in the North of England and Midlands 
have risen in the past year but remain sensible. Low 
mortgage rates and rising wages, including the 
National Living Wage, have improved affordability. 
In the North of England and Midlands, mortgage 
payments as a percentage of mean after tax pay 
remain sensibly low at around 30%. However, saving 
for a deposit is still seen as the biggest barrier to 
achieving the home ownership dream.

House price index in England

South of England & East

North of England & Midlands

National Living Wage

160

150

140

130

120

110

100

90

80

1

0
0
2

1
1

0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

7
0
0
2

8
0
0
2

9
0
0
2

1

0
0
2

1
1

0
2

2
1
0
2

3
1
0
2

4
1
0
2

5
1
0
2

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

Source: Bank of England, not seasonally adjusted.

Source: Land Registry indexed prices (2007 = 100).

3.  Moneyfacts.

15

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   15
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   15

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:56
05/10/2021   11:23:56

Strategic Report 
 
MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Market Review
Market Review

Continued
Continued

New build prices remain above the reach of many 
young people
The average price of a new build home in England 
is now £326,000. Prices are lower in the North of 
England and Midlands at £257,000 but this is still out 
of reach for many young people, especially those 
on lower incomes. A working couple on the National 
Living Wage, borrowing four times their combined 
income and borrowing 90% of the purchase price can 
afford to buy a home costing around £165,000.

New build average selling prices 

£377,000

£257,000

£145,800

Homes are being built in more affluent areas
The majority of housebuilders are focused on 
building new homes in more affluent areas. Three-
quarters of all new homes built in 2020 were in 
more affluent areas, with only one-quarter built in 
the most deprived4 areas of England. This disparity 
reflects the fact that new homes are not being built 
in the areas which need them the most. 

New build homes sold by areas of deprivation

Other housebuilders

Gleeson Homes

76%

78%

24%

22%

South of 
England & East

North of England
& Midlands

Gleeson Homes

Third most 
deprived areas

More affluent 
areas

Third most 
deprived areas

More affluent 
areas

Source: ONS Housing market simple average house prices by new 

dwellings by region.

Source: Land Registry, Indices of Multiple Deprivation gov.uk.
4.  Most deprived areas have been assessed as the lowest one-

third using the Indices of Multiple Deprivation.

Too few homes are built for sale below £175,000
The house building industry as a whole is not building 
enough new homes for sale below £175,000. In the 
North of England and Midlands, only 8% of homes 
sold below £175,000 were new build compared to 
21% priced above £175,000. This ratio highlights the 
under-supply of affordable new homes. Whilst there 
are many older terrace houses in the resale market, 
the age and condition of these houses often makes 
them more expensive to maintain and run.

Housing transaction volumes in the North of 
England & Midlands

Below £175k

Above £175k

8%

21%

1 in 12 
new build

1 in 5 
new build

92%

79%

Resale

New build

Source: Land Registry.

16

Homes are getting more expensive to build
The cost of construction materials has risen 
significantly since the beginning of 2020 and lead 
times on deliveries have extended. This may impact 
on the industry’s ability to meet the government’s 
target of 300,000 new homes per year in the 
short-term. In addition, the cost of implementing 
the government’s Future Homes Standard will add 
further cost to each home built.

Construction materials price indices for 
new housing

130

125

120

115

110

105

100

95

90

6
1
0
2

7
1
0
2

8
1
0
2

9
1
0
2

0
2
0
2

1
2
0
2

Source: ONS Construction materials price indices (2015 : 100).

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   16
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   16

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:58
05/10/2021   11:23:58

 
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   17
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   17

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:00
05/10/2021   11:24:00

17

Strategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Our Sustainable Business Model

Gleeson Homes

Land acquisition
We acquire land in 
areas of deprivation, 
targeting brownfield 
land opportunities. We 
transform these into 
meaningful spaces for 
people to live.

We have clearly 
defined gateway 
processes to ensure 
we buy land in the 
right areas and at the 
right price. This is 
essential to keeping 
our homes affordable.

Planning
We plan our 
developments to 
transform sites 
into attractive 
and sustainable 
communities.

We work with 
local authorities, 
communities, residents 
and other stakeholder 
groups to achieve 
an implementable 
planning permission 
that is sympathetic to 
local needs.

Designing homes
Our homes are 
designed to exceed 
the latest planning and 
building regulations. 

For example, 98.2% 
of our homes are EPC 
rated B or above. All 
are fitted with energy 
efficient lighting 
and low flow water 
devices, which save 15 
litres per person, per 
day (12%) against the 
requirements set by 
Building Regulations. 

Gleeson Land

New sites
We use land agents 
and in-house search 
capabilities to identify 
and carefully select 
new sites. We enter 
into agreements 
with landowners to 
promote their land 
through the planning 
process.

Promotion
We engage with local 
authorities, residents, 
communities, 
stakeholder groups 
and statutory 
consultees to promote 
land for sustainable 
housing development, 
whilst balancing 
stakeholder needs.

Planning
We have in-house 
planning capabilities 
and work closely with 
planning and other 
specialist consultants 
to develop attractive, 
sustainable and well-
designed plans for 
housing. 

Key inputs

Financial capital
We have a robust 
capital model with 
strong liquidity to 
invest and grow the 
business.

Land
We identify land 
opportunities often 
in areas where other 
housebuilders do not 
want to build.

Building 
materials
We look to sustainably 
source materials and 
use local suppliers 
where possible to 
supply our sites.

Our people
Our people are key to 
achieving the mission 
and vision of our 
business and they 
share our values.

Local authority 
relationships
We build relationships 
with local authorities 
and share our 
sustainable approach 
and vision.

Supply chain 
partnerships
We partner with our 
supply chain, using 
local subcontractors 
and labour. 

18

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   18
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   18

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:01
05/10/2021   11:24:01

Strategic Report

 Kilner Park, Doncaster,  
South Yorkshire

Value for 
stakeholders

Customers
We help our customers to 
achieve long-term value 
creation, security and 
wellbeing through home 
ownership.

Shareholders
We generate sustainable 
value and returns for our 
shareholders.

Our people
We invest in our 
people, develop their 
skills and reward them 
appropriately.

Suppliers and 
subcontractors
We create long-term 
relationships with 
our suppliers and 
subcontractors, pay them 
fairly and on time.

Communities
We regenerate deprived 
areas and leave a positive 
lasting legacy in the 
communities who need it 
the most.

Society
We change the lives of 
people connected to our 
business for the better, 
bringing value to society 
through our activities.

19

Sales and customer 
experience
Our focus on quality 
is absolute and we will 
not hand over a home 
that we are not 100% 
proud of.

We strive to provide 
a 5-star customer 
experience and this 
commitment to quality 
extends throughout 
the customer journey. 

Outcome
We sell high-quality, 
affordable homes 
primarily to first time 
buyers or young 
families, many on low-
to-average incomes.

We enable people to 
escape from housing 
poverty caused by the 
“rent trap” and into 
home ownership and 
wealth creation.

Build
Our health and safety 
procedures are 
designed to ensure 
everyone remains safe 
from harm.

We prioritise local 
suppliers and trades, 
providing investment 
to the communities in 
which we operate. 

We are reducing 
carbon emissions 
from our activities and 
working to minimise 
our impact on the 
environment.

Technical
We have our own 
technical expertise to 
ensure that our sites 
are supplied free from 
technical issues. In 
doing so, we provide 
developers with an 
“oven ready” site that 
is ready to start on.

Sales process
As one of the UK’s 
largest land promoters, 
we have strong 
relationships with 
medium and large-
sized housebuilders. 
We bring high-quality 
consented land to 
market and look to 
achieve best value for 
landowners.

Outcome 
We supply high-
quality land that has 
the benefit of planning 
permission, to other 
housebuilders, 
fulfilling a key stage 
in the process of 
delivering much 
needed new homes.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   19
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   19

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:02
05/10/2021   11:24:02

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Key Performance Indicators

Sustainability KPIs

Financial KPIs

Health and safety (AIIR1)

Staff turnover (%)

Group profit before tax 
(£m)

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy: 

Link to risk: 

Customer recommendation 
score (%)

CO2e (scope 1 and 2) 
tonnes per home sold

Cash net of borrowings 
(£m)

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

First time buyers (%)

Waste (% of waste 
diverted from landfill)

1.  Accident Injury Incidence Rate measured 
as the number of reportable incidents 
per 100,000 employees and on-site 
subcontractors. 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

20

Strategy

 Sustainable growth

 Build quality

 Affordability

 Climate change 

  People, wellbeing, 
health and safety

 Land 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   20
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   20

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:05
05/10/2021   11:24:05

33.037.041.25.641.720182017201920202021312341534.141.330.316.834.32018201720192020202111011234562.62.42.52.82.1201820172019202020214121126125127326121412115129No data available889120182017201920202021322018201720192020202136No data available878020182017201920208084722021No data available9698201820172019202020213592282482035562018201720192020202110 
Strategic Report

 Linkswood Park, Rotherham, 
South Yorkshire

Financial KPIs

Operational KPIs

Total dividend (pence)

Gleeson Homes 
Homes sold

Gleeson Homes  
Build sites (year end)

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Return on capital 
employed2 (%)

Gleeson Homes 
Land pipeline (plots)

Average selling price (£)

Link to strategy: 

Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

2.  Return on capital employed is calculated based on earnings before interest and tax (“EBIT”) 

from continuing and discontinued operations, expressed as a percentage of the average of 
opening and closing net assets after deducting deferred tax and cash net of borrowings.

Gleeson Land 
Portfolio (sites)

Risks

 Economic environment

 People

 Mortgage availability

  Cyber and IT systems

 Land availability

 Health and safety

  Government policy  
and regulations

 Build costs and availability

  Build quality and  
customer service

  Financial control

Link to strategy:  Link to risk: 

 Climate risk

 Sustainability

21

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   21
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   21

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:08
05/10/2021   11:24:08

24.032.034.50.015.020182017201920202021110125.426.625.93.121.420182017201920202021Return on capital employed1,0131,2251,5291,0721,81220182017201920202021123415122,700125,200128,900130,900145,800201820172019202020213235112596569718120182017201920202021134111,58812,85213,57513,80115,863201820172019202020216341656160687120182017201920202021634112345678910111212341510  
Q&A with Management

Q

A

Q

A

How has Gleeson dealt with the 
impact of Covid-19?

 Incredibly well, thanks to strong demand from our 
customers and the commitment of all our 
colleagues and subcontractors. We have been 
fortunate that as an industry, with the exception of 
the first lockdown, we have been able to operate 
and trade through the pandemic, albeit under new 
Covid-19 compliant procedures. 

Our sites adapted by putting in place social 
distancing measures and requiring only one trades-
person inside a house at any time. Our sales centres 
operated under an appointment-only system, and 
the majority of our office staff have been working 
remotely. We are pleased to say that we have 
continued to meet our customers’ expectations and 
our focus on them has never waived. 

I am really proud of how all my colleagues across 
Gleeson adapted to the changes in their work and 
personal lives and the resilience they have shown, 
but I do not underestimate the pressure that it has 
put on each and every one of them.

What have been the main challenges 
of the past year?

 The main challenge has been to continue with our 
rapid pace of growth and business change, whilst 
adapting to changing rules and regulations 
imposed as a result of the pandemic. As a business, 
it has taught us to be more agile in how we 
respond and adapt to challenges which are outside 
of our control. More recently, we are seeing 
challenges in the form of rising costs and material 
shortages, and we are continuing to adapt to these 
and take actions to mitigate the impact on both 
costs and build rate.

22

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   22
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   22

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:10
05/10/2021   11:24:10

James ThomsonChief ExecutiveMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Strategic Report

Q

A

Q

A

How has Gleeson developed its 
approach to sustainability?

 Sustainability has always been at the heart of what 
we do, and our mission to provide affordable, 
quality homes where they are needed, for the 
people who need them most underpins everything 
we do at Gleeson. This year we have undertaken a 
detailed exercise to engage with our key 
stakeholders to further understand their views 
around the issues that affect our sustainability, and 
we have taken this feedback under consideration 
when developing our sustainable business strategy. 
You can read more about our sustainable business 
strategy on pages 32 to 33.

How has Gleeson invested in its 
employees in the past year?

 Our colleagues are our greatest asset, and we have 
continued to invest in them in many ways. We 
undertook more Mental Health First Aid training 
sessions this year and now have over 30 Mental 
Health First Aiders across the business. We were 
already working on a programme to refresh our IT 
equipment prior to the pandemic, but the move to 
remote working has accelerated that and I’m 
pleased with how well it has progressed. This has 
been a key factor in enabling our people to 
continue operating effectively. In addition, we have 
created a series of online courses that are role-
specific and ensure our people get the training that 
they need. 

We have further increased our apprenticeship 
programme and now have 70 apprentices across all 
functions. Throughout the year, we have continued 
to recruit, retain and promote the best people and 
make sure that we have the right people in the 
right roles. 

Q

A

What are Gleeson’s strategic 
priorities?

 Our highest priority is safety and we have a “safety 
first, always” culture through HomeSafe, our health 
and safety programme, so that everyone who is 
involved with, or affected by, our activities remains 
free from harm and returns home safe every day.

Securing land on which we can build affordable 
homes is the starting point for Gleeson Homes 
and is critical for continued, sustainable growth. 
Without a continuous supply of new sites, we can’t 
build the homes that our customers need. 

We are also focused on the impact of climate 
change and the part we need to take in tackling it. 

We continue to focus on quality, both build quality 
and the customer journey, and are delighted to say 
that we won a Gold Award in 2021 for Customer 
Satisfaction after more than 90% of our customers 
said they would recommend Gleeson.

Q

A

How has Gleeson fulfilled its vision 
and mission this year?

 Our vision and mission were developed by the 
business and are very much embedded into our 
culture and everything we do. 

This year we sold 1,812 homes, primarily to first time 
buyers or young families, many on low-to-average 
incomes and two-thirds of whom were key workers. 
A lot of our customers grew up in the areas that we 
build, so they are able to stay close to family and 
friends, strengthening their communities.

Many of these people would not have been able 
to afford their own home and would either remain 
living with parents or be stuck in the “rent trap” 
without the opportunity to buy a Gleeson home. 

I am immensely proud of our vision and what we 
do: Building Homes. Changing Lives.

23

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   23
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   23

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:11
05/10/2021   11:24:11

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Chief Executive’s Statement

“

After the unprecedented challenges 
the country has faced over the last 
18 months, I am pleased to report a 
strong set of results this year.” 

The delivery of 1,812 new homes was a 
record result for Gleeson Homes and 
18.5% ahead of pre-pandemic levels, an 
outstanding performance and further 
proof of the resilience of Gleeson’s 
business model. 

Gleeson Homes opened 27 new sites this year, which 
was another record for the business, and we closed the 
year with 81 build sites, of which 61 were actively selling. 
This provides us with an excellent platform for sustainable 
growth. 

The newly rebranded Gleeson Land, previously Gleeson 
Strategic Land, also had a successful year, selling eight 
sites. Whilst this was below pre-pandemic levels, the 
division completed the sale of a further site at the start of 
this financial year, which represents a strong start to the 
new financial year.

Market
The demand for low-cost, high-quality homes from first 
time buyers remains as robust as ever and the broader 
housing market has been strong. The main challenges 
have been, and continue to be, around the price and 
availability of materials and labour. This is an issue for the 
industry as a whole and, so far, our strong supply chain 
relationships and controlled selling price increases have 
allowed us to trade through these issues. I expect this to 
be a short-term challenge and one that will, in time, return 
to normal levels.

Government policy is playing an important role in our 
planning for the future. New building regulations, namely 
Part L and Part F Building Regulations, are incorporated 
into our plans and we are trialling air source heat pumps 

24

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   24
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   24

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:12
05/10/2021   11:24:12

James ThomsonChief ExecutiveStrategic Report

Number of homes sold

1,812 homes 

2020: 1,072 homes 
2019:  1,529 homes

Average selling price

£145,800 

2020: £130,900 
2019:  £128,900

Active build sites

81 sites

2020: 71 sites 
2019:  69 sites

Gleeson Land site sales

8 sites

2020: 2 sites 
2019:  9 sites

Sustainability
Our mission of building affordable, quality homes where 
they are needed and for the people that need them most 
aligns fully with the UN SDG 11. Our customers tell us that 
they buy a Gleeson home for their value and affordability, 
their location and their good design. I am proud that we 
are making it possible for young people, key workers and 
people on low to middle-incomes to buy a home that they 
want to live in, where they want to live and to help them 
get onto the housing ladder with all the wealth, health and 
wellbeing benefits that home ownership brings. A young 
working couple on the National Living Wage can afford to 
buy a Gleeson home on any of our development sites.

We publish our first sustainable business strategy this 
year. In formulating this strategy, the Board sought the 
views of stakeholders on the material sustainability issues 
relevant to the Group. Growth, affordability, build quality, 
health and safety, land regeneration and the reduction 
of carbon emissions underpin our sustainable strategy. 
With clear targets and actions, aligned with the issues 
of importance to our stakeholders, this strategy will see 
the Group continue to deliver sustainable growth for our 
stakeholders and society.

25

on a number of developments. These will be the first 
of many climate-focused changes as the government 
progresses their vision of zero carbon ready homes. We 
are supportive of these measures and our homes already 
have better energy performance ratings than most other 
new build homes, with over 98% of our homes having an 
EPC rating of A or B. 

Financial performance
Gleeson Homes delivered 1,812 new homes this year, 
an increase of 69% on the prior year (2020: 1,072). 
The average selling price of £145,800 was 11.4% higher, 
reflecting an underlying increase of 9.3% and the impact 
of site mix, and reflects the strong housing demand that 
we are seeing across all our regions. We expect that 
house price inflation will ease and that, combined with the 
favourable mortgage market, will help ensure our homes 
remain affordable. As a result of this strong performance, 
Gleeson Homes delivered an operating profit of £37.4m 
(2020: £9.0m).

Gleeson Land sold eight sites this year, with the potential 
to deliver 1,978 plots. This generated an operating profit 
of £11.1m (2020: £0.2m).  

As a result, Group profit before tax was £41.7m 
(2020: £5.6m).

During the year, the Group repaid £60.0m of loans drawn 
on its revolving credit at the start of the pandemic. The 
Group ended the year with a strong cash balance of 
£34.3m and no debt (30 June 2020: £16.8m net cash). 
Our balance sheet remains strong and will support our 
future growth ambitions.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   25
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   25

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:13
05/10/2021   11:24:13

Chief Executive’s Statement

Continued

People and health and safety
We have continued to invest in the business, as well as 
ensuring that we have the right people in the right roles 
and that colleagues are properly trained and supported to 
do their jobs. Our focus on investing in our colleagues is 
reflected in Gleeson receiving accreditation from Investors 
In People during the year. I am also pleased to report 
that employee engagement increased still further and 
our independently assessed people engagement score 
puts us once again very firmly in the top quartile of all UK 
companies. 

Health and safety has been an area of significant focus and 
investment over the last two years so it was disappointing 
to see the number of reportable incidents increase to ten 
this year. We are addressing the issues that led to these 
incidents and are increasing our investment in training, safe 
working practices, inspections and reporting and I expect 
to see this improve significantly.

Investment in site set-up with new compounds and 
enhanced welfare facilities continued during the year. 
We greatly value the relationships that we have with our 
suppliers and subcontractors and I want Gleeson to be 
their preferred choice of housebuilder to work with. We 
are committed to paying fairly and on time for quality 
workmanship and materials.  

We have also invested in our Commercial, IT, HR and 
Finance functions to make sure these can continue to 
support the business as it grows. 

Build quality and customer service
Our customers are at the heart of our business. This is the 
most significant purchase many of our customers will ever 
make and that’s why we want to get it right first time – 
every time.

I am pleased to report that we achieved a customer 
satisfaction score of 90.6% this year (equivalent to a 
5-star rating). We will not hand over a new home that 
we are not absolutely proud of. We have listened to our 
customers and worked hard to make sure their buying 
experience from us is positive from start to finish. We 
will continue to push our performance as a strong 5-star 
housebuilder on every site in every region. This work is 
supported by our Customer First initiative which focuses 
on ensuring every colleague across the business puts the 
customer first.

As part of delivering a quality product and service, we 
have also invested in our Customer Care team and this 
year launched a fleet of new vans for our customer care 
technicians. These technicians are dedicated to quickly 
resolving any defects for our customers.

Land regeneration
Our Land and Planning team have had a record year 
opening new sites and are central to supporting our 
strategy of controlled growth. The land pipeline increased 
by 14.9% to 15,863 plots on 152 sites and this will underpin 
our future growth. Our land strategy continues to target 
areas in need of regeneration. The majority of our sites 
are located in the most deprived areas of England. 
We deliver affordable, quality homes to this vastly 
underserved sector of the market, often where no other 
housebuilders want to build. 

We transform land, often blighted by neglect, into areas 
where people want to live. Many of our customers are 
from the local area and want to remain close to friends 
and family. They buy a Gleeson home because they get a 
high-quality product that is affordable and cheaper to run 
than the older housing stock in the surrounding areas.

26

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   26
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   26

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:15
05/10/2021   11:24:15

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021 Isla, Briar Lea Park,  
Carlisle, Cumbria

Climate and the environment
Climate change is the most important global issue we 
face. Gleeson is committed to reducing the impact our 
operations have on the environment and are reducing our 
emissions by setting short and medium-term targets for 
every home sold. 

Last year, we announced an ambitious target to reduce 
our direct emissions (scope 1 and 2) by 20% over three 
years. I am pleased to report that, in our first year, we 
are already close to achieving this target. Therefore, we 
are increasing our three-year target to a 30% reduction 
by 2023.

This year, we are also reporting our scope 3 emissions for 
the first time, showing the total carbon emissions from 
our supply chain and over the life of our homes. This is an 
important first step to fundamentally assessing our wider 
impact and taking action to reduce emissions throughout 
our value chain, not just the emissions we produce 
directly. Over the coming year we will be developing 
a strategy to reduce our scope 3 emissions for every 
home built.

Trading and outlook
In our Gleeson Homes division, demand remains robust 
and it entered the new financial year in a strong position, 
with a forward order book of £134.1m on 841 homes. 
Whilst there are some challenges on material costs 
and availability, I expect these to be short term and 
manageable.

Gleeson Land starts the new financial year in a strong 
position and with a pipeline of 71 sites, a record for the 
division. These sites will deliver sustainable value and we 
will continue to invest in new sites and in progressing 
existing sites through the complex planning system. The 
demand for consented land is expected to remain robust, 
with land promoters playing an important role in the land 
supply chain.

As a result, I believe we will continue to grow in a 
sustainable and controlled manner and we remain firmly 
on track to meet our near-term target of delivering 2,000 
new homes in the coming financial year.

James Thomson

Chief Executive Officer
13 September 2021

27

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   27
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   27

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:16
05/10/2021   11:24:16

Strategic ReportBusiness Review

Gleeson 
Homes

Gleeson Homes delivered a record 
number of homes sold, sites opened and 
operating profit with all three metrics 
exceeding pre-Covid levels. We also saw 
significant growth in the land pipeline 
and we enter the new financial year with 
a strong forward order book. 

Gleeson Homes completed the sale of 1,812 homes during 
the year, an increase of 69.0% compared to the prior year 
(2020: 1,072 homes) and 18.5% more than the pre-Covid 
year to June 2019 (2019: 1,529 homes). Revenue increased 
by 88.6% to £265.8m (2020: £140.9m) of which £1.5m 
related to land sales (2020: £0.5m land sales).

We entered the new financial year with a strong forward 
sales position of £134.1m on 841 units (2020: £145.3m 
on 1,033 units). The reduction in the forward order book 
compared to the prior year was due to the successful 
completion of home sales which had been delayed 
by the Covid-19 pandemic in the final quarter of the 
previous year.

We opened a record 27 new build sites during the year  
and start the new financial year with 81 active build sites  
(2020: 71), of which 61 were actively selling (2020: 65).  
Our average active build and sales sites were 78 and 64 
respectively (2020: 68 and 65). Our sales outlets are 
located across the North of England and the Midlands, 
with plans to continue expanding our geographical reach. 
The business plans to open a further 25 sites during 
the new financial year and expects to be building on 
approximately 90 sites by 30 June 2022.

The average selling price for homes sold in the year was  
£145,800 (2020: £130,900), an increase of 11.4%. The 
increase was influenced by a combination of factors: 
house price inflation of 9.3%, mix of site locations and 
the mix of two, three and four-bed homes sold. Buying 
a Gleeson home remains highly affordable and a young 
working couple on the National Living Wage can afford to 
buy a Gleeson home on any one of our development sites. 

Gross profit margin on homes sold increased to 28.5%  
(2020: 27.8%) as increases in selling prices more than 
offset cost inflation, including the costs of operating 
under Covid-safe working practices.

The increase in the volume of homes sold and gross profit 
margin resulted in gross profit increasing by 93.6% to  
£75.7m, which included £0.4m in relation to land sales  
(2020: £39.1m, £0.1m land sales), and operating profit 
increasing by 315.6% to £37.4m, including £0.4m in 
relation to land sales (2020: £9.0m, £0.1m land sales). 
Operating margin increased from 6.4% to 14.1%.

28

Homes sold

1,812

2020: 1,072 homes 
2019:  1,529 homes

Average selling price

£145,800

2020: £130,900 
2019:  £128,900

2020: £9.0m 
2019:  £30.1m

Operating profit

£37.4m

We had a 
successful year in 
land acquisitions 
and continued to 
acquire land at 
sensible prices.  
The pipeline grew 
by 2,062 plots to 
stand at 15,863 
plots at 30 June 
2021. Of these plots 
7,930 are owned 
(2020: 6,849) 
and 7,933 plots are conditionally purchased (2020: 6,952). 
The number of sites in the land pipeline totalled 152 at year 
end, being three sites higher than the prior year end; 34 
new sites were added to the pipeline, while 31 sites were 
completed or did not proceed to purchase. In addition to 
owned and conditionally purchased plots, there are a further 
205 (2020: 798) plots which are being actively considered 
for acquisition but will only proceed if they meet our 
strict criteria.

The government’s Help to Buy scheme remains popular 
with many of our customers, with 69% of the homes sold 
during the year utilising the scheme (2020: 66%). We also 
continue to provide a range of bespoke packages to assist 
potential customers to become homeowners, including our 
Key Worker Priority Programme and Forces Property Direct, 
which provide priority access and vouchers toward optional 
extras for key workers and military personnel looking to 
purchase a new home.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   28
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   28

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:19
05/10/2021   11:24:19

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Strategic Report

 Monteney Park, Sheffield, 
South Yorkshire

Plots sold

1,978

2020: 195 plots 
2019:  1,755 plots

Portfolio

71 sites

2020: 68 sites 
2019:  60 sites

Operating profit

£11.1m

value over the 
short, medium 
and long term, 
driven by the 
planning context 
of each site. Our 
Gleeson Land 
team is based in 
Fleet, Hampshire, and the portfolio continues to have 
a geographic bias towards the South of England. 

2020: £0.2m 
2019:  £13.0m 

This year we submitted planning applications for ten 
sites with the potential to deliver 1,281 units. Like other 
promoters and developers, we saw a marked slow-down 
in the planning system due to Covid-19. Whilst this system 
is, in some ways, now more challenging than it has ever 
been, our highly experienced team of people and advisors 
are skilled in navigating these complexities to achieve 
attractive residential planning permissions.

We continue to see opportunities to add well-located 
sites to the portfolio. We carefully select sites where we 
see the potential for sustainable development and where 
we can unlock maximum value for stakeholders. We aim 
to be the promoter of choice for landowners and our 
track record is testament to our success.

29

Gleeson Land

The market for consented land recovered 
during the year leading to the sale of 
eight sites.

Revenue from Gleeson Land increased to £22.8m  
(2020: £6.3m), generated from the sale of eight sites 
in the year (2020: two sites). The sites sold totalled 
276 acres with the potential to deliver 1,978 plots 
(2020: 26 acres and 195 plots).

As a result, operating profit increased to £11.1m  
(2020: £0.2m). Planning delays caused by the pandemic 
during the year resulted in fewer sites achieving planning 
consents and fewer site sales than hoped for. 

The business has completed the sale of a further site 
since the beginning of the new financial year and the 
outlook for the year remains promising.

The business continued to invest selectively in its land 
portfolio. This year we added a further ten sites (1,594 
plots) secured under option and promotion agreements 
and split one existing site prior to sale.

At 30 June 2021, we had a portfolio totalling 71 sites 
(2020: 68 sites) with the potential to deliver 22,315 plots 
(2020: 23,314 plots) plus 44 acres of commercial land 
(2020: 44 acres). This portfolio is expected to realise 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   29
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   29

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:24
05/10/2021   11:24:24

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Material Sustainability Issues

Our materiality process

This year the Group undertook a 
detailed materiality assessment to 
identify the environmental, social and 
economic issues most important to 
the Group and its stakeholders. 

This assessment considered a wide range of 
factors, including the Group’s strategic priorities, 
principal risks, stakeholder views, market trends, 
socio-economic changes, environmental factors, 
government policy and other matters. It also reflects 
the UN Sustainable Development Goals relevant to 
the Group, as set out on pages 46 to 47.

The purpose of this assessment has been to help 
develop both the Group’s sustainable business 
strategy, which can be found on pages 32 to 33, and 
the Group’s sustainability reporting to stakeholders.

Materiality matrix
The materiality matrix reflects the relative 
importance to the Group and its stakeholders of the 
16 sustainability issues identified. Our stakeholders’ 
assessment of materiality is broadly aligned with the 
Company’s own assessment.

High

l

s
r
e
d
o
h
e
k
a
t
S
o
t

e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

Medium

5
1

4

3

2

9

7

8

6

13
12

14

11

10

15
16

 Health and safety

 Land

 Affordability

 Carbon emissions 

  Build quality

  Planning and 
government policy 

  Customer 
satisfaction

  Employee  
engagement

  Corporate 
governance

 Wellbeing

  Training and skills

 Waste recycling

  Sustainable 
materials

 Equality

  Biodiversity

 Water usage

Medium

Importance to Company

High

 Lisa, Assistant Site Manager, Dane 
Park, Hull, East Yorkshire

30

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   30
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   30

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:26
05/10/2021   11:24:26

1

2

3

4

5

12345678910111213141516 
 
1

Identify material issues
We identified 16 sustainability issues 
relevant to the Group. Based on 
an internal assessment, these were 
then ranked in terms of relevant 
importance to the Company. 

2

Stakeholder engagement
Stakeholders including shareholders, 
customers, employees, banks and 
local authorities were asked to share 
their views and rank the 16 material 
sustainability issues. Interviews were 
also held with selected stakeholders.

3

Prioritisation and selection
Based on our assessment and 
findings from the stakeholder 
engagement process, five 
sustainability issues were identified 
as most material to the Group.

4

Integration
The five most material sustainability 
issues form part of the Group’s 
sustainable business strategy and 
strategic priorities, approved by 
the Sustainability Committee and 
the Board.

5

Review
The importance and relevance of 
the five most material sustainability 
issues will be adjusted as necessary 
in response to future changes and 
stakeholder views.

What are the risks?

Where do we see opportunities?

y Affordability is the number one 

reason why our customers buy a 
Gleeson home. If we do not ensure 
our homes remain affordable it 
would impact on our business 
model and our ability to sell new 
homes to those who need them 
most, predominantly first time 
buyers and low-income families. 
This could impact our brand and 
lead to a loss of sales as customers 
look elsewhere.

y Our customers expect a high-

quality product from us. If we fail 
to build homes that meet their 
expectations then it could result 
in defect claims, damage to brand 
reputation and poor sales.

t
i
l
i

b
a
d
r
o
f
f

A

t
i
l
a
u
q
d

l
i

u
B

The need for affordable housing 
across the UK continues to grow, 
which supports our unique model 
and sustainable business strategy. 
We have a significant opportunity 
to open more sites and expand 
our geographical reach to provide 
more people with access to safe, 
affordable, high-quality homes.

Through our absolute focus on 
quality and regular inspection 
processes, we are able to reduce 
the number of defects and any 
rectification work required. We 
see opportunity in continuing to 
operate as a 5-star housebuilder 
across all sites and providing a 
high-quality product and service to 
our customers.

y Health and safety is a priority 
t
e
f
a
s
d
n
a
h
t
l
a
e
H

across our business and unsafe 
working practices, policies or 
procedures could result in harm to 
employees, subcontractors or site 
visitors, causing personal injury, 
delays in construction, additional 
cost, reputational damage and 
potentially criminal prosecution or 
civil litigation.

Through enhancing our health and 
safety monitoring and reporting, 
we will use this information to 
tackle areas that pose the highest 
health and safety risks. We have 
the opportunity to improve our 
health and safety performance 
and statistics and have identified 
a number of actions as set out on 
page 45.

n
a
L

d Land is a fundamental component 
of our business and the risk of new 
sites not being available to acquire 
at a low cost and in areas in need 
of regeneration could impact the 
success of the Gleeson Homes' 
model and its ability to open 
new sites. 

Through continued focus on 
low-cost land opportunities in 
areas often not viable for other 
housebuilders, we keep our 
land costs low and ensure that 
our homes remain affordable. 
We see continued low-cost 
land opportunities in our target 
geographical areas. 

The availability of high-quality, 
well-located land in the South of 
England is also fundamental to the 
success of Gleeson Land, without 
which future sales would be 
restricted.

s Like all companies, we have a 
n
o
i
s
s
i
m
e
n
o
b
r
a
C

role to play in addressing climate 
change. If we do not act to 
reduce our carbon emissions, this 
could result in damage to the 
environment from our operations, 
being out of line with other 
housebuilders and stakeholder 
expectations, being unable to meet 
government policy requirements, 
reputational damage, and increased 
costs of capital.

We have pro-active land searching 
capabilities and continue to identify 
new land opportunities across the 
South of England for promotion by 
Gleeson Land.

Integrating carbon emissions 
tracking and reporting throughout 
our business enables actions to 
be taken on areas that generate 
the most emissions. There is 
opportunity to extend this both 
upstream and downstream for our 
scope 3 emissions and to improve 
the data collected. Through the 
design of our homes and adapting 
our build processes we can reduce 
our carbon footprint. Further 
actions are set out on page 45.

31

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   31
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   31

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:26
05/10/2021   11:24:26

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Our Sustainable Business Strategy

Our sustainable business strategy incorporates the Group’s strategic objective for 
growth, together with the environmental, social and governance priorities that are 
most important to the Group. 

Strategic priorities Objectives

Targets

Progress

Link to UN SDGs

Sustainable 
growth

To build 2,000 
new homes per 
year by 2022.

Increase the 
number of new 
homes built 
and extend our 
geographical 
reach.

Build quality

Affordability

Climate change

Build high-quality, 
energy-efficient 
homes to the 
specification that 
our customers 
require.

To be a 5-star 
housebuilder 
on all our 
development 
sites.

Keep our homes 
affordable 
through 
managing build 
costs, sourcing 
responsibly 
and building 
efficiently, utilising 
local suppliers and 
subcontractors 
where possible. 

To ensure that a 
couple in full-
time employment 
on the National 
Living Wage 
can afford to 
buy a home on 
every one of our 
development 
sites.

Protect the 
environment and 
reduce carbon 
emissions for the 
homes that we 
build and sell.

To reduce our 
scope 1 and 2 
carbon emissions 
by 30% to less 
than 1.75 tonnes 
per home within 
three years (2020:  
base year).

We have a robust platform 
for continued growth with 
a strengthened regional 
management structure. Our 
site opening plan underpins 
future growth.

We are on track to deliver 
2,000 units in the next financial 
year, achieving our 5-year 
target to double volume.

UN SDG 11 – By increasing the 
number of new homes built 
we are able to provide access 
to safe, affordable homes for 
more people who need them.

UN SDG 8 – As our business 
grows, we will provide 
investment, job opportunities, 
training and skills to more 
people including apprentices.

Our customer recommendation 
score is 90.6%. This meets our 
target and puts us in line with 
the Home Builders Federation 
five-star rating.

UN SDG 11 – Our mission is to 
build high-quality homes that 
provide safe and affordable 
housing to the people who 
need them most. 

A couple working full time on 
the government’s National 
Living Wage can afford a home 
on 100% of our active sales 
sites. 

UN SDG 11 – The cost of buying 
a Gleeson home is less than 
renting for most buyers and 
can be as low as £59 per week. 
This supports target 1 of UN 
SDG 11 by providing access to 
affordable housing. 

Our scope 1 and 2 carbon 
emissions per home sold 
reduced by 18% in the year. 

UN SDG 13 – We have set 
targets to reduce carbon 
emissions per home sold. 

UN SDG 12 – We have 
committed to increasing 
the proportion of waste 
diverted from landfill. We are 
developing further initiatives 
to reduce our impact on the 
environment, including fuel 
and water usage. 

This year we have published 
our scope 3 emissions and 
intend to set a target to reduce 
these per home sold.

We have established new 
sustainability policies for 
Climate and the Environment, 
Procurement, Packaging, 
Timber and Waste 
Management.

98% of our construction waste 
is currently diverted from 
landfill.

32

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   32
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   32

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:27
05/10/2021   11:24:27

Strategic Report

 Greymoor Meadows, 
Carlisle, Cumbria

Each strategic priority has a link to the UN SDGs that are relevant to the Group as set 
out on pages 46 to 47. It is through the achievement of these strategic priorities and 
targets that the Group creates sustainable value for stakeholders and society. 

Strategic priorities Objectives

Targets

Progress

Link to UN SDGs

People,  
wellbeing,  
health and safety

Land 
Gleeson Homes

“Safety first, 
always”. 

Everyone who is 
involved with, or 
affected by, our 
business remains 
free from harm 
and returns home 
safe every day.

To attract, retain 
and develop 
employees who 
share the values, 
culture and 
objectives of 
the Group.

To sustainably 
grow our land 
pipeline, sourcing 
land in areas 
that are in need 
of regeneration 
where homes can 
be built for sale at 
low cost.

To reduce our 
health and safety 
incident rate 
(“AIIR”) to lower 
than the industry 
average. 

Our AIIR rate for the year to 
30 June 2021 was 556 versus 
the industry average of 264. 
We have not met our target 
this year, see page 42 for more 
details.

To maintain 
our employee 
engagement 
score in the 
upper quartile 
of all surveyed 
companies.

In our latest engagement 
survey we scored 89% which 
puts us in the top quartile 
of all companies from an 
independent survey. 

UN SDG 8 – Our HomeSafe 
approach reflects our 
belief that everyone who is 
involved in, or affected by, 
our development work has 
the right to remain free from 
harm and return home safe 
every day. 

UN SDG 5 – We are committed 
to ensuring that all of our 
employees are treated fairly 
and equitably.

To acquire land at 
an average cost 
per plot below 
15% of expected 
selling price in 
order to keep our 
homes affordable, 
targeting land 
in areas of 
deprivation 
and in need of 
regeneration.

64% of our active build sites 
are on brownfield land, with  
four out of five in the most 
economic deprived areas in 
England. We often choose sites 
which are not viable for other 
housebuilders. 

UN SDG 15 – Our 
developments are located in 
areas where there is a need 
for regeneration; typically 
brownfield sites that would 
otherwise remain derelict or 
unused. We invest in our sites, 
creating attractive and well-
planned developments with 
green space and biodiversity.

Land 
Gleeson Land

To source high-
quality sites that 
are well located  
to deliver 
attractive 
residential 
planning consents 
for sustainable 
development.

To obtain 
more planning 
permissions in 
each financial  
year than 
sites sold. 

We acquired a further ten  
sites this year with the 
portfolio increasing by a net 
three sites. The total portfolio 
is 71 sites, with six having the 
benefit of planning consent or 
resolution to grant.

UN SDG 15 – Gleeson Land 
invests in its portfolio and 
works closely with landowners, 
land agents, local authorities 
and communities to secure 
residential planning consents 
that are sustainable and 
sensitive to local ecosystems 
and biodiversity.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   33
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   33

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:28
05/10/2021   11:24:28

33

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Communities

Gleeson Homes has a clear mission: 

Changing lives by building 
affordable, quality homes.  
Where they are needed, for  
those that need them most. 

Affordable home  
ownership
Buying a Gleeson home is cheaper 
than renting an equivalent house. 
We build homes in areas where 
prices are lower and where land costs 
are low, using traditional building 
methods and standard house designs 
so we can sell at affordable prices.

Creating communities for 
young people
A young couple earning the National 
Living Wage, working full time, can 
afford to buy a Gleeson home on any 
one of our developments. We are 
proud to be able to say this and it is 
a key test of affordability for every 
site we buy.

The average cost of a Gleeson home 
in 2021 was £145,800. This is 43% 
lower than the average cost of all 
other new build houses in the North 
of England and Midlands.

Cost of owning and renting 
(£/month) 

Number of bedrooms
4

2

3

Cost of 
buying 
Cost of 
renting 

258

327

422

537

628

923

Mortgage payments: Standard 75% Help 
to Buy, 35 year repayment mortgage, fixed 
payments for the first five years, from a High 
Street bank. Mortgage payments based on 
average selling prices during the year.

Rental payments: ONS average private rental 
costs for a house in the North of England and 
Midlands.

High quality homes, where 
they are needed
We build high-quality homes with a 
front and rear garden and a driveway 
for parking. We build where people 
want to live, in the community they 
grew up in, close to their families, on 
sites with good transport links and 
close to areas of employment. All our 
homes come with a 2-year Gleeson 
warranty and a 10-year NHBC Build 
Mark Warranty or similar. 

We build in areas of deprivation, in 
need of regeneration, often where 
other housebuilders choose to 
ignore. Four out of five of our active 
build sites are in the third most 
deprived areas of the country.

New build selling prices in the 
North of England and Midlands

Housebuilder sales in deprived 
areas

£257,000

78%

£145,800

24%

Gleeson 
Homes

All other
housebuilders

Gleeson 
Homes

All other
housebuilders

Source: ONS housing market simple average 
house prices by new dwellings by region.

Source: Land Registry, Indices of Multiple 
Deprivation gov.uk.

Paying our fair share
Gleeson was proud to be the first 
housebuilder to be accredited 
by the Fair Tax Foundation for 
our commitment to responsible 
tax conduct and transparency. 

We are proud to pay the right 
amount of tax in the right place at 
the right time. 

transparent in their disclosure; it says 
a lot about their values, integrity and 
ability to trade in a sustainable way. 

Profitable companies should pay their 
fair share of tax and be honest and 

34

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   34
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   34

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:30
05/10/2021   11:24:30

Strategic Report

 Frankie and Libby, Carrwood Park, 
Bradford, West Yorkshire

Supporting our 
communities - 
“Community Matters”
We involve ourselves actively 
in the communities in which 
we are building, before and 
during the construction of our 
developments and by leaving 
a legacy once our work is 
complete. The following are just 
some of the ways we help local 
communities.

Our Gleeson Community Sports 
and Charity Foundation provides 
funding for local charities, sports 
clubs and teams. So far we have 
sponsored over 100 clubs and 
teams including netball, football, 
rugby, tennis, cricket, athletics, 
ice hockey and boxing.

Our Schools Programme 
encourages children from local 
schools to “Street Naming” 
competitions and “Design a 
Bedroom” competitions for 
our new developments, and we 
arrange site visits for children to 
learn about house building.

We hold an annual “Blooming 
Great Garden Competition” 
across our sites for Gleeson 
homeowners to show off their 
gardens, which encourages a 
strong sense of pride in their 
homes and communities.

35

High quality homes, where 

they are needed

We build high-quality homes with a 

front and rear garden and a driveway 

for parking. We build where people 

want to live, in the community they 

grew up in, close to their families, on 

sites with good transport links and 

close to areas of employment. All our 

homes come with a 2-year Gleeson 

warranty and a 10-year NHBC Build 

Mark Warranty or similar. 

We build in areas of deprivation, in 

need of regeneration, often where 

other housebuilders choose to 

ignore. Four out of five of our active 

build sites are in the third most 

deprived areas of the country.

Housebuilder sales in deprived 

areas

78%

24%

Gleeson 

Homes

All other

housebuilders

Source: Land Registry, Indices of Multiple 

Deprivation gov.uk.

5-star build and service
We believe that low cost should not 
mean low quality or poor service. 

We use third-party inspectors to 
undertake additional, independent 
quality checks throughout the build 
process.

We engage a third-party survey 
company to undertake independent 
surveys of all our customers. 90.6% 
of our customers recommended 
Gleeson, equivalent to a 5-star 
rating for housebuilder.

We provide all of our customers 
with access to MyGleeson, a 
customer care portal, and have 
local customer care teams that deal 
promptly with any issues. 

The Gleeson Quality Charter is our 
commitment to a quality home and 
quality service all the way through 
the buying journey and beyond.  

For those that need them
We build homes that young, first 
time buyers on low incomes can 
afford. We provide additional 
benefits to key workers, which 
includes 48-hour priority access 
on new releases, exclusive preview 
appointments and viewings plus 
£1,000 to spend on our Options 
Range*. 

This year, we launched our 
partnership with Forces Property 
Direct to help British military 
personnel get onto the property 
ladder providing the same benefits 
as key workers.

* These offers may change but were 
accurate at the date of this Annual 
Report; terms and conditions along 
with the current offers can be found at 
www.gleesonhomes.co.uk/key-workers

Gleeson customers:

What we don’t do:

•  80% first time buyers

•  We don’t build flats 

•  2 out of 3 are key workers

•  We don’t sell leasehold

•  77% aged 35 years or 

•  We don’t do part-exchange

younger

•  51% sold to single buyers

•  £23,000 median income 

•  We don’t sell to investors

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   35
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   35

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:31
05/10/2021   11:24:31

 
MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

People

Achieving our goals relies on having 
people in the right roles, with the right 
training and development, who share in 
our vision, mission and values.

By investing in the development of our colleagues, we  
are living up to our vision of “Building Homes. Changing  
Lives.” for both our customers and our people.

Apprentices
Investing in our people from the 
start of their career is important to 
us, which is why we have an active 
apprenticeship programme across 
the business; we currently have 70 
apprentices – approximately 10% of 
our total workforce – training in a 
variety of office and site-based roles. 

Our apprentices get an average 
of two years on-the-job training 
and an NVQ (or equivalent). In 
many cases, they stay on with us 
for further training or move into 
permanent roles.

In March 2021, we held the second 
annual Gleeson Apprenticeship 
Week for our current and potential 
future apprentices. The Gleeson 
Apprenticeship Week included 
career conversations with our 
existing apprentices, recognition 
through the Apprentice Awards, and 
hosting virtual events for prospective 
apprentices. We received over 2,000 
applications for our apprenticeship 
roles for the upcoming year and will 
continue to expand this programme 
as the business grows.

Investors in People
In November 2020, we became fully 
accredited by Investors in People, 
demonstrating our commitment to 
providing an environment where we 
actively attract, retain, and promote 
the best people. We were assessed 

36

against nine categories within the 
framework of “Leading”, “Supporting” 
and “Improving” our people based on 
research into what makes a company 
succeed in the long term, and trends 
in how successful companies lead 
and support their people. We were 
primarily assessed through interviews 
with our employees and the feedback 
we received was highly encouraging. 
It also provided valuable insights into 
the areas where we need to continue 
to focus. 

Mental health
With training led by our mental 
health and wellbeing training 
provider, Resilient People, we 
provided mental health first aid 
courses this year to a further 13 
employees. These employees are 
trained to recognise the symptoms of 
mental health issues, offer support to 
colleagues and assist when a mental 
health crisis arises. We now have over 
30 Mental Health First Aiders across 
the business, with more training 
sessions planned.

STAR awards
Our STAR awards are a way to praise 
employees for their commitment, 
drive and willingness to work above 
and beyond expectations. Colleagues 
can nominate one another on a 
monthly basis and the winners are 
recognised in our weekly newsletter 
and win prizes! 

Gender pay and 
diversity
We believe that everyone 
should be paid fairly, regardless 
of their gender. We pay equally 
for doing the same job and 
encourage women to apply for 
roles at all levels.

We do not discriminate based 
on gender and have a 43% 
median pay gap in favour of 
women. Women occupy 14% of 
our highest-paid jobs and 14% 
of our lowest-paid jobs.

We have also improved the 
gender diversity of our Board, 
with two female Non-Executive 
Directors along with Leanne 
Johnson, our Company 
Secretary.

Gender balance and equality 
are high on our agenda. Our 
internal recruitment team are 
always seeking ways to improve 
gender balance, including on 
our sites. We participate in 
Women in Construction and 
Women in Property events to 
help us gain insights on how 
to encourage more women 
into the industry. We continue 
to look at roles and review 
how our succession planning 
programme fits with these roles 
in regard to gender balance. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   36
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   36

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:32
05/10/2021   11:24:32

 
Strategic Report

We also review all of our job 
descriptions to make sure that 
these remain fully inclusive.

Gender breakdown

Male

Female

Chairman

Non-Executive Directors

Executive Directors

Senior Management

Other Employees

471

206

One employee

10 Employees

@Home
Our weekly newsletter, @Home, is the 
most direct and frequent method of 
communication between the Chief 
Executive and all employees. It is 
used to keep people up-to-date with 
the latest developments across the 
business including customer service 
stories, health and safety matters, 
people recognition, successes from 
across the business and more. 
@Home contains stories that focus 
on our people, as well as stories 
about our customers and how we are 
changing lives every day. 

Roadshows
In early 2020, the Executive Directors 
and senior management launched 
the all-company “roadshows” with 
the team travelling to each division 
to communicate key messages 
and updates and give staff the 
opportunity to ask questions. 
The roadshows received such high 
praise in the employee engagement 
survey that they have now become 
a recurring annual fixture in the 
calendar. This year the Gleeson 
Employee Virtual Roadshow was 
held via Zoom due to Covid-19 
restrictions, giving each of our 
employees the opportunity to watch 
live and interact through “breakout 
rooms” for each department. 
Feedback on the virtual sessions was 
very positive, and we will continue 
to assess the best way to deliver the 
roadshows in the coming year.

 Kay, Sales Manager, 
Yorkshire South and West

Investment in 
training and 
development
A key factor in making sure we 
have skilled people in the right 
roles is through the training we 
provide. A dedicated Training 
Manager ensures that the right 
training is provided to the right 
people across the business. 

During the year, we also 
partnered with a third party 
to provide our people with 
essential training on topics such 
as health and safety, modern 
slavery, anti-money laundering, 
GDPR and cyber security, as 
well as job-specific training. 
These online sessions mean that 
all of our employees can access 
them regardless of when they 
start and we can roll-out regular 
updates as needed. 

We have also refreshed our 
annual personal development 
review process to remove 
ratings and instead focus on 
meaningful conversations with 
our colleagues. The introduction 
of a half-year “check-in” 
reinforces the message that 
development is ongoing, not 
just something to be reviewed 
annually. 

37

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   37
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   37

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:33
05/10/2021   11:24:33

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Environment

Carbon emissions
The built environment contributes around 40% of the 
UK’s total carbon emissions, with around half of this being 
from “in-use” sources such as heating, lighting, cooking 
and running appliances1. This has reduced over the years 
as the UK moves towards decarbonising the electricity 
grid, with total in-use emissions having reduced by about 
a fifth since 1990 despite there being approximately a 
quarter more homes.2

This will continue with the government’s Future Homes 
Standard, with the first of these changes to Part L and 
Part F of the Building Regulations setting new energy 
and ventilation requirements from 2025. 

These changes will improve the energy performance of 
new homes, with homes being highly energy efficient, 
with low carbon heating and zero carbon ready by 2025.

We recognise the impact that the built environment has 
on carbon emissions, both from the construction of new 
homes and in-use emissions. We are working hard to 
reduce our carbon footprint and this strategic priority is 
part of our sustainable business strategy, which can be 
found on pages 32 to 33.

1.  Source: UK Green Building Council.

2.  Source: UK government press release - Rigorous new targets for 

green building revolution (January 2021).

The carbon cost of building a home 
Gleeson and its supply chain emit 30 tonnes of CO2e for every home built. 

CO2e emissions to build a Gleeson home 

Plot build (scope 3)
Infrastructure (scope 3)
Business operations (scope 1 & 2)

 Tonnes of 
CO2e
27
1
2

Total

30

Note: Table does not include in-use emissions.

*Internal and external wall breakdown

12% Brick

18% Cement

4% Insulation

3% Plaster

7% Blocks

17% Roof

6% Heating and 
plumbing

2% Other fittings

44% Internal and 
external walls*

5% Exterior windows 
and doors

16% Foundations 
and substructure

3% Roads and 
infrastructure

7% Scope 1 & 2 
emissions 

Whilst this is a significant amount of carbon emissions per home, understanding the composition of the embodied 
carbon in our homes is key to the next stage of our carbon reduction strategy. 

38

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   38
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   38

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:34
05/10/2021   11:24:34

Reducing our emissions
We have already made substantial progress towards 
our published target of reducing our scope 1 and 2 
emissions to less than 2.00 tonnes per home by 2023. 
Our direct emissions this year were 2.05 tonnes per 
home and, as a result, we have set a new CO2e reduction 
target of less than 1.75 tonnes per home by 2023. Our 
actions to achieve this are set out on page 45.

Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions per home sold 
(CO2e tonnes)

Source: Refer to methodology on pages 40 to 41. The chart 
includes in-use emissions for a 10 year period for reference.

Our scope 3 emissions are currently based on 
estimates and industry data. In order to improve the 
accuracy of our scope 3 emissions, we plan to:

•  engage with our supply chain to obtain 

• 

• 

Environment Product Declarations (“EPDs”) which 
disclose the actual carbon intensity of materials so 
that we can improve the accuracy of reporting;

include embodied carbon intensity considerations 
into our sustainable procurement processes; 

require key material suppliers to provide their 
environmental impact and carbon reduction 
plans, with these factors being considered in our 
procurement decisions;

•  engage with our customers to obtain actual energy 
usage data to improve the accuracy of our “in-use” 
emissions data; and 

•  use this information to continue to review the 

design and specification of our homes to ensure 
they become more energy efficient, enabling our 
customers to live a sustainable lifestyle in their  
new home. 

As we enhance the accuracy and understanding  
of our scope 3 emissions data, we will be developing 
our scope 3 carbon reduction strategy over the 
coming year.

Strategic Report

 Zena and Adrianna, Kings Park, 
Doncaster, South Yorkshire

In-use emissions
Whilst the carbon emissions from housebuilding are 
clearly significant at 30 tonnes per home sold, the 
emissions from homes in-use, even over 10 years, 
contributes a further 17.7 tonnes of carbon emissions. 

We are looking at ways to reduce the in-use emissions for 
our customers through heating and energy efficiency.

Heating
We welcome the government’s ambition to achieve zero 
carbon homes. We are currently progressing trials of 
air-source heat pumps and third-party analysis shows 
that the benefit of this technology alone, excluding 
further decarbonisation of the UK electricity grid, would 
reduce in-use carbon emissions of the homes that we 
sold this year by 50% over ten years. This represents a 
transformative change to the way in which our homes 
will be heated in future and the level of carbon emissions 
they produce.

Energy efficiency
We pride ourselves in building high-quality, affordable 
homes that are energy efficient. 98.2% of our homes 
achieve an energy performance rating of B or above 
compared to the house building industry average of 85%. 
When compared to all other new and existing dwellings, 
this means that a Gleeson home produces 42% lower 
carbon emissions due to its higher energy efficiency.

Annual emissions to heat and power a home 
(CO2e tonnes)

3.1

1.8

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

Gleeson

All Dwellings

Source: Based on actual energy data from customers and EB7 - Live 
tables on Energy Performance of Buildings Certificates (gov.uk). 

This allows us to play our part in helping our customers 
live sustainable lifestyles in their new homes, saving on 
average £450 per year against the energy costs of an 
existing dwelling. 

Annual cost to heat and power a home

£1,196

£740

Gas
Electricity

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

Gleeson

All Dwellings

39

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   39
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   39

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:34
05/10/2021   11:24:34

2.0527.151015202530Scope 3 - plot buildScope1 & 21.017.7Scope 3 - in-useemissions (10 years)Scope 3 - infrastructureCarbon emissions - homes builtEnvironment

Continued

Our scope 1 and 2 emissions in detail

The table below shows the energy usage and carbon emissions for the Group in line with the Streamlined Energy 
and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) requirements. All energy usage and carbon emissions originate in the UK. Our 
carbon emissions are calculated in accordance with the requirements of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol – a Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting Standard. 

2021

Global  
energy usage

Tonnes of 
CO2e
490 203,871 Litres
479 2,615,295 kWh

2020

2019

Tonnes of 
CO2e
427
149

Global  
energy usage

176,650 Litres
810,795 kWh

Tonnes of 
CO2e

Global  
energy usage

587 236,090 Litres
213 1,156,808 kWh

84 392,472 kWh
2,288 829,440 Litres
1,500 Litres 
0.25
380 1,788,610 kWh

3,721
2.05

210,968 kWh
750,974 Litres
–
1,420,709 kWh

45
2,071
–
331
3,024
2.822

60

278,317 kWh
2,499 905,937 Litres
–
397 1,552,443 kWh

–

3,755
2.46

Scope 1 and 2

Car fuel
Gas
Liquid Petroleum Gas 
(“LPG”)
Gas oil/diesel
HVO/biodiesel
Electricity
Total scope 1 and 2
Per home sold

Scope analysis

Scope 1 and 2

Scope 1 – Burnt fuels
Scope 2 – Electricity
Scope 2 – Location-based
Scope 2 – Market-based1
Per home sold (Location-based)
Per home sold (Market-based1)

2021 tonnes 
of CO2e
3,341

2020 tonnes 
of CO2e
2,692

2019 tonnes 
of CO2e
3,358

380
196
2.05
1.95

331
331
2.822
2.822

397
397
2.46
2.46

1.  The Group reports location-based and market-based scope 2 electricity data. Market-based data is based on the emissions from electricity 
purchased by the Group. Location-based uses the average emissions intensity of the UK electricity grid. Purchased renewable sources of 
electricity used on our sites is supported by Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin (“REGO”) certificates.

2.  Removing the impact of Covid-19 gives an adjusted carbon intensity reference of 2.50 tonnes per home sold for 2020.

Divisional analysis

Scope 1 and 2 (2021)

Scope 1 – Burnt Fuels
Scope 2 – Electricity
Total

Gleeson 
Homes 
tonnes of 
CO2e
3,327
369
3,696

Gleeson 
Land 
tonnes of 
CO2e
14
11
25

Scope 1 and 2 methodology
The Group reports the sources of material greenhouse 
gas emissions from its main activities, categorised as 
scope 1 and 2. Scope 1 comprises direct emissions from 
sources purchased and used by the Group, such as diesel, 
natural gas and liquid petroleum gas on sites and in our 
offices. Scope 2 comprises emissions associated with the 
consumption of energy from purchased electricity.

Our largest carbon emitting fuel is diesel, which is used by 
forklift trucks, generators, plant and machinery. Emissions 
are calculated using the volume of litres purchased during 
the year and multiplying by the applicable conversion 
factor to convert into CO2 equivalent. 

Our second largest carbon emitting fuel is petrol and 
diesel for business car mileage. This is calculated by 
taking the total spend on fuel, compared against business 
mileage submissions. An average miles per gallon is used 
to calculate the volume of fuel burnt for business mileage. 
This is multiplied against a standard conversion factor to 
convert this into CO2 equivalent. 

Due to the disruption to office-based working caused by 
the Covid-19 pandemic during the year, the additional gas 
and electricity consumption associated with our office-
based employees working remotely has been estimated. 
This is based on estimated data and extrapolated for the 
proportion of employees working remotely.

Our scope 3 emissions in detail

Scope 1 and 2 emissions are only part of the equation, 
and the upstream and downstream emissions as a result 
of our operations are significant. Scope 3 includes the 
emissions generated by our supply chain in the services 
and materials that we purchase, the construction 
processes that we subcontract, and the in-use emissions 
of our homes.

This year, we have worked with external consultants to 
assist us with calculating our embodied scope 3 emissions 

40

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   40
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   40

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:35
05/10/2021   11:24:35

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021for each home that we build and sell. This is set out 
below, on a single-year basis and over a nominal life of 
60 years. 

Scope 3 (2021)

Plot build
Infrastructure
Total scope 3 (excluding in-use)
Per home sold
In-use emissions (60 yrs)
Total scope 3 (including in-use)
Per home sold

Tonnes of CO2e
49,110
1,741
50,852
28.1
194,292
245,143
135.3

Scope 3 methodology
For emissions from plot build, all of the materials used for 
each house type plus emissions from construction work 
(including infrastructure such as roads and sewers) on 
site, transport, replacements, and end-of-life was used to 
estimate the embodied carbon emissions. 

This calculation was carried out for our most common 
house types, collectively accounting for 91.4% of total 
2021 homes sold. An estimate was used for the remaining 
house types to give the total annual emissions from house 
building.

For in-use emissions, actual energy spend data from 
customers was converted to energy consumption and 
carbon emissions, then projected forward (assuming 
broadly stable energy usage) to arrive at a 60-year in-use 
carbon emissions total for each house type.

Environment

Natural resources 
Land
Our developments are located in areas where there is a 
need for regeneration; typically in areas of deprivation 
and on brownfield sites that would otherwise remain 
derelict or unused. Four out of five of our homes sold are 
in the third most deprived areas of the country and 77% 
of the homes sold were on brownfield land. 

We invest in our sites, creating attractive and well-
planned developments with green open space and access 
to local facilities. We continue to purchase land in areas 
that are in need of regeneration, but with good transport 
links and access to local facilities and employment. 
Page 53 sets out an example of the brownfield land 
remediation that we undertake. 

Water stress
We typically acquire sites and build in areas of relatively 
low water stress, being located in the North of England 
and Midlands. For the year to 30 June 2021, 6% of 
the homes sold were in areas of high water stress. 
In total, less than one in five plots in the Gleeson Homes 
land pipeline is classified as being in an area of high 
water stress.

Water usage
This year, we have estimated our water consumption for 
sites and offices. We are currently developing a water 
strategy to reduce our reliance on mains water supply and 

incorporate grey water usage into our operating activities, 
this includes exploring initiatives such as rainwater 
harvesting on sites. Our strategy also includes improving 
the tracking of water consumption across the business 
with actual usage data, rather than estimates.

Water consumption
Cubic metres of water 
consumed
Cubic metres of water 
consumed per home built
Cubic metres of water 
consumed per build site

2021

2020

78,143

66,001

43

1,007

62

973

All of our homes are fitted with dual flush toilets, low flow 
taps and showers and water meters. They are designed 
to achieve a maximum internal water use of 110 litres per 
person per day. This is 12% lower than the requirements 
specified by Building Regulations, saving both a natural 
resource and our customers on their water bills.

Sustainable materials
During the year, we launched new policies on sustainable 
procurement and sustainable packaging to ensure that we 
are reducing our impact on natural resources. 

As part of this: 

•  we source 99.9% of the timber we use in construction 

from FSC or PEFC certified sources;

•  we are engaging with suppliers to use packaging 

materials that are recyclable or biodegradable where 
possible; and

•  we will be examining alternative materials to those 
currently used, where these have lower embodied 
carbon emissions and can be more easily recycled 
or reused.

Waste
During the year, we launched a new sustainable waste 
management policy. In the year, we diverted 98% 
(2020: 96%) of construction waste away from landfill 
either being recycled or converted to energy. We are 
working with specialist waste management providers to 
continue to further improve this rate of diversion from 
landfill with the aim of achieving 100%. 

During the year, our construction waste amounted to 
13,511 tonnes, a waste intensity of 7.5 tonnes per home 
sold. As part of the measures being taken on sustainable 
procurement, packaging and waste management, we are 
working to reduce this figure. 

Biodiversity
It is expected that the government is likely to pass an 
amendment to the Environment Bill that will increase the 
focus on biodiversity as part of the planning process with a 
requirement for a 10% increase in habitat value for wildlife 
compared with a pre-development baseline. On many 
brownfield sites that have rewilded, this can be more 
challenging than an equivalent greenfield site. However, 
we are working towards these targets on all future 
developments and developing our biodiversity strategy.

41

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   41
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   41

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:35
05/10/2021   11:24:35

Strategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Sustainability Targets

Progress against our 2021 improvement targets
In our annual report last year, we set out a number of ambitious sustainability targets. 
Our progress against these targets and actions is set out below.

Health and safety incident rate 
(“AIIR”) will be significantly 
reduced

OFF TARGET

Staff turnover will be reduced 
to at least the industry average 
or better

ON TARGET

Our staff turnover for the year was 32% versus the 
industry average of 38% (source: ONS). Our voluntary 
staff turnover, which excludes redundancy, retirement 
or fixed-term contracts was 20%. Our independently 
assessed employee engagement score increased to 89% 
this year (2020: 88%) and 88% of colleagues  
(2020: 85%) are proud to say that they work for 
Gleeson. This shows that good progress has been made 
on engaging with our people and we believe this will 
continue to have a direct impact on reducing the level of 
voluntary staff turnover. 

2021 actions
Review and improve the 
staff recruitment process 
including search, 
selection, interview and 
pre-start onboarding.

Update
We are taking a more 
hands-on approach to 
recruitment with our own 
in-house team seeking 
candidates directly rather 
than relying on external 
recruitment agencies.

Result

✓

Enhance our new starter 
onboarding process,  
increase personal 
development reviews 
and introduce post-
probationary period 
reviews.

Continue to increase our 
employee engagement 
initiatives by conducting 
regular management 
roadshows, engagement 
workshops and 
improving the frequency 
of staff communication.

Our induction process 
has been updated and 
includes inductions 
being delivered to new 
colleagues, virtually where 
required, on their start 
date. Updated templates 
for personal development 
reviews have been issued 
and cascaded across the 
business. 

We hosted our first virtual 
management roadshow 
which was well received 
across the business. A 
new e-learning system 
was launched in Autumn 
2020 and new leadership 
and management training  
rolled out for employees 
in partnership with a 
third-party provider.

✓

✓

Our AIIR for the year to 30 June 2021 was 556  
(2020: 359). This remains above the industry average 
of 264 over the same period and was the result 
of ten reportable incidents involving slips, trips 
or falls, working from height or use of equipment. 
This was a disappointing result despite the significant 
improvements that have been made to safety 
procedures, systems and training. Each of these 
incidents have been investigated and improved working 
practices and procedures put in place to reduce the 
risk of further incidents. Health and safety remains 
our highest priority and we continue to promote our 
HomeSafe philosophy to ensure that a strong health and 
safety culture is embedded across the Group. 

2021 actions
Working-at-height safety 
systems and practices 
will be improved on all 
sites within one year.

Update
Decking systems are now 
used on all sites.

Site compound and 
welfare facilities will be 
improved on all new sites 
and those with less than 
one year to completion.

All new sites and sites 
with more than 12 months 
of further build activity 
have new compounds and 
welfare facilities.

Employee health and 
safety training will be 
reviewed, improved and 
the amount of training 
per employee increased 
during the year.

Full focus on the training 
log with the training 
department. This is 
ongoing but training 
material has been 
reviewed and updated. 

Digital reporting on all 
accidents, incidents, 
audits and health and 
safety metrics will be 
introduced on all sites 
within one year.

Internal digital reporting 
is not yet in place but 
we have engaged third-
party consultants to help 
develop a digital reporting 
service.

Independent health and 
safety inspections by the 
NHBC will be undertaken 
on all sites.

Two new divisional 
health and safety 
manager roles will be 
created.

42

All sites independently 
inspected but the NHBC 
have ceased doing health 
and safety inspections. 
From July 2021, we have 
engaged a third party 
to undertake these 
independent inspections.

These roles have been 
appointed and a further 
two trainees added to 
the Group’s health and 
safety team. 

Result

✓

✓

✓

✗

✓

✓

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   42
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   42

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:36
05/10/2021   11:24:36

Customer satisfaction: we will 
become a 5-star housebuilder 
within one year

ON TARGET

We achieved an independently assessed customer 
recommendation score of 90.6% (2020: 88.0%) this year. 
This equates to the Home Builders Federation (“HBF”) 
5-star rating.

2021 actions
We have recently 
created a dedicated 
Customer Care team in 
each region.

Update
New customer 
relationship managers 
now cover all sites and 
do independent quality 
checks.

Result

✓

We launched the 
Gleeson Quality 
Charter confirming 
our commitment to 
customers.

We will implement 
additional quality 
checklists prior to final 
inspection.

We have engaged 
third-party inspectors 
to undertake additional, 
independent quality 
checks.

Customer questionnaires 
are sent once homes 
have been completed and 
customer satisfaction and 
recommendation scores 
are recorded and reported 
to the Executive Directors 
every month.

Customer relationship 
managers who are 
independent to the sales 
process conduct final 
quality inspections. Any 
defects are followed 
up within 48 hours to 
ensure rectification prior 
to handover. Inspection 
KPIs are reported to 
the Executive Directors 
every month.

NHBC inspections are 
completed at various 
stages throughout the 
build process. From 
July 2021, third-party 
inspectors have been 
engaged to perform 
additional, independent 
quality checks.

✓

✓

✓

Strategic Report

 Carlisle Park, Rotherham,  
South Yorkshire

CO2e emissions per home sold  
will be reduced by 20% within 
three years

ON TARGET

As set out on page 40 our scope 1 and 2 emissions for 
the year were 2.05 tonnes of CO2e per home sold  
(2020: 2.50 tonnes adjusted1, 2.82 tonnes reported). 

The reduction to 2.05 tonnes of CO2e per home sold this 
year is an 18% reduction on the adjusted carbon intensity 
of 2.50 tonnes and puts us well on track. Given the 
substantial progress made, we have increased our CO2e 
reduction target to 1.75 tonnes per home sold as set out 
on page 45.

2021 actions
Within one year all of 
our forklifts will: 

•  be fitted with auto 

stop/start functions;

• 

• 

lower carbon 
emitting engines; 
and

include usage 
tracking to monitor 
speed and idle time.

Reduce the use of diesel 
generator fuel per site.

Update
We upgraded 59% of our 
forklift trucks to the new 
model by 30 June 2021. A 
shortage of these higher 
specification forklift 
models has resulted in a 
delay in deploying these 
across all sites. 

Result

✗

We have enhanced our 
on-site processes which 
include:

• 

• 

relocation of sales 
activities from cabins 
to show homes 
thereby avoiding the 
use of generators; and
reviewed site start 
up plans to ensure 
utilities are on site 
sooner.

This has contributed to 
a reduction in our diesel 
usage in comparison 
to 2019, which was not 
impacted by Covid-19. 

✓

100% of electricity used 
in show homes, sales 
offices and site cabins 
will be sourced from 
zero carbon sources 
within one year.

100% of mains electricity 
supplied to site was 
provided by certified 
renewable sources. 

✓

1.  For the purposes of setting a target in 2020, the impact of 
Covid-19 was removed to give an adjusted carbon intensity 
reference of 2.50 tonnes per home sold. Therefore, the target set 
in the prior year was to reduce scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 
20% to less than 2.00 tonnes per home sold within three years. 

43

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   43
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   43

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:37
05/10/2021   11:24:37

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Sustainability Targets

Continued

What we want to 
improve:

Health and safety
Our incident rate (“AIIR”), at 
556 per 100,000 employees, has 
increased and is higher than the 
industry average reported by the 
Home Builders Federation. 

Staff engagement
We want all our colleagues to be 
happy, motivated and engaged 
with the values and strategy of 
the business. 

Customer satisfaction
We want to continue improving 
our build quality and the 
customer journey. 

Carbon emissions
Our scope 1 and 2 emissions 
have reduced significantly but 
remain higher than some other 
housebuilders. 

 Derek, Site Worker,  
Greencroft View, County Durham

44

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   44
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   44

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:39
05/10/2021   11:24:39

Our new sustainability targets

Our employee 
engagement will 
be maintained in 
the upper quartile 
of all companies 
during 2021/22

Customer 
satisfaction: we 
will maintain our 
5-star1 status 
throughout 
2021/22

Climate: CO2e 
target reduction 
increased from 
20% (2.0 tonnes) 
to 30% (1.75 
tonnes) by 2023

Actions:

•  Enhance 

communication across 
the Group including 
online forums, 
regional roadshows 
and company-wide 
communications. 

•  Launch employee 
wellbeing “toolkit” 
which will give all of 
our employees the 
resources to obtain 
relevant support.

•  Further develop 

the apprenticeship 
programme to 
broaden skills and 
retain talent.

•  Enhance our 

recognition schemes 
to incorporate 
Company values 
and improve on-site 
participation. 

Actions:

Actions:

•  Roll out of a 

• 

• 

“Customer First” 
campaign across all 
developments. 

100% quality 
inspections to be 
achieved within 48 
hours of obtaining 
CML (Certificate for 
Mortgage Lending). 

Improve Customer 
Care systems and 
reporting to integrate 
all elements of 
inspections, defect 
management and 
customer care.

•  Engage and provide 
training to third-
party subcontractors 
and suppliers on our 
“Customer First” 
requirements.

1.  This is 90% or above 

customer recommendation 
score as polled by an 
independent survey 
company, which is 
equivalent to the HBF 
5-star rating.

•  All forklift trucks to 
be upgraded to the 
newer models within 
one year.

•  Complete our eco-
cabin trial and, if 
successful, roll out 
across all new sites.

•  Complete our 

biodiesel trial and, if 
successful, roll out 
across sites.

•  Review energy 

efficiency measures in 
each of our offices.

•  Ensure electricity 
purchased for 
sites continues to 
come from certified 
renewable sources 
with Renewable 
Energy Guarantees of 
Origin (“REGO”).

•  Launch a generator 
usage policy to 
reduce reliance on 
generators and fuel 
usage.

Health and safety 
incident rate 
(“AIIR”) will be 
reduced to the 
industry standard 
or lower in 
the year

Actions:

• 

Introduce 
independent 
unannounced safety 
inspections on every 
active build site at 
least once per month.

•  Launch a Training 
and Development 
Passport that will 
be mandatory for all 
apprentices.

•  Enhance working-at-
height procedures 
through additional 
training for all site 
management and 
enhanced working 
practices.

•  Provide bi-annual 
supply chain and 
subcontractor 
HomeSafe workshops 
focusing on health 
and safety.

•  Deliver a company-
wide campaign 
focusing on slips, 
trips and falls and 
manual handling for 
all employees.

•  Enhance tracking 

and reporting of near 
misses across the 
business and raise 
awareness. 

•  Assess feasibility 
and implement 
digital recording of 
personnel on all sites. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   45
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   45

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:40
05/10/2021   11:24:40

45

Strategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

UN Sustainable Development Goals

In 2015, the United 
Nations reviewed the 
global priorities for 
creating a sustainable 
future and produced 
the 2030 Agenda 
for Sustainable 
Development. 

As part of this, 17 Sustainable 
Development Goals (“SDGs”) 
were launched to promote 
actions to be taken to end 
poverty and set the world on a 
path of peace, prosperity and 
opportunity for all on a healthy 
planet. In 2020, we shared our 
commitment to these goals and 
set out how and where these 
are supported by the activities 
of the Group. 

These initiatives have been 
carefully considered in creating 
our sustainable business 
strategy (see pages 32 to 33), 
which fully supports target 
one of SDG 11 – Sustainable 
cities and communities, by 
providing “access for all to 
adequate, safe and affordable 
housing”. As part of our 
materiality assessment (see 
pages 30 to 31), we engaged 
with a number of stakeholders 
who backed our commitment 
to supporting these goals in 
our mission of Building Homes. 
Changing Lives. 

We recognise that as a 
business, we not only change 
the lives of our customers 
by offering many their first 
step onto the property ladder 
that would otherwise be 
unattainable, but there are also 
many other stakeholders who 
are impacted by our activities. 
As a result, we have adopted six 
of the Sustainable Development 
Goals, which we believe we 
support and the details of 
which are reported here.

46

UN SDG Targets
5.1 – End all forms of discrimination 
against all women and girls everywhere.

5.5 – Ensure women’s full and effective 
participation and equal opportunities 
for leadership at all levels of decision-
making in political, economic and 
public life.

5.a – Undertake reforms to give women 
equal rights to economic resources, as 
well as access to ownership and control 
over land and other forms of property, 
financial services, inheritance and 
natural resources, in accordance with 
national laws.

How this is supported by us:
Gleeson is an equal opportunities 
employer and we strive to pay our 
employees equally for the same or 
equivalent work, regardless of their 
gender. 

We take part in and sponsor Women in 
Construction and Women in Property 
events. Our recruitment team are active 
in seeking to recruit more women into 
the industry. 

We continue to look at roles that 
women occupy and review how our 
succession planning programme fits 
with these roles.

We review job descriptions, roles and 
responsibilities to make sure these are 
inclusive.

KPIs
Median pay gap in favour of women 
reported in our 2021 Gender Pay Gap 
Report.

29% of the Board and 31% of the Senior 
Management team are female.

Overall 30% of our workforce are 
female.

UN SDG Targets
8.5 – By 2030, achieve full and 
productive employment and decent 
work for all women and men, including 
for young people and persons with 
disabilities, and equal pay for work of 
equal value.

8.6 – By 2020, substantially reduce the 
proportion of youth not in employment, 
education or training.

8.8 – Protect labour rights and promote 
safe and secure working environments 
for all workers, including migrant 
workers, in particular women migrants, 
and those in precarious employment.

How this is supported by us:
We are committed to ensuring that all 
employees, potential recruits and other 
stakeholders are treated fairly and 
equitably.

Recruitment and advancement is based 
upon individual skills and aptitude 
irrespective of race, nationality, gender 
identity, sexual orientation, disability, 
age, religion or beliefs. 

We continue to carry out pay and 
benefit benchmarking at regular 
intervals against other employers to 
ensure that we pay our employees 
fairly.

Our HomeSafe brand reflects our belief 
that everyone who is involved in, or 
affected by, our development work has 
the right to remain free from harm and 
return home safely every day. 

KPIs
We directly employ 672 people on our 
sites and in our offices, an increase of 
67 people on last year.

100% real Living Wage employer and 
the first housebuilder to be accredited 
by the Living Wage Foundation.

Top quartile company for employee 
engagement.

Accredited with Investors in People as a 
business that “Makes work better”.

At June 2021 we had 70 apprentices 
employed representing 10% of the 
workforce.

AIIR Rate – 556 (Industry average: 264) 
– see further comments on page 42.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   46
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   46

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:42
05/10/2021   11:24:42

Strategic Report

 Oliver, Carrwood Park, 
Bradford, West Yorkshire

UN SDG Targets
15.3 – By 2030, combat 
desertification, restore 
degraded land and soil, 
including land affected by 
desertification, drought and 
floods, and strive to achieve 
a land degradation-neutral 
world.

15.9 – By 2020, integrate 
ecosystem and biodiversity 
values into national and 
local planning, development 
processes, poverty reduction 
strategies and accounts.

How this is supported by us:
Our developments are 
located in areas where 
there is often a need for 
regeneration; typically 
brownfield sites that would 
otherwise remain derelict or 
unused.

We build in the most 
deprived areas of the UK, 
regenerating land and 
building new homes where 
they are needed most.  

We invest in our sites, 
creating attractive and well-
planned developments with 
green space and biodiversity.

KPIs
77% of homes sold in the 
year to 30 June 2021 were 
on brownfield land.

For the year to 30 June 2021, 
only 6% of the homes sold 
were in areas of high water 
stress.

Over £175m spent on site 
development including land 
remediation during 2021.

47

UN SDG Targets
11.1 – By 2030, ensure access 
for all to adequate, safe and 
affordable housing and basic 
services and upgrade slums.

UN SDG Targets
12.2 – By 2030, achieve the 
sustainable management 
and efficient use of natural 
resources.

UN SDG Targets
13.2 – Integrate climate 
change measures into 
national policies, strategies 
and planning.

12.5 – By 2030, substantially 
reduce waste generation 
through prevention, 
reduction, recycling and 
reuse.

How this is supported by us:
We have committed to 
diverting at least 95% of 
waste from landfill and are 
implementing initiatives 
to further reduce waste 
volumes.

We have established new 
policies for Sustainable 
Procurement, Sustainable 
Packaging, Timber and Waste 
Management.

KPIs
For the year to 30 June 2021, 
98% of our construction 
waste was diverted from 
landfill.

99.9% of our timber is 
sourced from FSC/PEFC 
approved sources.

13.3 – Improve education, 
awareness-raising and human 
and institutional capacity on 
climate change mitigation, 
adaptation, impact reduction 
and early warning.

How this is supported by us:
We set a target to reduce 
our scope 1 and 2 carbon 
emissions by 20% to less than 
two tonnes per home sold 
within three years.

We have published our scope 
3 emissions for the first time 
this year.

We have established a new 
Climate and Environment 
policy.

KPIs
For the year to 30 June 2021, 
we generated 2.05 tonnes 
of scope 1 and 2 carbon 
emissions per home sold. 
This was a reduction of 18% 
from the previous financial 
year, excluding the impact of 
Covid-19.

We have increased our three-
year reduction target to 30% 
or 1.75 tonnes per home.

We will be taking steps to 
refine our scope 3 data and 
to reduce carbon emissions 
in building products and 
construction operations. 

How this is supported by us:
Gleeson Homes’ mission is 
“Changing lives by building 
affordable, quality homes. 
Where they are needed, 
for the people who need 
them most.”

Our sustainable business 
model is based around our 
impact on communities, 
people and the environment. 

We exist to transform lives 
and make home ownership 
a reality for young people, 
low-income families and first 
time buyers. This creates 
communities and provides 
benefits to wider society. 

We partner with local 
authorities and private 
landowners to acquire land 
in areas that will benefit from 
investment, regeneration and 
development for housing that 
is affordable to local people.

KPIs
91.6% (£264.2m) of Group 
revenue in the year to 30 
June 2021 supported UN SDG 
11 through the provision of 
safe and affordable housing.

Our average selling price of 
£145,800 is significantly lower 
than the new build industry 
average of £326,000.

Four out of five of our 
customers are first time 
buyers and two out of three 
of our customers are key 
workers.

The median age of our 
customers is 29 and 77% are 
35 years old or younger. Our 
homes start from £95,000 
and the median income of 
our customers is £23,000.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   47
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   47

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:43
05/10/2021   11:24:43

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Sustainability in Action
Sustainability in Action
Customer case studies

“

Being a homeowner is such a proud 
feeling. It’s definitely more than just 
bricks and mortar.”

Buyer:
Corina (31)
Occupation: 
Social worker
Year of purchase: 
2020
Development:
Ransom Court, 
Nottingham

House type:
Cork, 2-bed semi
Purchase price:
£136,995
Mortgage cost: 
£370 per month, 
Help to Buy
Previous rental cost: 
£550 per month  
(1-bed flat)

48

Social worker Corina 
was renting a small 
one-bedroom flat in 
Nottingham before 
purchasing her two-
bedroom Gleeson home 
in September 2020. 

A single buyer, Corina was overjoyed 
that a developer in the area was 
catering for first time buyers, with 
a Help to Buy Equity Loan and a 
scheme specifically for key workers. 

The rent on Corina’s one-bedroom 
flat was £550 per month, so she was 
delighted to find that her mortgage 
would be just £370 per month, a 
saving of £180 every month. Making 
use of our Key Worker Priority 
Scheme, Corina also benefitted from 
£1,000 towards upgrades and extras 
in her home, which she chose to 
spend on a premium kitchen. 

Corina said: “Gleeson was ideal 
for me because the homes are so 
affordable. The price point is great, 
particularly for single buyers. Many 
homes in the nearby area were 
much more expensive and other 
housebuilders in Nottingham were 
charging thousands of pounds more 
for the same size house.” 

“Without Gleeson I would have been 
stuck renting or would have had to 
purchase something similar in size to 
my flat. Being a homeowner is such 
a proud feeling, it’s definitely more 
than just bricks and mortar.”

“The location of my home is great. 
It’s so close to the city centre which 
makes commuting really easy and 
it’s surrounded by trees and lovely 
places to go for walks. I completely 
fell in love with my house type, 
despite being a two-bedroom 
semi it’s so spacious and is laid out 
perfectly for having friends round.”

A new Gleeson home has given 
Corina something to focus on 
throughout the pandemic and 
beyond. Since moving in she has 
begun blogging images of her home 
and interior design tips, connecting 
with other Gleeson homeowners via 
Instagram. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   48
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   48

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:47
05/10/2021   11:24:47

Changing the life of  a single buyerStrategic Report

“

We are so grateful to own such a 
beautiful home at just 22 and 24  
years old.”

Buyers:
Charmaine (22)  
& Brad (24)
Occupations: 
Merchandising 
Administrator and 
Assistant Buyer
Year of purchase: 
2020
Development:
Balderstones, 
Greater Manchester

House type:
Renmore, 3-bed 
detached 
Purchase price:
£172,995
Mortgage cost: 
£450 per month
Previous rental cost: 
£600 per month  
(2-bed flat)

49

Charmaine and Brad 
purchased their three-
bedroom detached home 
at our Balderstones 
development in Rochdale in 
November 2020. 

Both working in the fashion industry 
in Manchester, Brad and Charmaine 
had been renting a two-bedroom flat 
in the city centre. Spending the first 
lockdown throughout the hot summer 
months in a small flat without a garden 
made the couple realise how much 
they wanted to buy their own home. 

The couple were thrilled by the price 
of Gleeson homes, and they all had 
gardens and driveways, together with 
range of extras and options. Sold on the 
idea of moving into a new home which 
is low maintenance and cheaper to run, 
the couple were even more delighted 
when their plot of choice was ready just 
four months after they reserved. 

With the location of their 
development only five minutes from 
the motorway, the couple can easily 
get to work in Manchester and now 
enjoy city life close by, with their 
own home to return to.

With amenities like the Trafford 
Centre less than half an hour away, 
as well as a plethora of local shops 
and supermarkets within walking 
distance, Balderstones is an ideal 
development for young couples like 
Brad and Charmaine. 

The pair had initially been saving 
to go on holiday to Thailand, so are 
very glad that they used the money 
for their new home instead.

Charmaine said:“We can’t believe how 
affordable our home is. We didn’t 
think we’d be able to buy a house, but 
Gleeson proved us wrong. Our home 
actually works out cheaper than the 
rent and bills we were paying for a two-
bedroom flat, which is just incredible 
considering the size difference.” 

“We definitely made the right 
decision investing in our home rather 
than a holiday! Plus, because our 
home is so affordable, we will still 
be able to have treats like holidays 
when the time is right.”

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   49
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   49

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:51
05/10/2021   11:24:51

Helping young people  into home ownershipMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Sustainability in Action
Customer case studies

“

Our number one reason for 
choosing Gleeson was the price. It’s 
amazing the amount of home you 
get for your money compared to 
other developers.”

Buyers:
Lauren (23) & Matt 
(25)
Occupation: 
Civil servants
Year of purchase: 
2021
Development:
Crawford Park, 
Blyth

House type:
Kilkenny, 3-bed 
detached
Purchase price:
£149,995
Mortgage cost: 
£360 per month 
Previous rental cost: 
£530 per month  
(1-bed flat)

50
50

Spending the last two 
years renting a one-
bedroom flat, Lauren and 
Matt were keen to get 
onto the property ladder, 
but never imagined 
they would be able to 
own a three-bedroom 
detached house. 

Giving them so much more 
space and saving them £170 a 
month, their new home has been 
transformational.

Lauren and Matt moved into their 
three-bedroom home in March 2021. 
The couple were paying £530 per 
month in rent for their flat and are 
now paying just £360 per month 
for their mortgage. Their previous 
flat had no parking, garden, or 
communal outdoor space. With only 
one bedroom the pair could never 
have friends or family over to stay, 
and their bedroom was next to the 
communal stairwell, so they heard 
noise from other residents at all 
hours of the night. 

Eager to purchase a new build, 
Lauren and Matt viewed various 
developers but were amazed at the 
price of a Gleeson home. 

Matt said: “Our number one reason 
for choosing Gleeson was the price. 
It’s amazing the amount of home 
you get for your money compared to 
other developers. We looked at other 
nearby sites and for our budget we 
could only get a two-bedroom house 
or a three-bedroom semi-detached 
house, but with Gleeson we could 
get a detached house with a garage 
and a garden. It really was a no 
brainer. A big tick for us was the fact 
that every Gleeson home comes with 
a garden, which was something we 
were craving.”

Lauren continued: “We love 
everything about our home. We are 
saving so much money every month 
by not renting, instead we are paying 
for a house that actually belongs to 
us, which is a great feeling.” 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   50
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   50

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:53
05/10/2021   11:24:53

Escaping the rent trap and starting their new livesAt the age of 15, Tania was 
homeless and lived on the 
streets in York. This year 
she bought her second 
Gleeson home with her 
partner Josh. 

Teachers Tania and Josh both bought 
as single buyers on our Rainsborough 
Park development in 2018, with Tania 
buying a two-bedroom semi-detached 
Cork for £101,995 and Josh purchasing 
a three-bedroom semi-detached 
Fergus for £125,995.

They soon met and fell in love and 
realised that they could combine the 
existing equity in their homes and 
purchase a new Gleeson home on 
the development together. When the 
existing three-bedroom detached 
Kilkenny show home was released 
for sale, Josh and Tania were quick to 
reserve it, paying just £184,995.

Being a homeowner has a special 
significance for Tania.

Tania said: “I’ve faced a lot of adversity 
in my life, spending time on the streets 
and in homeless shelters, but I’m 
so proud of how I’ve turned my life 
around. I was amazed when I could 
buy my first Gleeson home with just a 
£4,500 deposit, and that my mortgage 
repayments would be only £350 per 
month. Moving onto Rainsborough 
Park changed everything, I feel like I 
have much more of a sense of purpose 
now I’m a homeowner and of course, I 
met Josh.”

Josh said: “Before buying my first 
home, I was renting a small terraced 
property, paying £800 per month, now 
in our second Gleeson home, which 
we bought fully furnished, we only pay 
£500 per month for our mortgage. 
Buying here has changed our lives, 
we love the development, love the 
area and the community. We plan on 
staying on Rainsborough Park for life, 
and already have our eye on the four 
bedroom properties which will be 
released as part as Phase Three. With 
Gleeson you get so much for your 
money, the quality is fantastic and the 
process is so straightforward.”

Strategic Report

“

Buying here has changed our lives, we 
love the development, love the area 
and the community.“

House type:
Kilkenny, 3-bed 
detached
Purchase price:
£184,995
Mortgage cost: 
£500 per month

Buyers:
Tania (26) & Josh 
(28)
Occupation: 
Teachers
Year of purchase: 
2021
Development:
Rainsborough Park, 
Knottingley, West 
Yorkshire

  For more customer case studies, 
including videos, visit our website at: 
www.mjgleesonplc.com

51

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   51
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   51

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:55
05/10/2021   11:24:55

From homeless  to home ownerMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Sustainability in Action
Environment – Gleeson Homes case studies

In our 2020 Annual 
Report, we set a target 
to upgrade our fleet 
of forklift trucks to the 
latest JCB models.

These have more efficient engines 
and incorporate start/stop 
technology to reduce engine idling. 
They also have live data monitoring 
such as speed, fuel consumption, 
operator warnings and various 
safety alerts.

At 30 June 2021, 59% of our forklift 
trucks had been upgraded to these 
newer models, which has reduced 
forklift diesel fuel consumption 
by 4% this year. This fuel saving 
will continue to increase with the 
changeover and our “real world” 
on-site testing shows that it will 
deliver a 12% saving in fuel per 
forklift truck for a full year:

New 
model

Old 

model Saving

Time spent at idle

13%

29%

57%

Fuel consumption 
(litres per hour)

Operating

Idle

Combined

Carbon Emissions

5.57

1.71

4.09

1.43

5.83

1.89

4.67

1.63

4.5%

10%

12%

12%

As part of this changeover, we have 
secured an ongoing agreement to 
upgrade units in future as they age 
or become inefficient. Given these 
are one of the major users of fuel 
on our development sites, this will 
help us to continue reducing our 
carbon emissions. 

In addition, we are trialling the 
use of hydrotreated vegetable 
oil (HVO) biodiesel on a number 
of sites as we assess moving 
away from more pollutive fuels. 
HVO biodiesel produces up to 
90% lower carbon emissions 
than standard diesel. Subject to 
successful trials, we will look to 
move our forklift fleet over to HVO 
biodiesel. 

52

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   52
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   52

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:24:57
05/10/2021   11:24:57

Cleaner, more  efficient forklift trucksMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20211

2

3

4

100 years of coal mining
Model Walk near Worksop sits on part of the former Creswell 
Colliery, which was in operation from 1894 until its closure in 
1991. The site has an extensive history and, following its closure, 
the land remained derelict and disused for around 25 years until 
it was acquired by Gleeson Homes.

A heavily contaminated site
Since its closure, all of the old mining buildings were removed 
by the former owners, but the site had extensive rubble, hard 
standing and detritus across it. In addition, parts of the site 
were contaminated from the former activities including the 
presence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, arsenic and 
naphthalene together with areas that were infested with 
Japanese knotweed. 

Regeneration of the land
A detailed planning application was submitted by Gleeson 
Homes in 2016. Following years of neglect and anti-social 
behaviour on the land, the scheme received unanimous support. 

The site required extensive remediation including the removal 
of hardstanding, brick, glass, contaminated topsoil, Japanese 
knotweed and other contaminants. There were also varying 
capping depths required across the site and additional radon 
precautions in certain areas.

A model site
The site has 197 plots with two, three and four-bed homes 
and open space. Special designs were needed for the homes 
fronting onto the historic Model Village conservation area to 
address and celebrate a unique setting. The development has 
also paved the way for the regeneration of the remainder of the 
former colliery to the south and west, providing high-quality, 
affordable homes for local people.

53

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   53
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   53

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:01
05/10/2021   11:25:01

Regenerating land - Model Walk, Worksop, DerbyshireStrategic ReportSustainability in Action
Sustainability in Action
Continued
Environment – Gleeson Land case studies

Gleeson Land submitted 
a planning application 
for 67 homes along 
with open space and 
allotments.

We seek planning permissions that 
are sensitive to local ecology and 
wildlife. Our scheme at Westbury 
Leigh incorporates natural 
greenspace as well as allotments 
for residents. It is planned with 
landscaping that is in keeping with 
the local area and surrounds the 
development. 

The site also lies within a 
consultation zone for the greater 
horseshoe bat, with a roost to 
the west of the site. Survey data 
demonstrated that there was 
horseshoe bat activity on the 
western site boundary. In order to 
preserve this activity, we worked 
closely with Natural England and our 
planners to retain and protect the 
existing area of plantation woodland 
on the western boundary.

In addition, new bat habitats 
comprising supplementary native 
trees and shrubs are planned 
along the eastern boundary of the 
plantation woodland to buffer it 
from the built development. A “dark 
buffer” is established which would 
safeguard the flight route of the 
bats and protect the activity of this 
protected species. In this buffer 
there would be light no more than 
that associated with a full moon. 

54

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   54
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   54

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:02
05/10/2021   11:25:02

Protecting native species at Westbury Leigh, WiltshireMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Gleeson Land obtained 
planning approval for 
254 homes along with 
significant areas of 
open space. 

We work to ensure that our schemes 
are sustainable and offer improved 
facilities for local residents, which 
leads to stronger communities. 
Incorporating areas of natural 
greenspace is a major factor in 
every application, as well as how 
the development fits alongside the 
existing local urban and natural 
environment.

At Manor Farm in Tongham, we 
obtained planning permission for a 
site that includes 254 homes, creates 
a route through the site to connect 
existing developments, provides 
open space including children’s play 
areas, utilises sustainable urban 
drainage systems and creates a 
significant Suitable Alternative 
Natural Greenspace (“SANG”) of 
over 17 hectares. 

This space provides outdoor areas 
for the community to use, along 
with a new car park and pedestrian 
accesses from the development. 
It is also sufficient in size to 
provide greenspace for two other 
development applications locally. 

The SANG land was sensitively 
landscaped with planting of trees 
and hedgerows around gravel paths 
to enhance the existing natural 
environment and attract local 
wildlife to the area. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   55
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   55

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:03
05/10/2021   11:25:03

55

Creating open space at Manor Farm, Tongham, SurreyStrategic ReportSustainability in Action
People

Adam Barrass  
Bricklayer

Before starting his apprenticeship with Gleeson, Adam 
played football in Malta for one season, then returned 
to England to work in a food packing factory. Adam 
was keen to learn a trade and, as his father worked as a 
bricklayer on a Gleeson development, he applied for a 
bricklaying apprenticeship with Gleeson and started at 
our Forge Court development in Sunderland in 2018.

Adam made a strong impression with the site team from 
his first day with his enthusiasm, can-do attitude and 
collaborative approach. He was clear about his ambitions 
and during the development conversations that we have 
with all colleagues, he discussed his desire to move into 
site management or health and safety after learning 
his trade. 

He quickly progressed through his Level 2 bricklaying 
qualification, gaining recognition from his tutors at 
college and winning several awards, whilst continuing 
to perform strongly on site. He went on to complete his 
Level 3 apprenticeship with distinction in early 2021.

Oliver Hume 
Finance

When Oliver started his Finance apprenticeship with 
Gleeson in 2017, he was 18 years old and worked at 
McDonalds. He did not have any prior accounting 
knowledge, but was keen to get his AAT (Association of 
Accounting Technicians) qualification because his mum 
had recently finished her own AAT qualification. 

56

When a Trainee Health and Safety Advisor role became 
available in the North East Division, Adam was a natural 
fit and he is continuing to learn and grow in his new role 
with us. 

Oliver signed up for an AAT Level 3 apprenticeship and 
initially joined the purchase ledger team to start learning 
the fundamentals of finance at Gleeson. He quickly 
established himself as a rising star with his enthusiasm, 
flexibility and fast learning. Within six months Oliver 
moved to the treasury team where he learned a whole 
new set of skills. 

Oliver passed all of his exams on the first sitting and 
completed his Level 3 apprenticeship with distinction 
within 18 months. He immediately moved to a Level 4 
apprenticeship whilst continuing to play a valued role in 
the Finance team. 

His exams were put on hold during the first Covid-19 
lockdown, but Oliver continued to support the business 
when his colleagues were on furlough, showing his 
flexibility and knowledge in different areas. 

In December 2020, he successfully completed his Level 4 
apprenticeship and was promoted to the role of Assistant 
Management Accountant. He is currently continuing his 
academic journey and studying for his CIMA professional 
qualification with the support of Gleeson. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   56
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   56

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:05
05/10/2021   11:25:05

Investing in our apprenticesMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Strategic Report

Sarah Marsden, Divisional Managing 
Director of the Gleeson Homes North 
Eastern Division, has been with Gleeson 
for over 11 years in a number of senior 
roles. She started in the construction 
industry over 20 years ago as a sales 
negotiator, and worked her way up 
through various roles including Sales 
Director, Group Operations Director, and 
now, Divisional Managing Director. 

On being a woman in construction, Sarah said:

“I’ve been in the construction industry for 21 
years and I’m pleased to say there is far greater 
diversity and equality now than when I first 
started. In fact, the last 20 years have been quite 
transformational. At school, the construction 
industry was the stereotypical route for non-
academic males, and for females a career in 
construction was not encouraged. I got into the 
industry by selling new homes on site and I’ve 
worked hard to progress my career becoming 
the youngest female Director in my former 
company. I’ve worked at Gleeson for 11 years 
now and I haven’t directly experienced any real 
prejudice or bias, quite the opposite, I have been 
fortunate to receive support and respect from 
my colleagues and peers alike. I would, however, 
be confident enough to call out any negative 
behaviour.”

“I strongly encourage a career in the construction 
industry from all interested and enthusiastic 
applicants – there is a broad spectrum of 
opportunity for all, regardless of talent, gender 
or preference. It’s a great sector to be a part of.”

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   57
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   57

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:06
05/10/2021   11:25:06

57

Promoting women  in constructionMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

TCFD Disclosures

Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures 
The Financial Stability Board created the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) to improve and increase 
reporting of climate-related financial information.

Responding to the TCFD requirements, we aim to increase our 
disclosures in line with its recommendations. 

Strategy
The actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks 
and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, 
strategy, and financial planning where such information is 
material.

Climate change has the potential to significantly impact 
our business strategy through restricting land availability, 
disrupted build programmes, material and labour 
shortages and increased costs. It also has the risk of 
impacting the homes and communities we build through 
flooding, overheating and water shortages.

Forthcoming changes to building regulations, namely 
Part L (Conservation of fuel and power) and Part F 
(Ventilation), will change the way our homes are supplied 
with power and heating. These are potentially the first 
of many climate-focused amendments to building 
regulations as the government progresses their vision 
of zero carbon ready homes. Our sustainable business 
strategy and the design of our homes will continue to 
factor in these changes to building regulations.

Another impact of climate change and more frequent 
extreme weather events is the risk of more frequent 
flooding, making certain areas unsuitable to build on. This 
would reduce the availability of land and consequently 
increase the cost of developable land. It could also 
increase the costs of installing flood mitigation on certain 
planning developments. 

Increases in temperature could require alternative 
strategies to ensure that new homes remain habitable and 
prevent overheating. These could include passive cooling 
measures including better shading, reflective surfaces and 
cover for homes.

We continue to assess changes to climate-related risks 
and the potential impact on the Group, its strategy and 
any financial impacts.

Governance
The organisation’s governance around climate-related 
risks and opportunities.

The Board has ultimate responsibility for climate-related 
risks and opportunities, with the day-to-day approach 
in responding to climate-related risks and wider 
sustainability topics being managed by the Executive 
Directors. 

The Sustainability Committee is a sub-committee of the 
main Board and meets on a bi-annual basis to discuss the 
strategic direction, climate-related risks and opportunities 
and to assess progress on ongoing sustainability projects, 
including those focused on carbon reduction. Find out 
more on pages 106 to 108.

Bi-annual updates are also provided to the Audit 
Committee outlining any changes to the assessment of 
sustainability risks, material issues, policies, disclosure 
requirements and progress against sustainability targets. 

Below the Board, operational directors and heads 
of department have responsibility for integrating 
sustainability into their respective areas. This includes 
compliance with the Group’s sustainability policies in the 
following areas:

•  Climate and environment;

•  Sustainable procurement;

•  Sustainable packaging;

•  Sustainable timber; and

•  Sustainable waste management.

This year, we have introduced internal sustainability 
KPIs within the monthly reporting to the Board. The 
approved budget for the next financial year also includes 
sustainability targets and metrics. Progress against these 
will be tracked to ensure our sustainable values are 
embedded throughout the business.

We have also appointed a Head of Safety, Health, 
Environmental and Quality (“SHEQ”) who will support 
the senior management team in integrating sustainability 
throughout the business. 

58

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   58
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   58

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:09
05/10/2021   11:25:09

Strategic Report

Risk management
How the organisation identifies, assesses, and manages 
climate-related risks.

Climate change and sustainability have been identified as 
principal risks for the Group. Find out more on page 73. 

The Group risk register is formally reviewed by the Audit 
Committee at the majority of its scheduled meetings, 
including consideration of emerging risk areas or changes 
to existing risks. Find out more on pages 98 to 105.

A separate, detailed sustainability risk register is 
also maintained which covers the risks for the Group 
associated with environmental, social and governance 
matters. 

The sustainability risk register is managed by the 
Sustainability Committee and reviewed, at least, on a 
bi-annual basis with any amendments reported to the 
Audit Committee as part of its monitoring of principal and 
emerging Group risks. 

Each risk on the sustainability risk register is assessed 
against its potential impact, timeframe, likelihood, 
severity and mitigating actions. Progress on mitigating 
actions against short-term risks are prioritised by the 
Sustainability Committee.

 Rainsborough Park, 
Knottingley, West Yorkshire

Metrics and targets
The metrics and targets used to assess and manage 
relevant climate-related risks and opportunities where 
such information is material.

Our climate performance is measured by reference to an 
intensity target published in 2020. Last year we set a target 
of reducing our scope 1 and 2 emissions by 20% per home 
sold within three years. This will result in a carbon intensity 
of less than 2.0 tonnes of CO2e per home sold. This year 
we have reduced our scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions to 
2.05 tonnes of CO2e per home sold. Due to the substantial 
progress made, we have increased our CO2e reduction 
target to 1.75 tonnes per home sold as set out on page 45.

Our climate performance metric for scope 1 and 2 
emissions is calculated by taking total metric tonnes of 
CO2e divided by the number of legally completed house 
sales in a financial period. 

This year we are also reporting a “market-based” and 
“location-based” metric for our scope 2 (electricity) usage. 

In addition, this year we are reporting our scope 3 emissions 
which covers the indirect upstream and downstream carbon 
emissions of our value chain; this includes the emissions 
generated by our supply chain in the services and materials 
they provide to our business, the construction process, and 
over the life of the homes that we build.

Further details on our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, including 
methodology, can be found in the Environment section on 
pages 38 to 41. Sustainability KPIs are set out on page 20.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   59
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   59

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:10
05/10/2021   11:25:10

59

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

SASB Disclosures

SASB Criteria

Our approach

Land Use and Ecological Impacts

.

1 Number of (1) Lots and 
a
(2) homes delivered 
0
6
on redevelopment 
1
-
B
sites
H
-
F
I

In the year to 30 June 2021, we added 2,740 brownfield land plots to our land pipeline. 
This accounted for 52% of plots acquired in the year. The total number of brownfield plots 
held at 30 June 2021 was 7,606 (48%).

In the year to 30 June 2021, we sold 1,387 homes on brownfield land. This accounted for 
77% of our total annual house sales.

.

2 Number of (1) lots 
a
and (2) homes 
0
6
delivered in 
1
-
B
regions with High 
H
or Extremely High 
-
F
Baseline Water Stress
I

.

3 Total amount of 
a
monetary losses 
0
6
as a result of 
1
-
B
legal proceedings 
H
associated with 
-
F
environmental 
I
regulations

.

4 Discussion of 
a
0
6
1
-
B
H
-
F
I

process to integrate 
environmental 
considerations into 
site selection, site 
design, and site 
development and 
construction

Notes
We consider brownfield land includes sites upon previously developed land, below ground 
disturbance (including mining or waste disposal) or land that contains contamination from 
previous use. 

In the year to 30 June 2021, we acquired 1,767 plots in regions of high water stress. 
This accounted for 33% of plots acquired in the year. The total number of plots in areas 
of high water stress at 30 June 2021 was 2,945 (19%).

In the year to 30 June 2021, we sold 106 homes in areas of high water stress. This 
accounted for 6% of our total annual house sales. 

We incurred no monetary losses in relation to environmental matters in the year. 

Site selection
We operate a “Gateway” procedure in our site acquisition process to ensure that each site 
meets our hurdles at various stages throughout the purchase. At the earliest step, Gateway 
1, a site will be reviewed at a high level to ensure that it meets with our guiding core 
principles and requirements; of particular importance at this stage is our objective to bring 
forward development on brownfield sites or sites in need of regeneration in a manner which 
safely and sustainably returns such sites back into meaningful use whilst simultaneously 
alleviating any environmental issues which may have been left behind by legacy 
landowners. On clearing this hurdle further due diligence will be carried out, in part guided 
by our in-house appraisal document which carries a checklist to prompt consideration of all 
factors affecting sustainable development including matters of contamination, noise, odour, 
impact on ecology and biodiversity, proximity to transport links and local facilities. 

Site design
We work with a panel of partner architects to ensure that our designs accord with National 
and Local Planning Policy and Guidance, whilst providing a development where our 
customers want to live and which is sympathetic to existing constraints including existing 
local development. Through the planning process we will procure the expertise of third-
party consultants in various technical disciplines including all aspects of environmental 
assessment such as ecology, contamination, noise and odour to ensure that any constraints 
are appropriately integrated into our designs, or appropriate mitigation measures are 
identified in order to bring forward appropriate and sustainable development.

60

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   60
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   60

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:11
05/10/2021   11:25:11

Strategic Report

 Frankie, Carrwood Park, 
Bradford, West Yorkshire

SASB Criteria

Our approach

Workforce Health and Safety

.

1 (1) Total recordable 
a
0
2
3
-
B
H
-
F
I

incident rate (“TRIR”) 
and (2) fatality rate for 
(a) direct employees 
and (b) contract 
employees

We measure health and safety performance using an Annual Injury Incidence Rate (“AIIR”) 
metric. Our AIIR for reportable injuries per 100,000 employees and contractors was 556 in 
2021 (2020: 359). The industry average for the house building sector over the same period 
was 264 (2020: 263) (Source: Home Builders Federation).

In the year we reported 10 RIDDOR incidents (2020: 5). 

There were no fatalities.

Notes
Reportable injuries are aligned to the UK’s Reporting of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous 
Occurrences Regulations (“RIDDOR”).

The figure reported is the consolidated figure for all direct employees and subcontractors.

Design for Resource Efficiency

.

1 (1) Number of homes 
a
that obtained a 
0
1
4
certified HERS® Index 
-
B
Score and (2) average 
H
score
-
F
I

.

2 Percentage of 
a
installed water 
0
1
fixtures certified 
4
-
to WaterSense® 
B
H
specifications
-
F
I

.

3 Number of homes 
a
delivered certified 
0
1
to a third-party 
4
-
multi-attribute green 
B
H
building Standard
-
F
I

The Energy Performance Certificate (“EPC”) is the UK equivalent to the HERS Index. 

98.2% of our homes achieve an EPC rating of B or higher due to efficient design and build 
characteristics in each of our standardised house types. 

WaterSense is not applicable to the UK.

All of our homes are designed to achieve a maximum internal water use of 110 litres per 
person per day and a possible 5 litres per day external use where external taps are fitted. 
All of our homes are fitted with dual flush toilets, low flow taps and showers and water 
meters. 

All of our homes are subject to UK building regulations which include standards for energy 
and water efficiency as detailed in criteria IF-HB-410a.1 and IF-HB-410a.2.

There is no widely adopted green building standards that outline specification or 
sustainability credentials of homes in the UK. 

The historic Code for Sustainable Homes was withdrawn by the government with the view 
that these requirements would be embedded into the latest building regulations. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   61
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   61

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:12
05/10/2021   11:25:12

61

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

SASB Disclosures continued

SASB Criteria

Our approach

Design for Resource Efficiency

.

4 Description of risks 
a
0
1
4
-
B
H
-
F
I

and opportunities 
related to 
incorporating 
resource efficiency 
into home design, 
and how benefits are 
communicated to 
customers

Our homes already incorporate facilities to assist our customers in living a sustainable 
lifestyle in their new home such as dual flush toilets, low flow taps and showers and 
water meters. In addition, our homes are fitted with low energy lighting and are thermally 
efficient, with 98.2% of our homes achieving an EPC rating of B or above. 

We use sustainable materials where possible, such as environmentally friendly gravel on 
drives. Gravel drives emit significantly lower CO2 in construction and over their lifetime 
versus a bonded surface material and are permeable allowing better water run-off and 
reducing the risk of flooding. 

These benefits are communicated to customers as part of the handover process and in our 
new home handbooks to explain to customers how to get the most out of their new home 
and minimise the running costs. 

Forthcoming changes to building regulations, Part L (Conservation of fuel and power) and 
Part F (Ventilation), will change the way our homes are supplied with power and heating. 
In readiness, we are trialling the use of air-sourced heat pumps as a means of heating. 
These absorb heat from the outside air to heat the home and hot water, and are more 
efficient reducing household bills and lifetime CO2 emissions from a home.

We are also examining the installation of EV charging points in homes and how to manage 
the associated infrastructure requirements on sites. 

We continue to assess the design, structure and build of our homes to ensure they meet 
the requirements of the latest building regulations and our customers expectations. At the 
same time, we have to manage the impact of these changes with the need to keep our 
homes affordable, which is fundamental to our sustainable business strategy.

Community Impacts of New Developments

We strive to build low-cost, sustainable new homes where they are needed and for the people 
who need them most. This ethos is present in our site selection strategy where we will always 
consider matters such as access and proximity to existing infrastructure and services, as well 
as economic and employment centres. We always aim to bring forward developments that 
are in close proximity to existing services and with good access to services and facilities. 
This often comes hand-in-hand with our objective to regenerate brownfield sites and sites 
near areas which already have a high provision of rental properties, as these target site 
typologies are often already well served by local facilities. 

Where existing access is restricted by location, we work with consultants and the local 
authority to identify mitigation measures that might be taken to improve services and access 
to services. Often this will form part of a transport assessment and travel plan which might 
identify improvements to local public transport infrastructure to improve the sustainability of 
the site, or ways in which other sustainable (non-car) transport methods can be promoted.

Most brownfield land in the UK would be classified as an infill site and 90% of our 
development sites meet this criteria at 30 June 2021.

In the year to 30 June 2021, we completed the sale of 1,731 homes on infill sites 
representing 96% of total unit completions.

Notes
Brownfield land is previously developed land. The majority of brownfield land sites are 
served by existing infrastructure such as roads, power lines, sewerage and water, and other 
necessary facilities.

We consider all of our sites to be cluster developments which meet the definition of a 
“compact development”. As a result, we delivered 1,812 homes on such developments in 
the year to 30 June 2021 (2020: 1,072 homes). 

.

1 Description of how 
b
0
1
4
-
B
H
-
F
I

proximity and access 
to infrastructure, 
services, and 
economic centres 
affect site selection 
and development 
decisions

.

(2) homes delivered 
on infill sites

2 Number of (1) lots and 
b
0
1
4
-
B
H
-
F
I

.

3 (1) Number of homes 
b
delivered in compact 
0
1
developments and (2) 
4
-
average density
B
H
-
F
I

62

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   62
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   62

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:13
05/10/2021   11:25:13

Strategic Report

 Kilner Park, Doncaster,  
South Yorkshire

SASB Criteria

Our approach

.

3 (1) Number of homes 
b
delivered in compact 
0
1
developments and 
4
-
(2) average density 
B
H
continued
-
F
I

Gleeson Homes typically builds low-density developments delivering on average 100-150 
homes per site. The average density of our developments is 14 homes per net acre with 
some developments having a density as low as 11 homes per net acre. 

Notes
A cluster development is defined as a development that “produces very attractive and 
marketable communities and makes it easier for developers to preserve environmentally 
sensitive lands, such as wetlands and forests by allowing lots to be grouped on certain 
portions of a site, rather than spread uniformly across a site, so that other areas of the site 
may remain undisturbed as open space.”

Climate Change Adaptation

.

1 Number of lots located 
a
in 100-year flood 
0
2
zones
4
-
B
H
-
F
I

In the year to 30 June 2021, we acquired 1,481 plots in regions within flood zone 3. This 
accounted for 28% of plots acquired in the year. The total number of plots within areas of 
flood zone 3 at 30 June 2021 was 2,687 (17%)

In the year to 30 June 2021, we had 235 unit completions within areas of flood zone 3. This 
accounted for 13% of our total annual completions. 

Notes
As per the Environment Agency, flood zone definitions are set out below: 

•  Flood Zone 1 – land assessed as having a less than 1 in 1,000 annual probability of river 

or sea flooding (<0.1%).

•  Flood Zone 2 – land assessed as having between a 1 in 100 and 1 in 1,000 annual 

probability of river flooding (1%-0.1%), or between a 1 in 200 and 1 in 1,000 annual 
probability of sea flooding (0.5%-0.1%) in any year.

•  Flood Zone 3 – land assessed as having a 1 in 100 or greater annual probability of river 
flooding (>1%), or a 1 in 200 or greater annual probability of flooding from the sea 
(>0.5%) in any year.

Note: These flood zones refer to the probability of river and sea flooding, ignoring the 
presence of defences.

Climate risk has been identified as a principal external risk for the Group as set out on  
page 73. The Group risk register is formally reviewed by the Audit Committee at the majority 
of its scheduled meetings, including any changes to risk ratings and mitigations. Climate risk 
has been classified as having a medium level of residual risk. This is assessed both from the 
potential physical aspects of climate change and how they will impact our business strategy, 
and also the compliance aspects of climate change with increased regulation (including 
changes to building regulations in response to climate change) and disclosure requirements.

At 30 June 2021, our owned land pipeline stood at 7,930 plots (2020: 6,849 plots).

In the year to 30 June 2021, we completed 1,812 homes (2020: 1,072 homes).

In the prior year, we sold fewer homes due to the impact of Covid-19 and the UK national 
lockdown, which resulted in most of our sites being closed between April and May 2020. 

Notes
Completions means all legally completed sales to customers during the year. 

In the year to 30 June 2021, we were actively selling from an average of 61 sales sites 
(2020: 65 active sales sites). 

Notes
Active sales sites are sites which are actively selling homes and typically average 26 homes 
per year. 

63

.

2 Description of 
a
0
2
4
-
B
H
-
F
I

climate change risk 
exposure analysis, 
degree of systematic 
portfolio exposure, 
and strategies for 
mitigating risks

controlled lots

.

A Number of 
0
0
0
-
B
H
-
F
I

.

delivered

B Number of homes 
0
0
0
-
B
H
-
F
I

.

selling communities

C Number of active 
0
0
0
-
B
H
-
F
I

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   63
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   63

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:14
05/10/2021   11:25:14

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Financial Review

“

The Group returned to strong 
growth this year with revenue 
and profit ahead of pre-Covid 
levels. The balance sheet remains 
well capitalised with net cash 
at 30 June 2021 of £34.3m. The 
refinancing undertaken this 
year provides the Group with 
additional liquidity to invest 
in growth.”

Strong revenue and profit growth
The Group returned to growth with revenue increasing 
by 96.1% to £288.6m (2020: £147.2m) which was 15.5% 
higher than the pre-Covid year to June 2019 of £249.9m.  

All government furlough grants claimed under the Job 
Retention Scheme, totalling £1.3m, were repaid during 
the year of which £0.7m was included in cost of sales and 
£0.6m was included in administrative expenses.  

Gleeson Homes revenue increased by 88.6% to £265.8m 
(2020: £140.9m) and was 34.9% higher than the pre-
Covid year to June 2019 (£197.0m). This was due to an 
increase in the number of homes sold to 1,812  
(2020: 1,072) – a 69.0% increase and an 18.5% increase 
when compared to 2019 and higher selling prices.

Selling prices were higher with average selling prices 
(“ASP”) in the year being £145,800 (2020: £130,900, 
2019: £128,900). Whilst selling prices have risen, these 
remain well below the average new build selling prices 
across the North of England and Midlands and remain 
affordable for young, first time buyers. 

Gleeson Land increased revenues by 261.9% to £22.8m 
(2020: £6.3m, 2019: £52.9m) having sold eight sites 
this year in comparison to two small sites in the prior 
year and nine sites in 2019. Demand for consented land 
has returned following the disruption caused by the 
pandemic, albeit some challenges remain with delays in 
the planning system.

As a result, gross profit for the Group increased by 121.0% 
to £89.3m (2020: £40.4m), with the gross profit of 
Gleeson Homes increasing by 93.6% to £75.7m  
(2020: £39.1m, 2019: £59.3m). The gross profit margin for 
Gleeson Homes increased to 28.5% (2020: 27.8%,  
2019: 30.1%) as increases in selling prices more than offset 
cost inflation. In part, gross margin in the prior year was 
also impacted by Covid-19-related costs and provisions 
of £2.9m.

Administrative expenses increased by £12.7m or 36.8% 
in the year to £47.2m (2020: £34.5m) as investment to 
support the underlying growth of the business continued. 

64

Group operating profit was £43.1m, a significant increase 
on the previous year operating profit of £5.9m and 5.1% 
higher than the pre-Covid operating profit of £41.0m in 
2019. Of this, Gleeson Homes contributed £37.4m  
(2020: £9.0m, 2019: £30.1m) and Gleeson Land 
contributed £11.1m (2020: £0.2m, 2019: £13.0m). Group 
overheads were £5.4m (2020: £3.3m, 2019: £2.1m).  

Net finance expenses of £1.4m (2020: £0.4m expense) 
consisted of finance expenses of £1.7m (2020: £1.1m) 
being interest payable on bank facilities, bank charges 
and the unwinding of discounts on deferred payables, 
partly offset by finance income of £0.3m (2020: £0.7m) 
consisting of the unwinding of discounts on deferred 
receivables on land sales and shared equity receivables. 
Finance expenses includes £0.4m of arrangement fees 
on the previous bank facility that were written off upon 
completing the new club facility in April 2021. 

As a result, the Group delivered profit before tax of 
£41.7m (2020: £5.6m, 2019; £41.2m). 

Tax
The total tax charge for the year was £7.8m  
(2020: £0.7m), reflecting an effective rate of tax of 18.8% 
(2020: 14.1%). 

Deferred tax assets relating to tax losses have been 
utilised in full this year, such that the remaining deferred 
tax asset recognised in relation to tax losses is now £nil. 
The remaining deferred tax asset of £1.2m recognised 
in the statement of financial position, comprises capital 
allowances, short-term timing difference and future relief 
on share-based payments.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   64
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   64

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:15
05/10/2021   11:25:15

Stefan AllansonChief Financial OfficerStrategic Report

Discontinued operations
The costs of Gleeson Construction Services Limited, 
whose activity is limited to resolving claims from the 
legacy businesses that were sold in 2005 and 2006, were 
disclosed in previous years as a discontinued operation. 
As the level of claims has now reduced to an insignificant 
level and no longer warrants separate disclosure, the 
costs associated with this activity of £0.4m  
(2020: £0.3m) have been classified within continuing 
operations this year, under Group overheads. 

Profit for the year
The profit after tax for the year was £33.9m  
(2020: £4.5m).

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share significantly increased to 
58.2 pence (2020: 8.1 pence, 2019: 61.0 pence, both 
from continuing and discontinued operations as 
previously reported). 

Return on capital employed
Return on capital employed increased to 21.4%  
(2020: 3.1%, 2019: 25.9%) reflecting the significant increase 
in earnings compared to the prior year. This is lower than 
the return on capital employed pre-Covid in 2019 of 25.9%, 
driven by investment in working capital and inventory due 
to a higher number of new sites that are only at build stage 
but not yet contributing to sales, with net assets having 
increased by 20.1% since June 2019.

Dividends
Following the suspension of dividend payments in 2020, 
the Board resumed payments in April 2021 paying an 
interim dividend of 5.0p per share, which totalled £2.9m. 

As a result of the strong financial performance to June 
2021, and subject to shareholder approval, the Board 
proposes to pay a final dividend of 10.0p per share, which 
equates to £5.8m. 

The Board is committed to making dividend payments on 
a progressive basis. Following a review of the Company’s 
capital allocation policy this year, the Board intends to 
maintain an earnings-to-ordinary-dividend cover ratio 
of between three and five times and to pay an interim 
dividend representing one-third of the total dividend 
each year. 

Statement of financial position
During the year to 30 June 2021, shareholders’ funds 
increased by 15.2% to £244.9m (2020: £212.6m). Net 
assets per share increased to 420 pence, an increase of 
14.8% year on year (2020: 366 pence).

Non-current assets reduced during the year by 37.9% 
to £12.6m (2020: £20.3m). This was primarily due to a 
reduction in Gleeson Land’s deferred land sale receipts 
from £8.6m at June 2020 to £2.1m at June 2021.  

Current assets remained similar to June 2020 at £300.5m 
(2020: £301.7m), with inventories increasing by £23.7m 
to £240.0m and trade and other receivables increasing 
by £14.1m to £22.4m (2020: £8.3m). Gross cash balances 
reduced from £76.8m to £34.3m following repayment of 
the £60.0m borrowings on the Group’s revolving credit 
facility that was drawn at the end of 2020. Corporation 
tax receivables increased by £3.6m to £3.9m.

Total liabilities reduced by £41.2m to £68.2m  
(2020: £109.4m). This reflects the repayment of the 
£60.0m borrowing in November 2020, partly offset by 
an increase in trade payables of £9.0m to £34.4m  
(2020: £25.4m) and other payables of £9.4m to £27.0m 
(2020: £17.6m), reflecting the return to pre-Covid 
activity levels.

65

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   65
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   65

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:16
05/10/2021   11:25:16

Financial Review

Continued

Cash flow
The Group generated cash before financing activities of £21.2m, compared to a cash outflow of £15.9m in 2020. After 
payment of interim dividends of £2.9m, lease payments of £0.8m and the repayment of borrowings of £60.0m in 
November 2020, the Group had a net cash outflow of £42.5m (2020: net cash inflow of £46.5m reflecting the draw 
down of £60.0m in March 2020). 

Bank facilities

At 30 June 2021, the Group had cash and cash equivalents balances of £34.3m and no debt (30 June 2020: £16.8m net 
cash being £76.8m gross cash net of £60.0m borrowings drawn on the Group’s committed facility).

In April 2021, the Group negotiated a committed club facility with Lloyds Bank plc and Santander UK plc. The facility 
has a limit of £105m (previously £70m with Lloyds Bank plc), expires in October 2024 and provides the Group with 
additional funding to finance growth.

Pension
The Group contributes to a defined contribution pension scheme. A charge of £1.2m (2020: £1.0m) was recorded 
in the Consolidated Income Statement for pension contributions. The Group has no exposure to defined benefit 
pension plans.

Stefan Allanson

Chief Financial Officer
13 September 2021

Group operating profit 
(£m)

Profit before tax1 (£m)

Earnings per share - 
basic2 (pence)

Dividends per share 
(pence)

Cash net of borrowings 
(£m)

Return on capital 
employed3 (%)

1. 

2. 

In 2021, costs associated with legacy businesses have been included in profit before tax from continuing operations. In prior years, 
these costs were included in discontinued operations and therefore excluded from profit before tax.

In 2021, costs associated with legacy businesses have been presented within continuing operations and earnings per share in 2021 is 
presented as continuing operations. In prior years, these costs were reported as discontinued operations and earnings per share up to 
2020 is presented as continuing and discontinued operations.

3.  Return on capital employed is calculated based on earnings before interest and tax (“EBIT”) from continuing and discontinued 
operations, expressed as a percentage of the average of opening and closing net assets after deducting deferred tax and cash  
net of borrowings.

66

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   66
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   66

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:17
05/10/2021   11:25:17

41.02018201720192020202143.15.936.933.05.641.22018201720192020202141.737.033.08.161.02018201720192020202158.255.648.50.034.52018201720192020202115.032.024.030.32018201720192020202134.316.841.334.13.125.925.42018201720192020202121.426.6MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Gleeson Homes pre-Covid 2019 to 2021
Gleeson Homes operating profit increased from £30.1m in 2019 to £37.4m in 
2021. Higher sales volumes of 1,812 homes (2019: 1,529) contributed £10.9m 
additional gross profit. Higher average selling prices (“ASP”) of £145,800  
(2019: £128,900) contributed £9.2m additional profit. This additional gross 
profit was partly offset by lower gross margin of 28.5% (2019: 30.1%), 
accounting for £4.2m of lower profit and higher overhead costs of £9.0m due 
to inflation and investment in the business structure, operations and headcount.

Gleeson Homes operating profit 2019 to 2021 (£m)

9.2

-4.2

-9.0

0.4

37.4

10.9

30.1

2019

Homes 
sold

Selling 
prices

Gross 
profit 
margin

Over-
heads

Land 
sales

2021

NOTE: Gleeson Homes operating profit in 2019 included certain Group costs that have been 
classified in Group administrative expenses since 2020. 

Homes sold
Average number of homes sold per 
sales site
Build sites opened 
Average selling price 
Gross profit per home sold 
Gross profit margin per home sold 
Overheads per home sold 

2021
1,812

2020
1,072

2019
1,529

28.3
27
£145,800
£41,600

16.5
12
£130,900
£36,400

23.5
19
£128,900
£38,800

28.5%

27.8%

30.1%

£21,300

£28,200

£19,300

The Covid-19 shutdown before the end of the previous financial year resulted 
in higher numbers of built, part-built and forward sold homes being carried 
forward into the year. It also led to the purchase and opening of sites that had 
been expected to achieve planning before 30 June 2020 to be acquired and 
opened during the financial year. 

The average selling price of homes sold increased by 11.4% from 2020 
reflecting strong underlying price increases of 9.3% and the effect of site mix. 
Gross profit margin of 28.5% reflects some recovery from the Covid-impacted 
gross margin of 27.8% in the previous year, but was lower than the pre-Covid 
gross margin of 30.1% reported in the year to June 2019. Nevertheless, gross 
profit per home sold of £41,600 was £2,800 per home (7.2%) higher than 
the gross profit per home sold in the pre-Covid year to June 2019. Note the 
repayment of furlough monies this year through cost of sales, reduced gross 
profit per home sold by approximately £375 per home.

Overhead costs per home sold were £21,300 which was £2,000 per home 
(10.4%) higher than the pre-Covid year to June 2019 reflecting higher average 
employment costs and investment in customer care, health and safety 
and information management systems. This also included the repayment 
of furlough monies through overheads, which increased overheads by 
approximately £300 per unit sold.

Strategic Report

 Debbie, Sales Executive, 
Canal Walk, Hapton, 
Greater Manchester

67

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   67
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   67

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:18
05/10/2021   11:25:18

Risk Management

Effective risk management is essential to the achievement of our strategic priorities. 
Risk management controls are integrated across all levels of our business and 
operations.

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s management and assessment of risk, supported by the Audit 
Committee. Our risk management framework includes a Group risk register which includes the key risks to the business. 
The register identifies both principal and emerging risks and informs a formal risk assessment process that considers 
the likelihood and impact of the identified risks together with any mitigating controls that are already in place or 
planned. This position is formally reviewed by the Audit Committee at the majority of its scheduled meetings, including 
consideration of emerging risk areas and changes in risk ratings.

Our risk management framework consists of the following components:

•  Sets the Group strategy 
and overall risk appetite

•  Reviews operational and 
financial performance

•  Overall responsibility for 
monitoring key risks

•  Monitors the Group’s 
systems, controls and 
integrity of reporting

•  Approves and advises 
on the internal audit 
plan and monitors 
the effectiveness of 
internal audit

•  Monitors the 
performance, 
effectiveness and 
independence of 
external audit

•  Monitors the 
management 
of principal and 
emerging risks

•  Monitors and manages 

•  Responsible for the 

day-to-day operational and 
financial performance

identification of operational 
and strategic risks

•  Ensures internal control 

policies set by the Board 
are implemented

•  Undertakes a programme 

•  Provides assurance to the 

of risk-based internal audit 
activities

Audit Committee

•  Manages the Group’s 
insurance policies 

We categorise our risks into two sources:

  External – outside of our direct control 

  Operational – risks related to the day-to-day operation  

of the divisions

The Group’s risk framework shows how the principal risks 
are rated by the Board in terms of their potential impact on 
the business and the likelihood of the risk transpiring. The 
risk matrix is presented after taking account of mitigating 
actions.

The Board has assessed the risks during the year and the 
risks associated with government policy and regulation 
and build costs and availability have increased. Mortgage 
availability has recovered well since the start of the 
pandemic last year and, therefore, this risk has reduced.

The table on pages 69 to 73 is provided to ensure 
stakeholders appreciate those risks that the Board has 
identified that will have a material impact on the business 
should they arise.

12

2

3

7

9

11

1

10

4

5

t
c
a
p
m

I

6

8

68

Low

Likelihood

High

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   68
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   68

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:19
05/10/2021   11:25:19

The BoardDivisional Management TeamsInternal AuditAudit CommitteeMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021 
Rationalisation of risks
The prior year Annual Report included 15 principal risks. As reported at the Interim this year, two further risks have 
been added (Sustainability and Climate change). In order to preserve the clarity of reporting of risks to stakeholders, 
a number of risks have either been combined this year or renamed for presentation purposes. These remain separately 
monitored on the Group’s risk register, but where these have similar characteristics they have been presented under a 
combined heading for clarity as set out below: 

Old risk title

New risk title 

Comments

3. Land availability 
7. Geographic balance

3. Land availability

The ability to extend our operations into new geographic 
areas is linked to land availability in those areas, where 
those sites meet our hurdle rates..

4.  Planning policy and 

regulations

4.  Government policy 
and regulations

Wider government policy and regulatory changes, 
including changes to building regulations, are considered 
as part of this risk, so it has been renamed for clarity.

15. Customer service

s
e
g
n
a
h
C

6. Credit risk
11.  Uninsured loss and latent 

defects

12. Corporate liquidity
13.  Financial irregularity 

or fraud

14. Tax control environment

6.  Build quality and 
customer service

Build quality was previously described under customer 
service, but warrants separate identification as one of 
our material sustainability issues and strategic priorities.

10. Financial control

All of these elements form part of the Group’s financial 
and tax control environment and management 
of financial risks. These are, therefore, addressed 
collectively under the heading “Financial control”.

Risk

1

Economic 
environment
Residual risk: 
High

2

Mortgage 
availability

Residual risk: 
Medium

Description of risk

Change 
in year

Assessment

Mitigation

An economic downturn 
or uncertainty in the 
housing market could 
affect buyer confidence 
and the demand for new 
homes and consented 
land. This would have 
an adverse impact on 
Group revenue, profit, 
cash generation and 
carrying value of assets.

The availability of 
mortgage finance, 
particularly the deposit 
requirements for first 
time buyers, is crucial to 
our customers’ ability to 
purchase. Restrictions 
on mortgage funding 
could reduce demand 
for both new homes 
and for consented 
development sites and 
negatively impact Group 
revenue and profit.

The Covid-19 pandemic 
continues to create 
uncertainty in the 
housing and land 
markets with the risk of 
a prolonged economic 
downturn remaining. This 
risk remains unchanged. 

•  Lead indicators of the economy 
and housing market are closely 
monitored.

•  A cautious approach to funding 

is maintained.

•  Visitor and reservation rates, 

prices and incentives are regularly 
reviewed.

• 

Investment in new sites and spend 
are carefully controlled.

Despite the Covid-19 
pandemic, mortgage 
availability has improved 
and the range of 
85% and 90% LTV 
mortgages is increasing, 
supplemented by the 
government’s 95% LTV 
mortgage guarantee 
scheme.

•  Lead indicators of mortgage 

availability are closely monitored.

•  Gleeson Homes provides a range of 
customer assistance packages.

•  We innovate to find new ways to 

support our customers.

•  We work with key lenders to ensure 

products are appropriate and 
available.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   69
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   69

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:19
05/10/2021   11:25:19

69

Strategic ReportRisk Management

Continued

Description of risk

Change 
in year

Assessment

Mitigation

An increase in land 
prices or decrease 
in land availability 
would reduce the 
viability of sites in 
Gleeson Homes given 
the high hurdle rates 
internally set, and would 
increase competition 
for promotional 
opportunities in 
Gleeson Land, driving 
down profitability and 
cash flow.

Planning regulation 
changes due to changes 
in government policy or 
complexities within the 
system may affect the 
Group’s ability
to secure planning 
consent on a timely 
basis. Other policy 
changes, including 
changes to building 
regulations, the Future 
Homes Standard and 
Help to Buy, may 
adversely impact 
revenue, profit and 
cash flow.

Shortages or increased 
cost of materials or 
skilled labour, and the 
failure of key suppliers 
or the inability to secure 
supplies on appropriate 
terms could increase 
costs and delay build 
programmes, reducing 
revenue and profit.

Land continues to be 
available at sensible 
prices to support the 
growth of Gleeson 
Homes.

There are opportunities 
to sign up and promote 
good-quality land for 
development in the 
South of England.

•  We have a clearly defined land 
strategy and geographic focus.

•  We work closely with local 

authorities to identify and purchase 
otherwise unwanted land at sensible 
prices.

•  There is a formal gateway process 
and rigorous adherence to margin 
requirements and rates of return.

•  We have proactive land searching 

capabilities and strong relationships 
with land agents.

Changes to building 
regulations, namely Part 
L (Conservation of fuel 
and power) and Part F 
(Ventilation), will change 
the way our homes are 
built and increase build 
costs. These are likely 
to be the first of many 
climate-policy inspired 
changes to building 
regulations.

•  Our planning and technical experts 
monitor changes to legislation and 
building regulations.

•  Forthcoming changes to building 
regulations are built into site cost 
plans and forecasts. 

•  We consult with government, local 
authorities and industry bodies to 
understand proposed changes and 
highlight issues.

•  The end of Help to Buy is not 

expected to reduce demand. The 
government’s First Homes and other 
initiatives will continue to support 
first time buyers. 

Covid-19 and, to some 
extent, Brexit are 
impacting the supply 
chain, with price 
increases on certain 
labour and materials 
together with availability 
constraints.

•  The Group is strategically procuring 
ahead of issues or stoppages on 
sites.

•  Price increases are mitigated in part 
by rising average selling prices. 

•  Group purchasing arrangements 

are in place to ensure continuity of 
supply and pricing.

•  We have strong, established 

relationships with key suppliers and 
subcontractors.

Risk

3

Land 
availability
Residual risk: 
Medium

4

Government 
policy and 
regulations
Residual risk: 
High

5

Build 
costs and 
availability
Residual risk: 
High

70

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   70
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   70

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:19
05/10/2021   11:25:19

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Description of risk

Change 
in year

Assessment

Mitigation

Risk

6

Build  
quality and 
customer 
service
Residual risk: 
Medium

7

People
Residual risk: 
Medium

A failure to build 
new homes to the 
standard and quality 
that our customers 
expect, to not treat our 
customers fairly, or not 
respond adequately to 
complaints or rectify 
defects in a timely and 
professional manner. 
Adverse publicity from 
perceived poor build 
quality would damage 
our reputation, lead 
to lower sales, impact 
future revenues and 
cash flows.

Failure to attract, 
develop and retain 
good people with the 
right skills may result 
in overstretched and 
demotivated staff, 
decreased productivity 
or quality and stifled 
growth opportunities. 
Inadequate succession 
planning could result in 
inefficiency and a loss of 
key knowledge from the 
business.

8

Cyber and IT 
systems
Residual risk: 
Medium

Failure of the Group’s IT 
systems or unauthorised 
access to systems 
due to inadequate 
protection, controls, 
processes or cyber 
attack could result 
in data loss, business 
disruption, reputational 
damage or financial loss.

We are embedding the 
customer and customer 
experience at the heart 
of what we do. We will 
not hand over a new 
home where it does 
not meet our quality 
requirements and there 
is a strict inspection 
process. We have 
invested in our Customer 
Care team and after 
sales support to ensure 
any defects or issues are 
rectified quickly.

•  Strict final inspection process 

identifies issues and allows us to 
remedy before handover.

•  Gleeson Quality Charter sets out 

what our customers can expect in 
terms of quality.

• 

• 

Independent build inspections and 
buyer surveys ensure a high level of 
control of quality and service.

Investment in our Customer Care 
team centrally and across the 
regions.

•  New technician vans in each region 
to respond quickly to customer 
issues and fix any defects.

The focus on 
recruitment, 
development, and 
recognition reflects 
in high engagement 
scores. The leadership 
development and 
succession programme 
put in place has 
continued to strengthen 
the management team. 
Our focus on making 
Gleeson one of the best 
companies to work 
for means that we will 
continue to attract, 
develop and retain good-
quality people.

The Covid-19 pandemic 
resulted in the majority 
of our office-based 
employees working from 
home. New working 
protocols are in place to 
mitigate the risk of fraud 
and cyber crime. We are 
investing significantly 
in our IT systems and 
networks so these 
remain secure and
up-to-date.

•  We have a clear mission, vision and 

values that our people share.

•  We have regular performance and 

development reviews.

•  Action is taken from the feedback 

gained from our employee 
engagement surveys.

•  Our people have access to quality 
training and we have invested in 
new online training.

•  Our staff remuneration policy is 

reviewed and benchmarked to 
ensure it remains attractive.

•  Employee share ownership is 

encouraged.

•  We have an established leadership 

and succession planning 
programme.

• 

Industry standard systems are 
managed by a central IT team with 
outsourced support.

•  Contingency plans are in place and 

regularly tested.

•  The majority of data is held on 

secure external servers and backed 
up regularly.

•  Regular testing is conducted on 

the security of our systems and IT 
architecture. 

•  Enhanced network and cyber 

controls have been implemented 
during the year.

•  Regular reminders are sent and 

training is provided on the risks of 
cyber attack and what to look for.

71

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   71
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   71

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:19
05/10/2021   11:25:19

Strategic ReportRisk Management

Continued

Description of risk

Change 
in year

Assessment

Mitigation

Health and safety 
failures can result in 
injuries to employees, 
subcontractors or 
site visitors, resulting 
in harm to people, 
delays in construction, 
additional cost, 
reputational damage, 
criminal prosecution or 
civil litigation.

The Group could suffer 
loss from financial fraud 
or error, poor financial 
or tax controls, credit 
risk or through having 
inadequate insurance 
cover where risks exists.
An inability to meet 
obligations as they 
fall due as a result of 
insufficient cash or 
the bank facility being 
unavailable due to either 
breach of covenant 
or bank failure could 
result in insolvency. 
Lack of liquidity 
may also limit the 
Group’s ability to take 
advantage of business 
opportunities as they 
become available and 
consequently be a 
possible impediment to 
future growth.

The health and safety 
of our people and 
anyone associated 
with our developments 
is paramount to our 
business. We continued 
to operate Covid-19 safe 
policies and procedures 
throughout the year.
The increase in 
reportable incidents 
during the year does 
not reflect a worsening 
of health and safety 
risk across the business. 
However, the incidents 
reported have led to 
improved procedures.

The Covid-19 pandemic 
presented an 
environment with the 
potential for risk due 
to fraud or error and 
these risks are closely 
monitored. Although 
the financial regulatory 
and tax environment 
continues to evolve, the 
Group has adequate 
knowledge and 
experience to maintain 
compliance, supported 
by third-party advisers.
The Group maintains a 
strong relationship with 
its lenders, insurance 
providers and investors.

•  Experienced Head of Safety, Health, 
Environment & Quality (“SHEQ”) in 
place and investment in personnel 
to provide regional support, 
inspections and training.

•  Our “HomeSafe – everyone, every 

day” approach promotes the focus 
on health and safety awareness 
across the Group.

•  Our documented policies and 

procedures are regularly reviewed 
and modified as needed in order to 
ensure continuous improvement.

•  We arrange for regular 

independent inspections of all 
our development sites.

•  We have established specific 

actions to improve health and safety 
reporting and performance against 
the industry average.

•  The Group has robust financial and 
tax controls designed to segregate 
duties and minimise opportunities 
for fraud or error.

•  Financial reporting is subject to 

rigorous and timely management 
reviews.

•  The Group has moved from reliance 
on a single bank by establishing 
a new banking relationship with 
another high street bank.

•  The Group has secured committed 
facilities of £105m until October 
2024, shared between two 
established lenders.

•  Cash is controlled by robust 

forecasting and daily cash tracking. 

•  The Group maintains security 

over the majority of land sold on 
deferred terms.

•  External firms are used to provide 
“health checks” over systems 
and processes, in particular on 
Group taxes.

•  External experts are employed 
to support the production of 
corporation tax and other returns.

Risk

9

Health and 
safety

Residual risk: 
Medium

10

Financial 
control

Residual risk: 
Medium

72

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   72
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   72

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:19
05/10/2021   11:25:19

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Change 
in year

New

Risk

11

Climate risk

Residual risk: 
Medium

Description of risk

The physical effects of 
climate change could 
result in reduced land 
availability, disrupted 
build programmes 
and/or shortages of 
materials due to more 
frequent extreme 
weather events.

12

Sustainability

Residual risk: 
Medium 

New

The evolution of the 
Company’s business 
strategy to embed 
sustainable practices 
within its day-to-day 
activities is essential to 
ensure that our business 
model remains relevant 
and sustainable and 
that we continue to 
meet the expectations 
of our employees, 
customers, suppliers, 
subcontractors, 
communities, investors 
and other stakeholders.

Assessment

Mitigation

The speed at which 
climate-related 
legislation and society’s 
expectations on 
corporate business 
to respond to climate 
change is accelerating. 
The Group is taking 
progressive and 
proactive action to 
monitor and reduce the 
impact of our activities 
on the environment 
both now and in the 
future, and ensure that 
our reporting is in line 
with the expectations of 
stakeholders.

Failure to ensure we 
remain a sustainable 
business could affect 
the Group’s ability to 
secure sites, planning 
permissions, attract 
house buyers, recruit 
new employees, appeal 
to investors or raise 
finance when needed.
By not having clear 
targets and effective 
communication of our 
sustainability strategy, 
this could result in 
damage to the Group’s 
reputation. 

•  We have clear targets to reduce 
our carbon emissions and waste 
from sites.

•  We track carbon emissions, waste 

and other initiatives to evaluate the 
success of our actions.

•  We report in line with the 

recommendations of the Financial 
Stability Board’s (“FSB”) Task 
Force on Climate related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”) and with SASB 
Standards.

•  We have published our scope 3 

emissions for the first time this year, 
and are assessing how to reduce the 
embedded carbon in our homes. 

•  The Group has established a 

Sustainability Committee, which 
reports to the Board.

•  We have established a sustainable 
business strategy following an 
active stakeholder engagement 
process.

•  We have clear targets to ensure 
that our business operates 
in a sustainable and socially 
responsible way.

•  The business is focused on ensuring 
progress against targets for material 
sustainability issues.

•  We have prepared an integrated 

Annual Report for the first time this 
year, incorporating our sustainability 
priorities throughout.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   73
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   73

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:19
05/10/2021   11:25:19

73

Strategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Section 172 Statement

Section 172 Statement
As required by s172 of the Companies Act 2006 
(“the Act”), a director of a company must act in the 
way they consider, in good faith, would most likely 
promote the success of the company for the benefit 
of its members as a whole, and in doing so, have 
regard, among other matters, to: 

a.  the likely consequences of any decision in the 

long term;

b.  the interests of the company’s employees;

c.  the need to foster the company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, customers and 
others;

Board decision-making 
Ahead of matters being put to the Board for 
consideration, we undertake significant levels of 
engagement with relevant stakeholders so that full 
consideration is given to how such decisions will 
impact on our key stakeholders. 

Our key stakeholders include:

•  Shareholders

•  Employees 

•  Customers 

•  Suppliers and subcontractors

•  Banks

d.  the impact of the company’s operations on the 

•  Local authorities 

community and the environment; 

e.  the desirability of the company maintaining 
a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct; and 

f.  the need to act fairly between the members of 

the company.

•  Government and regulators 

Key examples of stakeholder engagement 
enhancing strategic decision making and promoting 
the success of the Group are set out in the tables 
below.

Decision

Setting our 
sustainable 
business strategy 

Discussion topics with, and feedback from, 
stakeholders

Action taken by the Board as a result of 
stakeholder feedback

Directors engaged with shareholders, employees, 
banks, customers and local authorities when 
considering the key material sustainability issues 
affecting our business.

The Board reviewed the Company’s material 
sustainability issues and the findings of the 
stakeholder engagement process. The Board 
approved the Group’s sustainable business strategy 
and targets on pages 32 to 33.

Repayment of 
furlough and other 
Covid-19-related 
government grants

Directors engaged with major shareholders and 
analysts in considering whether it was appropriate 
for the Group to retain monies received under 
government support programmes following the 
end of the first national lockdown.

The Board approved the full repayment of all 
government grant monies and reliefs received 
including £1.3m received under the Job Retention 
Scheme and £0.6m of grants and rebates received 
under the Covid Retail, Hospitality and Leisure 
Grant Fund.

Prioritising our 
customers and key 
workers

Directors engaged with prospective customers to 
understand how the Group could help key workers 
during the Covid-19 pandemic. This involved 
discussions on the types of benefits we could offer 
that would make moving into their new homes 
even easier for key workers.

The Board supported the introduction of the Key 
Worker and Armed Forces priority programmes 
offering a range of benefits including money off 
on extras and incentives for their new home and 
priority access to new home releases.

Promoting mental 
health awareness

The Directors recognised the impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic on mental health. They 
engaged with employees and mental health 
charities to ensure the Group was able to support 
employees during the pandemic and beyond.

The Board supported Mental Health First Aid 
courses being offered to all employees in 
conjunction with MHFA England. A number of 
employees act as Mental Health Champions, 
arrange communications and events promoting 
mental health awareness and support.

74

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   74
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   74

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:22
05/10/2021   11:25:22

Strategic Report

 Model Walk,  
Worksop, Derbyshire

Factor 
considered

How this factor has been considered in the year Actions taken by the Board as a result

Long-term 
consequences  
of any decisions

•  The Group undertakes future planning up to five 
years in critical areas and develops a strategy 
which will enable it to deliver its long-term 
objectives.

• 

Increased the Group’s revolving credit facility 
through a new club facility agreement, enabling 
the Group to open more development sites in 
the future.

•  Extended participation in the Company’s long term 
incentive plan to the senior management team.

•  Broadened the Group’s apprenticeship 

programme to strengthen the talent pipeline.

Interests of our 
employees

•  The Group arranges an independent annual 

•  Used the government’s Job Retention Scheme 

employee engagement survey called Your Voice.

•  The Group conducts an annual pay and benefits 

benchmarking exercise.

to put employees on furlough and avoid making 
redundancies. All government monies were 
subsequently repaid in full.

•  Executive Directors carry out regular site 

and office visits and undertake roadshows to 
communicate with all employees, including 
interactive question and answer sessions.

•  Responded to the action points arising from the 

Your Voice surveys. 

•  Made significant investment in recruitment, 

training and development. 

•  An open-door culture is reinforced in a weekly 

newsletter from the Chief Executive.

•  Enhanced pay and benefits packages where the 
external benchmarking identified differentials.

Interests of 
our suppliers, 
customers and 
others

•  The Group conducts supplier and subcontractor 

•  Accelerated payment runs and made 

roadshows.

•  The Group holds open discussions with our 
supply chain about productivity, quality and 
health and safety.

•  Customer feedback is obtained through surveys 

conducted by a third party. 

•  Target to be a five-star builder across all divisions. 

improvements to our purchase-to-pay process.

•  Updated terms and conditions with our suppliers 

and subcontractors. 

• 

• 

Improved the customer journey and launched 
our “Customer First” initiative. 

Introduced our Key Worker and Armed Forces 
priority programmes.

Impact on our 
community and 
environment

•  The Board established a new Sustainability 

Committee with a focus on communities, people 
and the environment.

•  Focus on the Group’s existing Community 

Matters programme to work closely with the 
communities where we build.

•  Developed new sustainability policies and 
established a sustainable business strategy.

•  Set ambitious sustainability targets for the short 
and medium-term, including carbon reduction. 

•  Sustainability targets delegated to senior 

management and linked to Executive bonuses.

•  Strengthened communities by refusing to sell 

to buy-to-let investors so homes are lived in by 
their owners. 

Maintaining a 
reputation for 
high standards  
of business 
conduct

•  The Group ensures adherence to the highest 

•  Compliance training modules issued across the 

standards of conduct. 

•  Our employees are paid at least the real Living 
Wage and we require our subcontractors to do 
the same. 

•  The Group achieved accreditation from the Fair Tax 

Foundation for paying its fair share of taxes.

•  Zero tolerance on violations of human rights, 

slavery, bullying and harassment.

•  Responsibility for overseeing compliance is 

delegated to senior management.

business, including Whistleblowing, Bullying and 
Harassment, Modern Slavery and Bribery and 
Corruption.

•  Due diligence checks are completed on 

our supply chain to ensure they uphold our 
standards.

•  Regular reporting on governance and 

compliance matters to the Audit Committee. 

Need to act 
fairly between 
members of the 
Company

•  The Company has one class of shares in issue so 
all shareholders benefit from the same rights as 
set out in the Company’s Articles of Association.

•  The 2020 AGM was held behind closed doors in 

accordance with the government’s emergency 
legislation in response to Covid-19. Shareholders 
were offered the ability to join the meeting via 
telephone, and to raise questions in advance. 

•  The Company resumed paying a dividend in 

April 2021. 

75

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   75
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   75

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:25
05/10/2021   11:25:25

Non-financial reporting

The following table summarises our approach to internal and external stakeholder engagement to comply with the 
Companies Act 2006 requirements regarding non-financial reporting:

Statement

Ways we engage

Read more

Employees

We are committed to 
ensuring that all our 
employees and stakeholders 
are treated fairly and 
equitably. We have an 
organisational culture that 
values passion, collaboration 
and respect.

Anti-bribery and corruption

•  Policy on diversity, recruitment, equality and how we 

•  Page 127 

engage with our employees

•  Approach to employee relations and the involvement 

•  Page 113 

of our Workforce Representative

•  Health and safety reporting and the investment that 
we are making in our health and safety team and 
culture

•  Gender pay gap reporting

•  Commitment to employing local people, training and 
developing our apprentices, raising awareness about 
mental health and promoting women in construction

•  Pages 42 and 45 

•  Pages 36 and 112 and  
www.mjgleesonplc.com

•  Pages 36 to 37

We are committed to the 
highest standards of ethics, 
honesty and integrity and 
expect the same from all 
parties we engage with.

•  Whistleblowing policy and monitoring of malpractice 

•  Page 103 

reporting

•  Anti-bribery and corruption policies

•  Reporting of registers of gifts and hospitality given or 
received by Directors and employees of the Group

•  Page 103

•  Page 103

Human rights and social matters

We are committed to upholding 
basic human rights across 
our business and with all our 
stakeholders. Our employee 
policies cover all aspects of 
basic human rights and our 
grievance and fair treatment 
at work policies ensure anyone 
connected with our business 
can speak up about concerns 
without fear of retribution.

•  Policy and controls preventing modern slavery and 

•  Page 104 and  

human trafficking

www.mjgleesonplc.com

•  Payment terms and performance in relation to 

•  www.gov.uk and  

payment practices

www.mjgleesonplc.com

•  Commitment to pay the real Living Wage or higher 

•  Page 46 and 112 

to our employees

•  Commitment to provide freehold ownership, selling 
our customers the land on which their home is built 
and not under leasehold

•  Page 35

Community and environment

We are committed to creating 
more sustainable ways of 
undertaking our operations 
to conserve energy, reduce 
waste and minimise our impact 
on the environment. We also 
invest in the communities, local 
areas and the supply chain 
around our development sites.

•  Focus on using sustainably sourced timber

•  Page 41

•  Performance in relation to greenhouse gas 

•  Pages 38 to 41 

emissions as the scale of our operations increase

• 

Investment in the communities, schools and areas in 
which we operate

•  Pages 34 to 35

Strategic Report approval statement
The Strategic Report, contained in pages 2 to 76 has been approved by the Board of Directors and is signed on its 
behalf by:

James Thomson 
Chief Executive Officer
13 September 2021

76

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   76
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   76

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:25
05/10/2021   11:25:25

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021 
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   77
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   77

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:25:25
05/10/2021   11:25:25

 Tailor, Balderstones, Rochdale, 
Greater Manchester

77

Strategic ReportMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Corporate 
Governance

Contents

Chairman’s Introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate Governance Report

Nomination Committee Report

Audit Committee Report

Sustainability Committee Report

Remuneration Committee Report

Annual Report on Remuneration

Directors’ Report

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

80

84

86

94

98

106

110

114

126

129

78

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   78
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   78

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:18:29
05/10/2021   09:18:29

 
Corporate Governance

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   79
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   79

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:18:33
05/10/2021   09:18:33

 Grangemoor Park, Widdrington, 
Northumberland

79

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Chairman’s Introduction 

“

The Group and our employees 
have demonstrated tremendous 
resilience in response to the 
Covid-19 pandemic and we have 
been successful in navigating the 
challenges this year brought.”

I am pleased to present the Governance Report for the 
year ended 30 June 2021. 

This financial year has been set against the backdrop of 
the Covid-19 pandemic and this has, for all companies, 
brought its own unique set of challenges. 

The Board has strived to ensure that the business 
continued to operate effectively and safely throughout the 
pandemic, whilst still delivering on its objectives. I would 
like to take this opportunity to thank all of our employees 
for their hard work and resilience in helping to achieve this.

The Group has been extremely fortunate that, after the 
first UK lockdown, it was able to return to operating on its 
development sites with appropriate Covid-19-safe working 
practices in place. On behalf of the Board, I would like to 
extend my gratitude to the government for the measures 
which made this possible, which has enabled the Group 
to continue building high-quality, low-cost homes for the 
benefit of young first-time buyers and other stakeholders. 

Board changes 
The Board announced in its 2020 Annual Report that 
it had decided to initiate a search for an additional 
independent Non-Executive Director. I am pleased to 
report that, following an externally facilitated search 
process, Elaine Bailey joined the Board on 1 March 2021. 
Elaine has been appointed as Chair of the Sustainability 
Committee and a member of the Nomination, Audit, and 
Remuneration Committees. Further details can be found 
in the Nomination Committee Report on pages 94 to 97.

Committee changes 
In December 2020, we established a new Committee 
of the Board to oversee the Group’s approach to 
sustainability. The first Sustainability Committee  
Report can be found on pages 106 to 108. 

80

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   80
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   80

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:18:39
05/10/2021   09:18:39

Dermot GleesonChairmanCorporate Governance

 Petersmiths Park, Ollerton, 
Nottinghamshire

Code compliance 
Implementation of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code
During the period under review, the Company, as a 
premium listed company, was subject to the 2018 edition 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) 
issued by the Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”). 
The Board and its Committees are responsible for 
ensuring that, wherever possible, compliance with the 
Code is achieved. This is demonstrated throughout this 
Governance Report and, of particular note, are the Code 
principles as set out on page 82. Where the Board has not 
complied with provisions of the Code, these are set out in 
the compliance statement on page 91.

Dermot Gleeson

Chairman
13 September 2021

The Disclosure Committee was formally dissolved 
during the year and a management team responsible for 
overseeing compliance with disclosure regulations was 
created. This is now overseen by the Chief Executive 
Officer, James Thomson; Chief Financial Officer, Stefan 
Allanson; and Company Secretary, Leanne Johnson, who 
report to the Audit Committee, whose terms of reference 
include regulatory disclosures.

Culture 
The Board continues to promote and implement 
Our Vision, Mission and Values, which are described 
in more detail on pages 8 and 9. The results of our 
latest employee engagement survey, Your Voice, 
indicated that employee engagement has once again 
increased and overall satisfaction is very high, which 
is particularly pleasing following a year in which many 
faced unprecedented challenges both personally and 
professionally. I am confident that actions taken by 
the Board and management embed an honest and 
transparent culture within the Group, which serves to 
promote the long-term success of the business.

Our commitment to engaging  
with stakeholders
The Board embraces the ethos behind the requirements 
of Section 172 of the Companies Act. Information on how 
we engage with our stakeholders is set out in our Section 
172 Statement on pages 74 and 75. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   81
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   81

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:18:44
05/10/2021   09:18:44

81

Chairman’s Introduction

Continued

Section of the 
Code

Board 
leadership 
and Company 
purpose

How we have applied the Code

The Group is led by an effective and entrepreneurial Board, which 
promotes the long-term success of the Group and engages with its 
shareholders and other stakeholders.

The Board has established the Group’s purpose and strategy and is 
satisfied that these are aligned with the Group’s culture and values.

The Board has established and oversees an effective governance and  
risk framework.

The Board promotes effective engagement with the workforce, with  
open lines of communication where employees can raise matters of  
both concern and opportunity.

Further 
information

See pages 
84 to 87

Division of 
responsibilities

The Chairman leads the Board, which includes an appropriate  
combination of Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors.  
Board relations are constructive and Board members are able to 
demonstrate objective judgement.

See pages 
88 to 90

There is a clear division of responsibility between leadership of the Board  
(the Chairman of the Board) and the executive leadership of the Group’s 
business (the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer), and 
the Non-Executive Directors provide constructive challenge, strategic 
guidance and advice, and have sufficient time to meet their Board 
responsibilities.

There are relevant policies and processes in place for the Board to receive 
timely and clear information, and function effectively and efficiently.

Composition, 
succession and 
evaluation

Board appointments are subject to a formal, rigorous and transparent 
procedure, based on objective criteria that promotes diversity.  
A comprehensive and tailored induction programme is in place for new 
Directors joining the Board, led by the Chairman, Company Secretary  
and Executive Directors. 

See pages 
94 to 97

The Nomination Committee oversees an effective succession plan, which 
takes into consideration a desired combination of skills, experience, 
knowledge and diversity of the Board. The Board is subject to an annual 
evaluation that considers Group and individual Director performance.

Audit, risk and 
internal control

The Board has established formal and transparent policies and  
procedures to ensure the independence and effectiveness of internal  
and external audit functions, and satisfies itself on the integrity of  
financial and narrative statements.

See pages 
98 to 105

The Board presents a fair, balanced and understandable assessment  
of the Group’s position and prospects.

The Board has established procedures to manage risk, oversee the 
internal control framework and determine the nature and extent of the 
principal risks of the Group to achieve its strategic objectives.

Remuneration The Group has designed the remuneration policies and practices to 

support the Group’s strategy and promote long-term sustainable success.

See pages 
110 to 125

Executive remuneration is aligned to the Group’s purpose and values and  
is clearly linked to the successful delivery of our sustainable strategy.

There is a formal and transparent procedure for developing the Executive 
remuneration policy and determining Director and senior management 
remuneration. The Remuneration Committee is able to exercise 
independent judgement and discretion when authorising remuneration 
outcomes, taking into account Group and individual performance.

82

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   82
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   82

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:18:45
05/10/2021   09:18:45

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Corporate Governance

 Oliver and Charlotte, Carrwood 
Park, Bradford, West Yorkshire

83

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   83
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   83

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:18:47
05/10/2021   09:18:47

Board of Directors

Dermot  
Gleeson 

MA Cantab

James  
Thomson 

Stefan  
Allanson 

MA (Oxon), ACA

ACMA, FCT

Andrew  
Coppel 

CBE, FCA

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Non-Executive Director 
and Senior Independent 
Director

Fiona  

Goldsmith 

FCA

and Workforce 

Representative

Christopher  

Mills

Elaine  

Bailey

Non-Executive Director 

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Head of Legal and 

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership 

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership

Appointment to the 
Board
Dermot was appointed to 
the Board in 1975.

Appointment to the 
Board
James was appointed to 
the Board in June 2019. 

Appointment to the 
Board
Stefan was appointed to 
the Board in July 2015. 

Appointment to the 
Board 
Andrew was appointed to 
the Board in October 2019.

Background and 
Experience 
Dermot became Chief 
Executive of the Company 
in 1988 and Chairman in 
1994. He relinquished the 
post of Chief Executive 
in 1998. Formerly the 
Chairman of the Major 
Contractors Group, a Board 
member of the Housing 
Corporation and a Director 
of the Construction 
Industry Training Board.

Key Strengths
Housebuilding and 
construction. Public 
limited companies. 
Corporate governance. 
Risk management. 
Strategy development. HR. 
Commercial. 

External appointments
None. 

Background and 
Experience 
James was previously Chief 
Executive of Keepmoat 
Homes; Group Finance 
Director and Chief 
Operating Officer of  
DTZ (now part of  
Cushman & Wakefield).  
He qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 
and spent ten years in 
investment banking.

Background and 
Experience 
Stefan was previously 
Deputy Chief Financial 
Officer of Keepmoat 
Homes. He qualified as 
an accountant in 1994, 
following which he held 
senior finance roles at 
Honda Motor Co Limited, 
BTP plc, The Skills Market 
Limited, The Vita Company 
Limited and Tianhe 
Chemicals.

Key Strengths
Housebuilding and 
construction. Public 
limited companies. 
Health and safety. 
Strategy development. 
Organisational and cultural. 
Acquisitions and mergers.

Key Strengths
Housebuilding and 
construction. Public 
limited companies. 
Accounting and finance. IT. 
Business continuity. Risk 
management. Strategy 
development. Commercial.

External appointments
A local authority councillor 
for the City of London and 
the Chair of the City of 
London Police Authority 
Board. 

External appointments 
None. 

Background and 
Experience  
Andrew previously held 
executive roles at Queens 
Moat Houses and De Vere 
Group, and has undertaken 
a number of non-executive 
positions including Crest 
Nicholson. Following seven 
years as Chairman of 
Tourism Ireland, Andrew 
was appointed CBE in 2008 
for services to Irish Tourism.

Key Strengths
Public limited companies. 
Accounting and finance. 
Corporate governance. 
Acquisitions and mergers. 
Risk management. Strategy 
development.

External appointments 
Chair of Trustees for the 
Shooting Star Children’s 
Hospices.

84

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   84
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   84

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:18:56
05/10/2021   09:18:56

Leanne  

Johnson 

LLB

Company Secretary

Appointed as Company 

Secretary in March 2020, 

Leanne is a qualified 

solicitor and is Head of 

Legal for the Company. 

Leanne trained at Irwin 

Mitchell and was Legal 

Counsel for Keepmoat 

Homes before joining 

MJ Gleeson plc.

Leanne is also a graduate 

Chartered Governance 

Professional.

Appointment to the 

Appointment to the 

Appointment to the 

Board

Board

Board

Fiona was appointed to the 

Christopher was appointed to 

Elaine was appointed to the 

Board in October 2019.

the Board in January 2009.

Board in March 2021. 

Background and 

Experience 

Fiona previously held 

executive finance roles 

at First Choice Holidays 

plc and Land Securities 

Background and 

Experience 

Background and 

Experience 

Christopher is the founder 

Elaine was previously 

of Harwood Capital 

Chief Executive Officer of 

Management Group and 

the Hyde Group housing 

previously Chief Investment 

association and held a 

Company plc. Fiona was 

Officer of J O Hambro 

number of senior roles at 

also Non-Executive Director 

Capital Management 

Serco. Elaine has extensive 

at Walker Greenbank. She 

Limited with an extensive 

experience in housing, 

qualified as an accountant 

background in investment 

engineering, construction 

at KPMG.

management. 

and government services. 

Elaine is a chartered 

member of the Institution 

of Structural Engineers.

Key Strengths

Key Strengths

Key Strengths

Accounting, finance and 

Public limited companies. 

Housebuilding and 

Key Strengths

Housebuilding and 

audit. Risk management. 

Accounting, finance 

construction. Strategy 

construction. Corporate 

Corporate governance. 

and audit. Acquistions 

development. Health and 

governance. Legal. 

Acquisitions and mergers. 

and mergers. Strategy 

safety. Risk management. 

Regulatory and compliance. 

Compliance and regulation.

development. Risk 

Business development. 

IT. 

management. Business 

Commercial. 

development.

External appointments

Non-Executive Director 

and Chair of the Audit 

External appointments

Managing Director 

of Harwood Capital 

External appointments

Non-Executive roles at 

Residential Secure Income 

Committee of Safestyle UK 

Management Group, Chief 

plc, McCarthy & Stone 

plc.

Executive Officer of North 

(Shared Ownership) 

Atlantic Smaller Companies 

Limited, the Health and 

Investment Trust Plc, and a 

Safety Executive, Andium 

Non-Executive Director of 

Homes Limited, CHAS, and 

several publicly quoted and 

Trustee for The Greenslade 

private companies.

Family Foundation.

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Audit Committee

 Sustainability Committee

 Nomination Committee

 Committee Chair

 Remuneration Committee

Dermot  

Gleeson 

MA Cantab

James  

Thomson 

Stefan  

Allanson 

MA (Oxon), ACA

ACMA, FCT

Andrew  

Coppel 

CBE, FCA

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Non-Executive Director 

and Senior Independent 

Director

Fiona  
Goldsmith 

FCA

Non-Executive Director 
and Workforce 
Representative

Christopher  
Mills

Elaine  
Bailey

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership 

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership

Committee membership

Appointment to the 
Board
Fiona was appointed to the 
Board in October 2019.

Appointment to the 
Board
Christopher was appointed to 
the Board in January 2009.

Appointment to the 
Board
Elaine was appointed to the 
Board in March 2021. 

Background and 
Experience 
Fiona previously held 
executive finance roles 
at First Choice Holidays 
plc and Land Securities 
Company plc. Fiona was 
also Non-Executive Director 
at Walker Greenbank. She 
qualified as an accountant 
at KPMG.

Background and 
Experience 
Christopher is the founder 
of Harwood Capital 
Management Group and 
previously Chief Investment 
Officer of J O Hambro 
Capital Management 
Limited with an extensive 
background in investment 
management. 

Key Strengths
Public limited companies. 
Accounting, finance 
and audit. Acquistions 
and mergers. Strategy 
development. Risk 
management. Business 
development.

Key Strengths
Accounting, finance and 
audit. Risk management. 
Corporate governance. 
Acquisitions and mergers. 
Compliance and regulation.

External appointments
Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of the Audit 
Committee of Safestyle UK 
plc.

Background and 
Experience 
Elaine was previously 
Chief Executive Officer of 
the Hyde Group housing 
association and held a 
number of senior roles at 
Serco. Elaine has extensive 
experience in housing, 
engineering, construction 
and government services. 
Elaine is a chartered 
member of the Institution 
of Structural Engineers.

Key Strengths
Housebuilding and 
construction. Strategy 
development. Health and 
safety. Risk management. 
Business development. 
Commercial. 

External appointments
Managing Director 
of Harwood Capital 
Management Group, Chief 
Executive Officer of North 
Atlantic Smaller Companies 
Investment Trust Plc, and a 
Non-Executive Director of 
several publicly quoted and 
private companies.

External appointments
Non-Executive roles at 
Residential Secure Income 
plc, McCarthy & Stone 
(Shared Ownership) 
Limited, the Health and 
Safety Executive, Andium 
Homes Limited, CHAS, and 
Trustee for The Greenslade 
Family Foundation.

Appointment to the 

Appointment to the 

Appointment to the 

Appointment to the 

Board

Board

Board

Board 

Dermot was appointed to 

James was appointed to 

Stefan was appointed to 

Andrew was appointed to 

the Board in 1975.

the Board in June 2019. 

the Board in July 2015. 

the Board in October 2019.

Background and 

Experience 

Background and 

Experience 

Background and 

Experience 

Background and 

Experience  

Dermot became Chief 

James was previously Chief 

Stefan was previously 

Andrew previously held 

Executive of the Company 

Executive of Keepmoat 

Deputy Chief Financial 

in 1988 and Chairman in 

Homes; Group Finance 

Officer of Keepmoat 

1994. He relinquished the 

Director and Chief 

post of Chief Executive 

Operating Officer of  

Homes. He qualified as 

an accountant in 1994, 

executive roles at Queens 

Moat Houses and De Vere 

Group, and has undertaken 

a number of non-executive 

in 1998. Formerly the 

Chairman of the Major 

DTZ (now part of  

following which he held 

positions including Crest 

Cushman & Wakefield).  

senior finance roles at 

Nicholson. Following seven 

Contractors Group, a Board 

He qualified as a Chartered 

Honda Motor Co Limited, 

years as Chairman of 

member of the Housing 

Accountant with 

BTP plc, The Skills Market 

Tourism Ireland, Andrew 

Corporation and a Director 

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Limited, The Vita Company 

was appointed CBE in 2008 

of the Construction 

and spent ten years in 

Limited and Tianhe 

for services to Irish Tourism.

Industry Training Board.

investment banking.

Chemicals.

Key Strengths

Housebuilding and 

construction. Public 

limited companies. 

Corporate governance. 

Risk management. 

Key Strengths

Housebuilding and 

construction. Public 

limited companies. 

Health and safety. 

Key Strengths

Housebuilding and 

construction. Public 

limited companies. 

Key Strengths

Public limited companies. 

Accounting and finance. 

Corporate governance. 

Accounting and finance. IT. 

Acquisitions and mergers. 

Strategy development. 

Business continuity. Risk 

Risk management. Strategy 

Strategy development. HR. 

Organisational and cultural. 

management. Strategy 

development.

Commercial. 

Acquisitions and mergers.

development. Commercial.

External appointments

External appointments

External appointments 

None. 

A local authority councillor 

None. 

External appointments 

Chair of Trustees for the 

Shooting Star Children’s 

Hospices.

for the City of London and 

the Chair of the City of 

London Police Authority 

Board. 

Leanne  
Johnson 

LLB

Head of Legal and 
Company Secretary

Appointed as Company 
Secretary in March 2020, 
Leanne is a qualified 
solicitor and is Head of 
Legal for the Company. 
Leanne trained at Irwin 
Mitchell and was Legal 
Counsel for Keepmoat 
Homes before joining 
MJ Gleeson plc.

Leanne is also a graduate 
Chartered Governance 
Professional.

Key Strengths
Housebuilding and 
construction. Corporate 
governance. Legal. 
Regulatory and compliance. 
IT. 

85

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   85
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   85

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:03
05/10/2021   09:19:03

Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report

Board composition
The Board maintains an appropriate balance of Executive 
and independent Non-Executive Directors given 
the size and nature of the business. In addition, the 
Board considers that it has a suitable balance of skills, 
knowledge and experience in order to discharge its duties 
effectively. This includes a combination of backgrounds 
and experiences, which enable it to function effectively 
and to have a dialogue that is both constructive and 
challenging. The Board also considers that its succession 
planning processes are appropriate, including for the 
Chairman.

Role of the Board
The Board is responsible to shareholders for the direction, 
management, performance, and long-term success of the 
Group. It sets the Group’s strategy and objectives and 
oversees and monitors internal controls (in conjunction 
with the Audit Committee), risk management, principal 
opportunities and risks, governance and viability of the 
Group. In doing so, the Directors comply with their duties 
under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. To ensure 
the Directors maintain control over strategic, financial, 
operational and compliance matters, the Board meets 
regularly during the year and has formally adopted a 
schedule of matters that are required to be brought  
to it for decision.

Board and Committee attendance
Board and Committee attendance at scheduled meetings 
during the year is shown in the table on page 87. Board 
packs, which include a formal agenda, are circulated in 
advance of such meetings. The main purpose of these 
meetings is to permit the Board and Committees to 
receive regular reports on the performance of the Group 
and address a wide range of matters, including health 
and safety, operational performance, risk management 
and corporate strategy. The minutes of all meetings of the 
Board and of each of its Committees are recorded by the 
Company Secretary. As well as recording the decisions 
taken, the minutes reflect any queries raised by the 
Directors and record any unresolved concerns.

Matters reserved for the  
Board or its Committees
Certain matters are reserved for the Board or its 
Committees, including:

•  To determine the Board’s structure and composition, 

including Board appointments, removals and 
succession planning.

•  Agree the Group’s strategy and financial policy.

•  Approve banking and financing arrangements. 

•  Approve the interim and annual financial statements. 

•  Agree and oversee risk management and internal 

control policy. 

•  Agree major capital expenditure, material investments 

or the acquisition or disposal of land. 

•  Entering into and amending pension arrangements. 

•  Approve contractual arrangements that fall outside 

authority delegated to Executive Directors. 

•  Approve the dividend policy and annual dividend 

payments.

•  Pledging security over assets and providing Parent 

Company guarantees.

In addition, the Board receives updates on sustainability, 
governance, regulatory and legal matters to assist 
the Board in maintaining compliance with legislative 
requirements and best practice. The Board has established 
the following Board Committees to assist it in fulfilling its 
oversight responsibilities, providing dedicated focus on 
particular areas:

•  Nomination Committee 

Page 94

•  Audit Committee 

Page 98  

•  Sustainability Committee 

Page 106

•  Remuneration Committee 

Page 110

These Committees play an important governance 
role through the work they carry out to fulfil the 
responsibilities delegated by the Board.

Board independence 
The Group recognises the importance of having a well-
functioning Board that can exercise objective judgement 
and hold management to account. We are pleased to 
advise that, following the appointment of Elaine Bailey 
in March 2021, at least half of the Board (excluding the 
Chairman) are independent Non-Executive Directors in 
compliance with Provision 11 of the Code.

86

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   86
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   86

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:03
05/10/2021   09:19:03

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Board activities
Topic

Key activities in 2021

Financial  
and risk

•  Reviewed monthly business updates and trading performance.

•  Approved the budget and plan for financial years 2022 through 2024.

•  Concluded a new revolving credit facility agreement with two leading banks (Lloyds and 

Santander), significantly increasing the Group’s available liquidity. 

•  Approved the repayment of all government grants received in relation to Covid-19. 

•  Approved the payment of an interim dividend in April 2021. 

Controls and 
governance

•  Appointed a new independent Non-Executive Director with construction experience.

•  Approved an updated Group risk register that establishes secondary risk owners, including 

senior management. 

•  Reviewed and approved updated delegated levels of authority with appropriate levels of 

control delegated to Executive Directors and management teams.

•  Approved enhanced controls within the Group’s Commercial function with additional 

reporting to the Audit Committee and Board.

•  Reviewed and approved an updated defence manual.

Strategy

•  Monitored progress against the Group’s strategic priorities.

•  Approved an updated sustainable business strategy that integrates sustainability into the 

business strategy, with clear targets focused on strategic priorities. 

People and 
employee 
engagement

•  Undertook regular workforce engagement via Executive Directors and senior management.

•  Employee roadshows were hosted by the Executive Directors, giving employees an insight 

into the Group’s performance and strategy.

Sustainability

•  Subcontractor and supplier roadshows were hosted by the Executive Directors.

•  Workforce Representative engaged with the HR Director reviewing the results of the 

employee engagement survey.

•  Board members undertook site and office visits to engage with our employees. 

•  Formed the Sustainability Committee, chaired by Elaine Bailey and comprising the Executive 

Directors.

•  Published new sustainability-led Group policies.

•  Reviewed progress against sustainability targets actions undertaken.

•  Approved a new sustainable business strategy. 

• 

Implemented new targets that are linked to Executive remuneration.

•  Published a charitable donations policy.

Shareholder 
engagement

•  Engaged with shareholders on material sustainability issues.

•  Held shareholder meetings on issues such as Directors’ remuneration.

•  Presented full and half-year results to investors and analysts. 

•  Reviewed monthly investor relations reports and annual shareholder body reports.

•  Released regular business updates via the RNS.

• 

Invited and responded to questions received ahead of the 2020 AGM. 

Dermot Gleeson

James Thomson

Stefan Allanson

Andrew Coppel 

Fiona Goldsmith 

Christopher Mills

Elaine Bailey  
(joined March 2021)

Board
Scheduled: 6

Audit
Scheduled: 4

Remuneration
Scheduled: 2*

Nomination
Scheduled: 1

Sustainability
Scheduled: 2**

Disclosure***

6

6

6

6

6

6

2

n/a

n/a

n/a

4

4

n/a

–

n/a

n/a

n/a

2

2

n/a

–

1

n/a

n/a

1

1

n/a

–

1

2

2

n/a

n/a

n/a

1

n/a

1

1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

The table includes the scheduled Board and Committee meetings that were held in early July 2021 in respect of the year ended 30 June 2021.
*   The Board has decided to include a further scheduled Remuneration Committee meeting next year.
**   The Board has decided to include a further scheduled Sustainability Committee meeting next year.
***  Disclosure Committee dissolved in March 2021.

87

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   87
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   87

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:03
05/10/2021   09:19:03

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Corporate Governance Report

Continued

Key responsibilities

Chairman

•  Ensuring the effective running of the Board.

•  Promoting the highest standards of integrity and corporate governance 

throughout the Group.

•  Chairing Board meetings and setting agendas.

•  Ensuring that the Board as a whole plays a full and constructive part in the 

development and determination of the Group’s strategy and overall commercial 
objectives.

•  Ensuring that the Board receives accurate, timely and clear information on:

a.  the Group’s performance;

b.  the issues, challenges and opportunities facing the Group; and

c.  matters reserved to it for decision.

•  Ensuring compliance with the Board’s approved procedures, including the 
schedule of matters reserved to the Board and each Committee’s terms of 
reference.

•  Engaging with the Board outside of formal meetings on a group or individual 

basis, as required.

• 

Initiating change and succession planning in Board appointments to build and 
maintain a highly effective Board.

•  Ensuring effective communication between the Group and its shareholders and 
ensuring that members of the Board develop an understanding of the views of 
the major stakeholders.

•  Ensuring that there is a properly constructed induction programme for new 

Directors.

•  Ensuring that the performance of the Board as a whole, its Committees, and 
individual Directors is formally and rigorously evaluated at least once a year.

•  Diligently performing such duties and exercising such powers as may, from  
time to time, be assigned by the Board for the successful running of the  
Group’s business.

•  Proposing and developing the Group’s strategy and overall commercial objectives 

in close consultation with the Chairman and the Board.

•  Maintaining relationships with major stakeholders.

•  Ensuring effective dialogue with the Chairman on the important and strategic 

issues facing the Group.

•  Ensuring that the Executive Directors give appropriate priority to providing 
reports to the Board, which contain accurate, timely and clear information.

•  Ensuring that the Executive Directors comply with the Board’s approved 

procedures, including the schedule of matters reserved to the Board and each 
Committee’s terms of reference, and providing input on appropriate changes to 
the same.

•  Keeping the Board alerted to forthcoming complex, contentious or sensitive 

issues affecting the Group.

•  Providing information and advice on succession planning, to the Chairman, the 
Nomination Committee, and to members of the Board, particularly in respect of 
Executive Directors and senior management.

•  Setting the Group’s culture and values from the top.

Chief Executive Officer

88

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   88
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   88

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:09
05/10/2021   09:19:09

Corporate Governance

 Barnburgh View, Barnsley, 
South Yorkshire

Chief Financial Officer

•  Devising and implementing the Group’s financial strategy and policies. 

•  Responsible for the management of the finance, tax, IT, legal, internal audit, and 

treasury functions. 

•  Responsible for the Group’s investor relations activities.

•  Developing budgets and financial plans.

•  Principal owner of the Group’s risk register.

•  Managing the Group’s insurance strategy and policies.

•  Managing the Group’s relationship with the external auditors.

•  Devising and implementing the Group’s sustainability strategy, policies, and 

actions.

Senior Independent Director

•  Chairing Board and Nomination Committee meetings in the absence of the 

Chairman.

•  Leading the annual evaluation of the Chairman’s performance.

•  Leading the succession planning process for the Chairman.

•  Acting as a sounding board for the Chairman on Board and Nomination 

Committee matters.

•  Being available to shareholders or other stakeholders if they have concerns about 

the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, and to intervene 
in any circumstances arising from such concerns.

• 

Intervening in, and leading on, settlement discussions relating to any 
disagreements between the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman.

•  Calling a meeting of the Non-Executive Directors if, in his reasonable opinion, 

it is necessary in relation to any of the matters above or otherwise. 

Non-Executive Directors

•  Effectively scrutinising and holding to account the performance of the  

Executive Directors.

•  Evaluating and appraising the performance of the Executive Directors and senior 
management against agreed targets, and agreeing remuneration in line with the 
remuneration policy.

•  Monitoring the financial information, risk management and control processes of 

the Group to make sure that they are sufficiently robust.

•  Ensuring a rigorous process for the appointment and removal of Executive 

Directors.

Company Secretary

•  Supporting the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in fulfilling their duties 

especially in respect of Board agendas, induction, training and the evaluation of 
Board and Committee effectiveness. 

•  Available to all Directors for advice and support. 

•  Keeping the Board regularly updated on governance matters and best practice. 

•  Ensuring Group policies and procedures are maintained and updated on a regular 

basis. 

•  Attending and maintaining a record of the matters discussed and approved at 

Board and Committee meetings.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   89
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   89

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:12
05/10/2021   09:19:12

89

Corporate Governance Report

Continued

Corporate governance structure

The Board

Nomination 
Committee

Audit  
Committee

Sustainability 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Committee Chair
Dermot Gleeson

Committee Chair
Fiona Goldsmith

Committee Chair
Elaine Bailey

Committee Chair
Andrew Coppel

Board  
structure
•  Review the structure, 
size and composition 
of the Board and its 
Committees.

Succession
•  Consider succession 

plans for the 
Board and senior 
management.

• 

Identify and nominate 
candidates for Board-
level positions.

Effectiveness
•  Review the time 

commitment required 
of Non-Executive 
Directors at least 
once a year.

•  Review the 

independence of 
Non-Executive 
Directors.

Sustainability strategy
•  Develop a 

sustainability 
strategy consistent 
with the Group’s 
mission, vision and 
sustainability policies.

•  Determine 

appropriate targets 
that will improve the 
sustainability of the 
Group.

•  Determine 

appropriate short, 
medium and long-
term sustainability 
targets.

Sustainability  
policy
•  Develop and agree 
with the Board a 
sustainability policy 
that will set the 
Group’s approach to 
sustainability.

•  Ensure the policy 

is fully understood 
and implemented by 
the Group’s business 
operations.

Setting remuneration
•  Recommend to the 
Board the policy 
for Executive 
Directors and 
senior management 
remuneration.

•  Set the remuneration 
of the Chairman and 
the Board.

•  Agree terms 

and conditions 
of employment 
for Executive 
Directors and senior 
management.

•  Approve measures 
and targets for 
any performance-
related bonus and 
share schemes and 
monitoring outturn.

•  Approve share 

awards granted under 
long-term incentive 
arrangements, 
including the outturn 
on such awards.

•  Agree terms of 
any termination 
arrangements for 
Directors and senior 
management.

•  Review and approve 
proposals for staff 
pay and bonuses, 
including examining 
market data and 
benchmarking.

Financial reporting 
and disclosures
•  Monitor the integrity 

of the financial 
statements, including 
any significant 
financial reporting 
judgements.

•  Advise the Board 
on whether, taken 
as a whole, the 
Annual Report is 
fair, balanced and 
understandable.

•  Oversee the regulatory 
reporting requirements 
of the Company.

Risk management and 
internal audit
•  Monitor the 

effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal 
controls and risk 
management systems.

•  Monitor the 

effectiveness of the 
Group’s internal audit 
function including 
approval of the annual 
internal audit plan.

•  Review the 

procedures for 
detecting fraud, 
preventing bribery 
and ensuring 
appropriate 
whistleblowing 
procedures in place.

External audit
•  Oversee the 

relationship with 
the external 
auditors including 
their appointment, 
independence and 
objectivity, and the 
effectiveness of the 
external audit process.

All of the Committee terms of reference can be found on the Company’s website at www.mjgleesonplc.com

90

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   90
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   90

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:12
05/10/2021   09:19:12

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Corporate Governance

Code compliance 
statement 
The Company has complied with 
all the principles of the Code for 
the year ended 30 June 2021 and 
the vast majority of its provisions. 
However, as in previous years, 
there are some instances where 
the Company has chosen to 
take advantage of the flexibility 
offered with the “comply or 
explain” principle when applying 
certain provisions.

The Code recognises that good 
governance can be achieved 
by other means and the Board 
believes the approach taken is 
the most appropriate for the 
Group and its shareholders, whilst 
remaining consistent with the 
spirit of the Code.

Provisions 9 and 19 
The Chairman of the Board, 
Dermot Gleeson, was appointed 
to the Board in 1975 and has 
previously been Executive 
Chairman, Chairman and Chief 
Executive, and therefore was 
not considered independent at 
the time of his appointment to 
Chairman. The Board continues to 
support this appointment based 
on the extensive knowledge 
of the Group and industry that 
Dermot brings to the role and to 
Board discussions.

Provision 38 
The Chief Financial Officer 
received a pension contribution 
of 12% in the year. This reflects 
the voluntary reduction 
previously reported from 15% to 
6.5% over a three-year period to 
align his pension contributions 
with the level available to the 
majority of the workforce. Further 
details can be found in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
on pages 114 to 125.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   91
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   91

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:14
05/10/2021   09:19:14

 Kilner Park, Doncaster,  
South Yorkshire

91

A core principle of the Group is to 
maintain a cautious approach to debt 
funding. Following the refinancing 
undertaken this year, the Group 
has a committed bank facility of 
£105m available until October 2024, 
with a one-year extension option 
provided by two banks. The facility 
was undrawn at the year end and the 
Group had a cash balance of £34.3m 
(30 June 2020: £16.8m net cash). 

Based on these facilities, the Group 
continues to have a high level of 
liquidity including under the severe 
but plausible scenario, to continue in 
operation, meet its liabilities as they 
fall due and remain in compliance 
with its financial covenants over 
the assessed period. The mitigating 
actions required do not disrupt the 
Group’s ability to grow over the long 
term.

Based on the results of this 
assessment, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the 
Company and the Group will be able 
to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the 
three-year viability period.

Assessing the Group’s prospects 
beyond the assessed period, the 
Directors consider that the demand 
for affordable, quality new homes 
will remain strong fundamentally due 
to market under-supply. The Group 
maintains a well-capitalised balance 
sheet and operates a sustainable 
business model that will continue to 
deliver long-term growth.

Corporate Governance Report

Continued

Viability statement
In accordance with the Code, the 
Directors have assessed the viability 
of the Company and the Group over 
a period longer than the 12 months 
required by the going concern 
principle. This takes account of the 
current position and circumstances 
of the Group, and the potential 
impact of its principal risks.

The Directors conducted their 
assessment for a period of three 
years to 30 June 2024, which is in 
line with the Group’s financial budget 
approved by the Board in May 2021. 
It is also aligned to the operational 
period of a number of Gleeson 
Homes’ developments. This has 
enabled a meaningful assessment of 
viability to be undertaken, utilising 
detailed Board-approved financial 
budgets that incorporate individual 
site cash flow forecasts. 

The Directors have considered 
sensitivities from the impact of 
a severe but plausible downturn 
in the housing and land markets. 
For Gleeson Homes, this included 
the impact of a downturn in both 
volumes and selling price, combined 
with material cost increases. For 
Gleeson Land, the Directors have 
considered the impact of delays 
to the completion of land sales 
combined with a reduction in land 
values. Further details can be found 
in note 1 of the financial statements 
on page 145.

Additionally, the Directors have 
considered the measures that 
would need to be taken to mitigate 
the impact of these sensitivities, 
including the ability of the Group 
to curtail expenditure on new land 
purchases, new site starts, reduce 
overheads and cut discretionary 
spend. This would include reducing 
future dividend payments in 
response to a severe but plausible 
downturn.

Risk management and 
internal control 
The Directors acknowledge their 
responsibility for the Group’s risk 
management procedures and 
systems of internal controls and 
for reviewing their effectiveness. 
Further details on the Group’s 
risk management procedures and 
systems of internal controls and how 
the Board and Audit Committee 
review their effectiveness are 
included in the Audit Committee 
Report on pages 98 to 105.

It should be recognised that all 
such systems and procedures are 
designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives, and 
can only provide reasonable, rather 
than absolute, assurance against 
material misstatement or loss. Risk 
management and internal control 
within the Group’s divisions is 
delegated to senior management 
responsible for the division, with 
the Board retaining ultimate 
responsibility.

The Group operates internal controls 
to ensure the Group’s financial 
statements are reconciled to the 
underlying financial ledgers. A review 
is completed by management to 
ensure that the financial performance 
and position of the Group are 
appropriately reflected.

During the year being reported, and 
in making this statement, the Board 
carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group, including those 
that would threaten the Group’s 
business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. The Board is of 
the view that there is an adequate 
ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing the 
Group’s significant risks. This process 
takes the form of a formal risk 
management policy supported by 
financial and management controls, 
which are operated Group-wide and 
are subject to both internal review 
by the Chief Financial Officer and 
internal auditor, and external review 
as part of the statutory audit carried 
out by the external auditors.

92

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   92
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   92

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:16
05/10/2021   09:19:16

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021 
Corporate Governance

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   93
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   93

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:17
05/10/2021   09:19:17

 Lindsey, Norah and Evie, Birch 
Green, Skelmersdale, Merseyside

93

Nomination Committee Report

2021 key achievements
•  Appointment of Elaine Bailey as an 

independent Non-Executive Director, which 
further strengthens the Board’s knowledge  
and experience. 

•  Appointment of Elaine Bailey to all Board  

sub-committees and as Chair of the 
Sustainability Committee.

Areas of focus for 2022
•  Board evaluation to be undertaken by a  

third-party assessor.

•  Preparation of a skills audit and matrix  

to assist with Board succession planning.

Committee members
•  Dermot Gleeson (Chair)

•  Andrew Coppel

•  Fiona Goldsmith

•  Elaine Bailey

“

I am very pleased to welcome 
to the Board Elaine Bailey, who 
has been appointed as Non-
Executive Director. Elaine brings an 
exceptional breadth of construction 
and housing-related experience.” 

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee 
Report for the year ended 30 June 2021.

Operation of the Committee 
The Committee comprises four Non-Executive Directors 
of the Board. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and Company Secretary attend meetings at the 
invitation of the Committee.

During the year, the Committee formally met once and 
had two unscheduled meetings to consider a range of 
matters.

Activities during the year
The Committee’s main activity during the year was to 
strengthen and diversify the Board, with the appointment 
of Elaine Bailey as an additional independent Non-
Executive Director and Chair of the recently formed 
Sustainability Committee. 

Other areas of focus included: 

•  Review of the composition of the Board and the range 

of skills and experience. 

•  Board and management succession planning.

•  Review of Board diversity and independence.

•  Annual review of the Committee’s terms of reference.

•  Review of the internal annual Board evaluation 

questionnaire and findings.

Board appointments 
The Board worked with external recruitment consultants 
to commence the search for a new independent Non-
Executive Director in October 2020. It was important, in 
support of the development of the Group’s strategy and 
succession planning, to recruit a Director with a broad 
skillset and relevant experience.

Following a rigorous recruitment process, Elaine Bailey 
was appointed on 1 March 2021. Elaine brings a wealth 
of experience in housing, engineering, construction, and 
government services gained from a career across the 
private, public, regulated and not-for-profit sectors.

94

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   94
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   94

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:19
05/10/2021   09:19:19

Dermot GleesonChair of the Nomination CommitteeMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Committee changes 
Following her appointment to 
the Board, Elaine Bailey was also 
appointed as Chair of the newly 
formed Sustainability Committee and 
member of the Audit, Remuneration 
and Nomination Committees. 

Re-election of 
Directors
The Company’s Articles of 
Association (“the Articles”) provide 
that, at each AGM, at least one-
third of the Directors shall retire 
from office and shall be eligible for 
reappointment. However, the Board 
has determined that all Directors 
will be subject to annual re-election 
by shareholders and will do so at 
the next AGM. James Thomson and 

Stefan Allanson each hold service 
contracts that may be terminated by 
the Company with a notice period of 
one year. 

Diversity policy
We believe that the composition 
and quality of the Board should 
be in keeping with the size, and 
geographical spread of the Group, 
its sector, culture and status 
as a listed company. A diverse 
Board with a range of views 
enhances decision-making, which 
is beneficial to the Group’s long-
term success and in the interests 
of the Company’s stakeholders. 
However, we believe that it is in the 
interests of our shareholders that 
appointments to the Board and our 
senior management team are made 
on the basis of merit; therefore, 

the Board does not set specific 
targets for boardroom diversity. 
We are unreservedly opposed to 
discrimination on the grounds of 
race, nationality, gender identity, 
sexual orientation, disability, age, 
religion or beliefs.

The Board diversity policy was 
approved in 2017 and sets the 
framework for Board appointments 
to ensure that candidates are 
assessed by objective criteria, which 
do not place any candidate at a 
disadvantage. This policy is kept 
under review by the Nomination 
Committee to reflect changes and 
developments in regulation. 

The Group also implements an 
equality and diversity policy in 
respect of its wider workforce, with 
further details set out on page 127. 

Board

Senior management

Direct reports

 Male 5 

 Female 2

 Male 14 

 Female 7

 Male 57 

 Female 37

95

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   95
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   95

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:22
05/10/2021   09:19:22

Corporate GovernanceNomination Committee Report

Continued

Board tenure

Nomination Committee priorities in 2021
Outcome
Work carried out
Priorities

Priority 1 
Appointment of a new 
independent Non-
Executive Director

 1–5 years 4

 6–9 years 1

 Over 9 years 2

Independence

Priority 2 
Appointment of an 
additional independent 
Non-Executive 
Director to the 
Audit, Remuneration, 
Nomination and 
Sustainability 
Committees

The Committee reviewed 
the Board’s composition and 
recommended that a further 
independent Non-Executive 
Director be appointed to 
enhance Board effectiveness 
and ensure compliance with 
Provision 11 of the Code. 
The Nomination Committee 
undertook a formal, rigorous 
and transparent recruitment 
and appointment process, 
supported by external 
consultants.

The Committee undertook a 
review of Board Committee 
composition. Whilst the 
Group is a smaller listed 
company and is only obliged 
to have two members on 
each of its committees, the 
Board agreed that a further 
independent Non-Executive 
Director would enhance 
committee effectiveness and 
succession planning.  

Elaine Bailey was 
appointed to the 
Board on 1 March 
2021.

Elaine Bailey 
was appointed 
as the Chair of 
the Sustainability 
Committee 
and a member 
of the Audit, 
Remuneration 
and Nomination 
Committees on  
25 March 2021.

Board appointment process

1

Information obtained 
through Board evaluation 
and succession planning is 
used to identify gaps in skills, 
experience, independence and 
knowledge. 

 Chairman 1

 Executive 2

 Independent Non-Executive 3

  Non-Independent  
Non-Executive 1

2

The recruitment process is 
commenced, assisted by 
external consultants who 
determine desired objective 
criteria. A shortlist of 
candidates is prepared for 
Board interviews.

3

Interviews with the Chairman, 
Non-Executive Directors 
and Executive Directors 
(separately).

Nomination Committee 
recommend a candidate to the 
Board for approval.

96

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   96
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   96

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:22
05/10/2021   09:19:22

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Succession planning
We recognise that succession planning is an important 
contributor to the Group’s long-term sustainable success. 
Succession planning for the Board is monitored regularly 
and is considered in detail during the Board’s annual 
performance evaluation. 

Board inductions 
Following successful appointment to the Board, 
new Directors receive a comprehensive and tailored 
induction programme. The induction programme 
facilitates their understanding of the Group and the key 
drivers of business performance and is an opportunity 
for the Directors to meet key members of the senior 
management team and undertake site visits.

Elaine Bailey spent two days with the Executive Directors 
and senior management team at the Group’s head office 
in Sheffield. During the induction, Elaine visited two 
development sites and met a number of our site-based 
employees. 

How this supports a diverse pipeline
The process undertaken in Stage 1 identifies a recruitment 
need by looking at the tenure of each individual Director, 
the background, knowledge and skill set of each Director, 
and Board composition as a whole. 

This process enables the Nomination Committee to 
implement plans for the short, medium and long term, 
which support a diverse pipeline. 

External advisers
The Nomination Committee uses external advisers where 
required to assist with the recruitment process. During 
the year the Group used the services of a search agent 
with no connections to the Group or any of the Directors.

Board performance evaluation

Process
During the year, the Board undertook an evaluation of its 
own effectiveness, that of its Committees as well as that 
of individual Directors. This was based on completion of a 
detailed questionnaire and individual discussions between 
the Chairman and the Directors. 

Being a smaller listed company, the Company is not 
required by the Code to undertake an external Board 
evaluation. However, the Nomination Committee is 
committed to ensuring that a rigorous and effective 
Board evaluation is conducted and has, therefore, decided 
to undertake an external Board evaluation in 2022, when 
the current Board has had a full year to settle into its role. 

This year, the Board agreed to include additional 
questions in the Board evaluation, which asked the Board 
to consider how Board discussions are balanced so they 
are not unduly dominated by any one individual or group 
of individuals, whether the Non-Executive Directors 
provide effective challenge to the Executive Directors and 
the Board’s approach to succession planning. 

Andrew Coppel, in his role as Senior Independent 
Director, conducted an evaluation of the Chairman’s 
performance in conjunction with the other Non-Executive 
Directors and with input from the Executive Directors.

Outcome 
The outcome and conclusions reached from these 
evaluations were discussed by the Board and it was 
concluded that the Board, its Committees and the 
Chairman continued to perform effectively. Findings and 
actions arisings are considered in more detail below. 

Dermot Gleeson
Chairman
13 September 2021

Findings from the 2021 Board evaluation

Actions planned

•  Board composition and depth of experience has 

•  Continue to monitor the composition and depth 

improved through the appointment of Elaine Bailey. 

of experience of the Board through annual Board 
evaluations and periodic reviews.

•  Board decisions are implemented properly and in a 

•  Maintain regular Board meetings and additional 

timely manner.

meetings as needed, with follow up on progress against 
agreed actions.

•  The Board holds open, transparent and robust 

•  Continue to communicate effectively as a Board with 

discussions.

•  The Board has a good understanding of shareholder 

views and expectations.

•  The Board scored itself lowest on its approach to 

succession planning.

open and transparent discussions and use this dialogue 
to reach robust conclusions.

•  Continue to engage with stakeholders and ensure 
their views are understood and acted upon where 
appropriate.

•  Actions to be agreed and progress monitored during 
the year to June 2022 in respect of Board and senior 
management succession planning.

97

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   97
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   97

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:22
05/10/2021   09:19:22

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Audit Committee Report

“

The Committee continues to have a 
busy agenda supporting the Board 
by monitoring the effectiveness 
of the Group’s systems of risk 
management and control, together 
with internal and external audit 
processes and financial reporting.” 

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Audit Committee Report 
for the financial year ended 30 June 2021, which has been 
another busy year for the Committee.

Operation of the Committee
All members of the Committee are independent 
Non-Executive Directors. The Board is satisfied that 
the membership of the Audit Committee meets the 
requirement for relevant and recent financial experience. 
The biographies and professional qualifications of the 
members are shown on pages 84 and 85.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, 
Company Secretary and other senior management are 
invited to attend meetings, along with the Group’s internal 
and external auditors, when required. The Committee 
also met with the Group’s internal and external auditors 
without the presence of Executive Directors or senior 
management on several occasions throughout the year.

Committee meetings
The Committee is required, in accordance with its terms 
of reference, to meet at least three times a year. During 
the year, the Committee formally met four times and held 
two unscheduled meetings.

2021 key achievements
•  Close monitoring of commercial processes, cost 
management, profit and margin recognition.

•  Assessing the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic 
on going concern and viability, and the financial 
reporting of the Group.

•  Assessing emerging and principal risks, 

including those related to climate change and 
environmental, social and governance matters.

•  Obtaining assurance over areas of risk or 

complexity including taxes, carrying value of 
assets and IT security.

Areas of focus for 2022
•  Continued focus on commercial processes, cost 
management, profit and margin recognition. 

•  Ongoing assurance over the financial controls, 

tax compliance and risk management processes 
of the Group.

•  Resilience and security of key business systems 

against cyber risks and other threats.

•  Developing further the Group’s financial 
reporting including in relation to climate 
change.

Committee members
•  Fiona Goldsmith (Chair)

•  Andrew Coppel

•  Elaine Bailey

98

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   98
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   98

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:24
05/10/2021   09:19:24

Fiona GoldsmithChair of the Audit CommitteeCorporate Governance

Activities during the year
During the year, the Committee dealt with the following 
key matters:

•  Reviewing tax matters and approving the Group’s tax 

strategy.

•  Monitoring Legacy matters.

•  Assessing compliance with Group policies and 

•  Approving the Group’s interim and annual financial 

whistleblowing. 

reporting.

•  Assessing external auditor effectiveness, 

•  Reviewing principal accounting matters and 

independence and fees.

judgements.

•  Reviewing new reporting disclosures including climate 

related disclosures under TCFD.

•  Monitoring profit recognition and cost management.

•  Obtaining assurance over work in progress and 

carrying value.

•  Reviewing going concern and viability.

•  Reviewing Group credit risk. 

•  Monitoring risk and assurance matters including:

 − reviewing the Group risk register;

 − internal audit plans and reports;

 − external audit strategy and findings;

 − internal control effectiveness;

 − IT and cyber security reports; and

 − GDPR compliance.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   99
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   99

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:27
05/10/2021   09:19:27

99

Audit Committee Report

Continued

Audit Committee activities in 2021
Activity

Work carried out

Financial reporting 
– fair, balanced and 
understandable

The Committee reviewed the integrity of this Annual 
Report and formal announcements made during the 
year relating to the Group’s financial performance. 

At the request of the Board, the Committee considered 
whether the 2021 Annual Report taken as a whole is fair, 
balanced and understandable and whether it provides 
the necessary information for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s performance, business model and strategy. 
In doing so, the Committee received comments from 
management and the external auditors at its meeting in 
September 2021. It also reviewed the annual compliance 
procedures and management returns that support the 
Group’s financial reporting governance framework and risk 
management process for the year ended 30 June 2021.

The Committee reviewed the Group risk register at three 
of its scheduled meetings during the year. A summary 
of Group risks and any changes during the year is set 
out in Risk Management on pages 68 to 73.

The Committee fully understands the risks faced by the 
Group and how these are being addressed. This enables 
the Committee and the Board to ensure that the major 
risks facing the Group are monitored and appropriate 
controls and mitigations are in place.

Throughout the year, the Committee reviewed the 
processes, controls and assumptions for recognising 
margin on development sites including three particular 
areas: cost inflation, selling prices and contingencies. 
See further details under “Financial reporting and 
significant judgements”.

The Committee reviewed reports from the Group’s 
internal auditor on the carrying value and recoverability 
of land and work in progress on selected Gleeson 
Homes sites. The Committee also received reports on 
the recoverability and carrying value of work in progress 
in Gleeson Land. See further details under “Financial 
reporting and significant judgements”.

Risk management

Profit recognition 

Work in progress

100

Outcome

The Committee was satisfied 
that, taken as a whole, the 2021 
Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides 
sufficient information for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s performance, 
business model and strategy. The 
Committee recommended as such  
to the Board.

The Committee and the Board fully 
understand and manage the balance 
of risks in the business.

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the associated processes and 
controls have continued to operate 
effectively across the Group and the 
assumptions applied by management 
in relation to profit recognition are 
appropriate.

The Committee satisfied itself that 
the carrying value of land and 
work in progress in both Gleeson 
Homes and Gleeson Land remains 
appropriate.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   100
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   100

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:28
05/10/2021   09:19:28

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Corporate Governance

 Rachael and Beatrice, 
Springfield Meadows, 
Chesterfield, Derbyshire

Activity

Group taxes 

Legacy matters

Internal audit 

External audit 

Work carried out

Outcome

The Committee received regular updates on Group tax 
matters. These cover all aspects of compliance including 
VAT, Corporation Tax, Construction Industry Scheme 
and employment taxes including off-payroll working 
arrangements. The Committee also received updates 
on potential changes to taxes including the proposed 
Residential Property Developers Tax and other updates.

The Committee reviewed the Group’s Tax Strategy 
statement for the year to 30 June 2021 and 
recommended its approval to the Board. A copy of the 
Tax Strategy statement can be found on the Company’s 
website www.mjgleesonplc.com.

The Committee received and reviewed reports on 
claims associated with the Legacy businesses, being the 
contracting and engineering businesses sold more than 
ten years ago. 

The Committee set the internal audit plan for the 
year ended 30 June 2021 at its meeting in July 2020. 
As covered under “Internal audit”, the Committee 
received and reviewed reports from the internal auditor 
throughout the year on internal audits conducted across 
the business.

As covered under “External audit”, the Committee 
received and reviewed the external auditors’ Group 
audit plan at its meeting in February 2021. Following 
completion of the audit of the Group, the external 
auditors presented their findings to the Committee in 
September 2021. 

The Committee satisfied itself 
that the processes and controls 
associated with Group taxes remain 
robust. 

Whilst the level of claims has 
reduced to an insignificant level, the 
Committee, in conjunction with the 
Chief Financial Officer, continues to 
monitor the status of claims and any 
remaining liabilities.

The Committee remains satisfied 
with the effectiveness of the internal 
audit function.

The Committee remains satisfied 
with the effectiveness of the external 
auditors and the audit process.

Other activities
During the year, the Committee reviewed reports on IT and cyber security, GDPR, credit risk, Corporate Criminal 
Offence, anti-bribery, and malpractice monitoring. New sustainability disclosures, which follow the recommendations of 
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) as included in this Annual Report on pages 58 and 59, 
were also reviewed by the Committee.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   101
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   101

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:29
05/10/2021   09:19:29

101

Audit Committee Report

Continued

Financial reporting and significant judgements
The significant financial reporting matters and areas of significant judgement considered by the Committee during the 
year are those that present a risk of material misstatement to the Group’s financial statements, being:

Area

Work carried out

Carrying 
value of land 
and work in 
progress

The most significant asset carried by the Group is inventory, which includes 
land and work in progress. The Group carries inventories at the lower of cost 
and net realisable value, which is dependent on estimates of total build or land 
promotion costs and future selling prices. There is, therefore, a risk that land 
and work in progress is held at a value in excess of the lower of cost and net 
realisable value.

In addition, the allocation of inventories to cost of sales on the sale of individual 
homes is dependent on estimates of total build costs and future selling prices 
for each site as a whole. These estimates, therefore, impact on the timing and 
amount of profit margin recognised on sales of individual homes.

The Committee monitors the effectiveness of internal controls exercised over 
the key processes employed by the Group in site development activities and 
the forecasting of future costs, revenue and profits.

The Committee receives regular reports regarding sales of homes and the 
costs and possible future costs relating to individual sites. The Committee 
reviewed the assumptions applied by management supporting the profit 
margin to be recognised on the sale of individual homes and concluded that 
they remain appropriate.

The Committee also receives regular reports on the carrying value of land 
and work in progress in Gleeson Homes and Gleeson Land. The Committee 
reviewed these reports and debated them with the internal auditor and with 
management. The Committee satisfied itself that the carrying value of land and 
work in progress across the Group remains appropriate.

Going 
concern 
and viability 
reporting

The Committee examined the financial forecasts for the Group including the 
impact of a severe but plausible downturn in the housing and land markets. 
These were examined by the Committee in conjunction with its review of this 
Annual Report. The Committee satisfied itself, and subsequently the Board, 
that the going concern basis of preparation continues to be appropriate in the 
context of the Group’s banking and liquidity position. Further details can be 
found in note 1 of the financial statements on page 145.

In accordance with the provisions of the Code, the Committee considered 
the time period over which it could reasonably assess the Group’s ability to 
continue to trade, taking into account the Group’s financial budget period and 
operational forecasts. It concluded that this should remain a three-year period 
as explained in the viability statement on page 92. The Committee received 
detailed financial analysis based on the Group’s latest budgets with a severe 
but plausible scenario applied over the three-year period and determined that 
there was a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation, meet its liabilities as they fall due and maintain compliance with its 
banking covenants. 

Carrying 
value of 
investments

The activity of the Legacy businesses was previously disclosed as a 
discontinued operation. Given the level of claims has now reduced to an 
insignificant level, the Committee concluded that this no longer warrants 
separate disclosure as a discontinued operation. For this reason, the Legacy 
businesses have been presented within continuing operations, under Group 
activities in the current year as set out in note 3 to the financial statements.

Following a review of the carrying value of investments in the Parent Company, 
the Company’s investment in the Legacy businesses was written down by 
£1.7m in the Company only. This has no impact on the consolidated Group. 

102

Outcome

The Committee 
satisfied itself that 
the carrying value 
of land and work in 
progress remains 
appropriate.

The Committee 
satisfied itself that 
the associated 
processes and 
controls have 
continued to operate 
effectively across 
the Group and the 
assumptions applied 
by management in 
relation to profit 
recognition are 
appropriate.

The Committee 
satisfied itself 
that, based on the 
financial modelling 
undertaken, the 
Company and Group 
have adequate 
resources to 
continue in operation 
for the foreseeable 
future and operate 
in compliance with 
their bank facilities. 
The Committee 
recommended 
statements to 
this effect to the 
Board to approve 
for inclusion in this 
Annual Report.

The Committee 
satisfied itself that 
the carrying value of 
investments held in 
the Parent Company, 
remains appropriate 
at the balance 
sheet date with no 
other indicators of 
impairment.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   102
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   102

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:29
05/10/2021   09:19:29

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Effectiveness of internal controls 
and risk management systems
The Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
monitoring the effectiveness of internal controls and 
risk management systems on behalf of the Board. The 
Group’s system of internal control includes the following 
processes:

•  The Board and management committees meet 

regularly to monitor performance against key 
performance indicators, which include cash 
management and financial and operational measures. 
A variety of financial and non-financial reports are 
produced to facilitate this review process.

•  The Board has established defined lines of authority 
to ensure that significant decisions are taken at an 
appropriate level.

•  The Group employs individuals of appropriate calibre 
and provides any training that is necessary to enable 
them to perform their role effectively. Key objectives 
and opportunities for improvement are identified 
through annual performance and development 
reviews.

•  Each division has defined procedures and controls 
to identify and minimise business, operational and 
financial risks. These procedures include segregation 
of duties, provision of regular performance information 
and exception reports, approval procedures for key 
transactions and the maintenance of proper records. 
Compliance with these procedures and controls is 
certified annually by management to the Committee. 
The Group’s programme of insurance covers the 
major risks to the Group’s assets and business and is 
reviewed annually.

•  Authorities are in place that require divisional 

management to refer all significant decisions that 
exceed prescribed limits to either the Executive 
Directors or the Board for approval.

Regular reviews are undertaken in order to identify any 
changes in procedure or controls that may be required in 
the light of changing circumstances.

The effectiveness of the overall internal control framework 
and risk management process is monitored by both 
the Audit Committee and the Board. As part of this, 
the Committee reviews the annual compliance returns 
completed by each divisional management team, which 
confirm that key financial controls have been in operation 
throughout the year and that an effective control 
environment has been maintained.

Each divisional management team also completes an 
annual risk assessment. The results of this are reviewed by 
the Committee and risks identified are incorporated into 
the Group risk register. The Risk Management section on 
pages 68 to 73 sets out details of the key risks that the 
business may face and how it mitigates them.

The Committee has satisfied itself that an appropriate 
system of internal controls and risk management 
processes have been maintained throughout the year to 
safeguard shareholder interests as well as the Group’s 
assets in accordance with the requirements of the Code.

Whistleblowing arrangements
The Company has in place a formal whistleblowing policy, 
internal whistleblowing mailbox monitored by the Head 
of Legal and Company Secretary, and an independent 
external whistleblowing helpline. These enable all 
employees of the Company to confidentially report any 
malpractice or matters of concern they have regarding 
the actions of employees, management or Directors, any 
unlawful behaviour or breaches of the Company’s policies 
or practices, without fear of recrimination. The policy 
includes a process for proportionate and independent 
investigation of any reports received. This may involve 
an informal review, an internal inquiry, or a more formal 
investigation. Whenever possible, feedback is given to the 
whistleblower on the outcome of any investigation.

The Head of Legal and Company Secretary maintains a 
register of reports received through both internal and 
external processes, which is reviewed by the Committee 
at least every six months.

During the year, employee awareness was enhanced 
on the Company’s whistleblowing policy through the 
induction process, newsletters, posters and reminders 
that “If you see something, say something”. The 
Company also launched a mandatory online course for 
all employees, which is designed to raise awareness of 
reportable issues or incidents.

Anti-bribery and corruption policy
The Company values its long-standing reputation for 
ethical behaviour and integrity. Conducting its business 
with the highest ethical standards and a zero-tolerance 
approach to all forms of corruption is central to these 
values, the Company’s image and reputation. The 
Company policy sets out the standards expected of 
all Company employees in relation to anti-bribery and 
corruption and the Board has overall responsibility for 
ensuring this policy complies with the Company’s legal and 
ethical obligations and that everyone in the organisation 
complies with it. This policy is also relevant for third parties 
who supply goods or perform services for or on behalf of 
the Company. We require those parties to adhere to this 
policy or have in place equivalent policies and procedures 
to combat bribery and corruption.

During the year, the Company also rolled out a mandatory 
online course for all employees, which is designed to 
raise awareness of bribery and corruption offences and 
penalties for both individuals and the Company. 

The Committee reviews a report on the registers of 
gifts and hospitality given or received by Directors and 
employees of the Company at least every six months. No 
incidents of bribery or corruption were reported to the 
Committee during the year.

103

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   103
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   103

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:29
05/10/2021   09:19:29

Corporate GovernanceAudit Committee Report

Continued

Human rights and modern slavery 
During the year, the Company established new processes 
to enhance modern slavery checks and safeguards within 
the business. This is led by the Chief Financial Officer 
and comprises senior management and the Company 
Secretary. 

As part of this, the Company launched a new modern 
slavery awareness campaign through a refreshed policy, 
newsletters, posters, regular site audits and enhanced 
due diligence checks on the supply chain. The Company 
also launched a mandatory e-learning course for all 
employees, which is designed to raise awareness of 
modern slavery in the workplace and what to look for. 

Internal audit
The Committee is responsible for reviewing and 
approving the annual internal audit plan. This continues 
to cover a broad scope of activities across the Group 
focused on areas of risk and management judgement.

During the year, the Committee received eight reports 
from the internal auditor on the findings of internal 
audits conducted throughout the business, together 
with proposed recommendations to rectify any issues 
identified. The findings of these reports were actively 
debated by the Committee with the internal auditor and 
with management. The Committee monitored the follow 
up on actions identified.

The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the internal 
audit function and concluded that it has operated 
effectively and provided a suitable level of independent 
scrutiny across the operations of the Group.

External audit
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were first appointed 
as auditors to the Group in December 2016 following 
a competitive audit tender, and were most recently 
reappointed following approval by shareholders at the 
AGM on 3 December 2020.

In February 2021, the auditors presented their Group 
audit plan to the Committee, identifying their assessment 
of key risks in the Group’s financial reporting. For the 
2021 financial year, as in prior years, the primary risk 
identified was in relation to the carrying value of land 
and work in progress in Gleeson Homes and Gleeson 
Land. Consistent with the prior year and as a result of 
the Covid-19 pandemic, the carrying value of investments 
in subsidiaries was also identified as a primary risk in 
relation to the Company only.

The Committee formulates and oversees the Group’s 
policy on monitoring external auditors’ objectivity and 
independence in relation to non-audit services and is 
responsible for the approval of all audit and non-audit 
fees for services provided by the Company’s auditors. 
As a result of the EU Audit Reforms Regulations (as 
amended 11 June 2016), and the FRC’s revised ethical 

104

standard (as revised December 2019), the auditors are 
excluded from undertaking a range of work on behalf of 
the Group to ensure that the nature of non-audit services 
performed or fee income earned relative to the audit fees 
does not compromise, and is not seen to compromise, the 
auditors’ independence, objectivity or integrity.

For the year to 30 June 2021, there were no non-audit 
fees paid to the external auditors. Details of the audit 
fees incurred are disclosed in note 4 to the financial 
statements.

The Committee assesses the performance and 
effectiveness of the external auditors on an annual basis. 
When making their assessment, the Committee considers 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   104
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   104

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:32
05/10/2021   09:19:32

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021 Paul, Bricklayer, Dane Park, 
Hull, East Yorkshire

feedback from the Chief Financial Officer and other 
senior finance management, the auditors’ fulfilment of 
the agreed audit plan, and the auditors’ objectivity and 
independence during the process. The Committee also 
holds private meetings with the auditors on an annual 
basis. Matters discussed include the auditors’ assessment 
of business risks and management activity thereon, 
the transparency and openness of interactions with 
management and confirmation that there has been no 
restriction in scope placed on them by management.

indicated their willingness to continue in office, a 
resolution that they be reappointed will be proposed at 
the next AGM of the Company on 15 November 2021.

Under current regulations the Company is not due to 
re-tender its audit until 2026; however, the Committee 
will continue to monitor the performance of the external 
auditors during this time and make recommendations 
accordingly.

The Committee concluded that the audit process had 
been conducted robustly and PricewaterhouseCoopers 
LLP’s performance as auditors to the Company was 
considered to be satisfactory. As the auditors have 

Fiona Goldsmith

Chair of the Audit Committee
13 September 2021

105

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   105
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   105

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:37
05/10/2021   09:19:37

Corporate GovernanceSustainability Committee Report

2021 key achievements
•  Approval of the Group’s sustainable business 

strategy and sustainability policies.

•  Review of Group sustainability risks and 

mitigating actions.

•  Review of progress against 2021 sustainability 

targets and setting 2022 targets.

•  Review of Group reporting and disclosures  

on climate change and sustainability.

Areas of focus for 2022
•  Monitoring progress against 2022 sustainability 

targets.

•  Enhancing the Group’s climate-related 

reporting disclosures and communications.

•  Agreeing next steps on areas including water 

and biodiversity strategy and scope 3 emission 
reduction.

Committee members
•  Elaine Bailey (Chair)

•  James Thomson

•  Stefan Allanson

“

The Sustainability Committee 
supports the Board in ensuring the 
business operates in a responsible 
manner, adding value to society, 
improving communities, enhancing 
people’s lives and reducing our 
impact on the environment.” 

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the first Sustainability Committee 
Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2021. The 
Committee was newly formed in December 2020 to 
oversee the Group’s approach to sustainability.

Operation of the Committee
The Committee comprises of the Chair, the Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. Other 
members of the Board, senior management or external 
advisors are invited to attend for all or part of any 
meeting as and when required. 

Committee meetings
The Committee is required, in accordance with its terms 
of reference, to meet at least two times a year. The 
Committee met twice during the year and held one 
unscheduled meeting.

Activities during the year
During the year, the Committee dealt with the following 
key matters:

•  Approving the Group’s sustainability policy.

•  Reviewing progress against 2021 sustainability targets.

•  Agreeing new sustainability targets.

•  Approving the Group’s sustainable business strategy.

•  Reviewing the Group’s sustainability risk register.

•  Reviewing the results of a stakeholder engagement 

process on material sustainability issues.

•  Reviewing climate-related reporting disclosures (TCFD 

and SASB).

•  Benchmarking peer group sustainability reporting and 

disclosures.

•  Reviewing new sustainability policies on charitable 
donations, climate and environment, procurement, 
packaging, waste management and timber.

•  Agreeing further steps for the Group in respect of:

 − scope 3 emissions reporting;

 − water and biodiversity strategies; and

 − reducing diesel usage.

106

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   106
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   106

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:42
05/10/2021   09:19:42

Elaine BaileyChair of the  Sustainability CommitteeMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021We also recognise the need for a long-term strategic 
view, in particular around the environment and climate 
change. That is why we have taken the first step in 
publishing our full scope 3 emissions this year for every 
home sold. This will be a key area of focus for the coming 
year in developing our carbon reduction strategy.

We also aim to provide clarity and leadership in our 
reporting on sustainability, sharing the Group’s targets 
and performance, including where we have not achieved 
targets and the areas for improvement. We believe that 
stakeholders value this honesty in reporting. 

Our aims 
The creation of the Sustainability Committee 
emphasises the importance that the Board places on 
the environmental, social and economic value that the 
Company delivers to its stakeholders and to society. 

Our ultimate aim to “do no harm, do good” is reflected in 
the Group’s sustainable business model and its support of 
the relevant UN Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”), 
in particular target 1 of SDG 11 for “access for all to safe 
and affordable housing”. 

The business has a strong approach to sustainability, built 
around communities, people and the environment and 
is leading the way in many areas such as affordability, 
customer satisfaction and employee engagement. 
However, we recognise that there is more to do, in 
particular in respect of health and safety, carbon 
emissions and climate change. 

As a Committee, we are focused on agreeing meaningful 
targets that can be achieved in a reasonable timeframe 
and ideally within the tenure of those who are measured 
against them. This enables environmental, social and 
governance targets to be linked to performance and 
remuneration more effectively, and drives purposeful 
outcomes. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   107
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   107

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:47
05/10/2021   09:19:47

107

Corporate GovernanceSustainability Committee Report

Continued

Sustainability Committee activities in 2021
Activity

Work carried out

Outcome

Sustainable 
business 
strategy 

The Committee reviewed the sustainable business 
strategy, which sets out the Group’s approach to 
sustainability including the objectives and targets. This is 
on pages 32 and 33. 

The Committee approved the 
Group’s sustainable business 
strategy and recommended as 
such to the Board.

Sustainability 
targets 

The strategy was reviewed by external consultants 
and developed in conjunction with the results of the 
stakeholder engagement process, which can be found on 
pages 30 and 31. The Committee reviewed the findings 
of the stakeholder engagement process, including the 
responses to questionnaires and interviews undertaken. 

The Committee received updates on progress against 
the 2021 sustainability targets that were published in 
the prior year annual report. The Committee challenged 
where progress was falling short of the targets set and 
the mitigating actions being taken. Progress against our 
published 2021 targets can be found on pages 42 and 43.

The Committee reviewed the proposed targets  
and actions for 2022. These can be found on page 45.

The Committee was satisfied 
with progress against three of 
the 2021 sustainability targets, 
but recognises that more work 
needs to be done for the Group 
to achieve its health and safety 
targets. 

The Committee approved the 
targets and actions proposed for 
2022. 

Sustainability 
risk register 

The Committee reviewed the sustainability risk register. 
This assesses both the inherent and mitigated risks of 
the material sustainability issues relevant to the Group. 

The Committee and the Board 
fully understand and manage the 
balance of risks in the business.

Group level risks, including those related to climate 
change and sustainability, are monitored by the Audit 
Committee and the Board as set out in risk management 
on pages 68 to 73.

Sustainability 
policies 

The Committee reviewed the Group sustainability 
policy. This is structured around three key themes: 
Communities, People and the Environment, and sets out 
the principles that underpin our sustainable approach.

The Committee approved the 
Group’s sustainability policies for 
publication on the Company’s 
website www.mjgleesonplc.com.

The Committee reviewed policies for the following:

•  Charitable giving;

•  Climate and environment;

•  Sustainable procurement;

•  Sustainable packaging;

•  Sustainable waste management; and

•  Sustainable timber.

Climate-
related 
disclosures

The Committee reviewed the draft and final disclosures 
for inclusion in this Annual Report. This includes the 
disclosures based on the recommendations of the 
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”), which can be found on pages 58 and 59, and 
the relevant Sustainability Accounting Standards Board 
(“SASB”) Industry Standard, which can be found on 
pages 60 to 63.

The Committee intends to review 
policies on at least an annual 
basis to ensure that these are 
appropriate to support the Group’s 
sustainability objectives.

The Committee approved the 
disclosures for inclusion in this 
Annual Report.

Elaine Bailey

Chair of the Sustainability Committee
13 September 2021

108

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   108
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   108

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:48
05/10/2021   09:19:48

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Corporate Governance

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   109
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   109

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:49
05/10/2021   09:19:49

 Kaivan and Luca, Holbeck Park, 
Burnley, Greater Manchester

109

Remuneration Committee Report

“

I am pleased to present the 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
for 2021. We are committed to a 
responsible approach to Executive 
pay and I trust this Annual Report 
on Remuneration reflects this 
sentiment.”

Dear shareholder,
The report is split into two sections:

1.  This statement, which provides an overview of the key 
decisions made on Directors’ remuneration during the 
year; and

2.  The Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides 

details of the remuneration earned by Directors during 
the year to 30 June 2021, and how we intend to apply 
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy during the year to 30 
June 2022.

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at the AGM on 5 December 2019 (with 
98.2% of votes cast in favour) and became effective from 
that date. There are no proposals to amend the Policy at 
the 2021 AGM. The Committee addressed the factors in 
Provision 40 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code 
when determining the Policy (see below).

The full Policy can be found in the 2019 Annual Report 
and Accounts, which is available to download from the 
Company’s website at www.mjgleesonplc.com.

The Policy is approaching the end of its three-year term. 
The Committee will conduct a comprehensive review of the 
Policy this year to ensure it remains closely aligned with the 
Group’s strategy and culture, and will seek consultation with 
major shareholders on any proposed material changes. 

Pay and performance outcomes 
for 2021
Gleeson Homes delivered a record 1,812 new homes this 
year, an increase of 69.0% on the prior year (2020: 1,072). 
It opened 27 new sites, which was also a record for the 
business and closed the year with 81 build sites, of which 61 
were actively selling.

The average selling price of £145,800 was 11.4% higher and 
reflects continued strong demand. As a result, Gleeson Homes 
delivered an operating profit of £37.4m (2020: £9.0m).

Gleeson Land sold eight sites during the year with the 
potential to deliver 1,978 plots for housing and delivered 
operating profit of £11.1m (2020: £0.2m). It ended the year 
with a portfolio of 71 sites (2020: 68 sites) with the potential 
to deliver 22,315 plots. 

2021 key achievements
•  Agreeing performance targets for Executive 

Director remuneration for 2021.

•  Reviewing and assessing the fairness of 2021 

outcomes.

•  Assessing potential targets for Executive 

Director remuneration for 2022.

•  Reviewing and approving proposals for staff 

pay and bonuses.

•  Reviewing and approving gender pay reporting.

Areas of focus in 2022
•  Setting targets for Executive remuneration 

that align to the Group’s sustainable 
business strategy.

•  Reviewing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 

for the purposes of setting a new policy 
for 2023 and subsequent years.

•  Engaging with shareholders on Executive 
remuneration and remuneration policy 
development.

•  Reviewing wider workforce remuneration 

and related policies.

Committee members
•  Andrew Coppel (Chair)

•  Fiona Goldsmith

•  Elaine Bailey

110

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   110
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   110

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:51
05/10/2021   09:19:51

Andrew M Coppel CBEChair of the Remuneration Committee and Senior Independent DirectorMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021As a result of the strong performance in both divisions, 
Group profit before tax was £41.7m (2020: £5.6m).

In the prior year, the Group also set a number of 
sustainability targets for 2021. The performance against 
these targets is set out on pages 42 and 43.

Annual bonus
The Executive Directors were each awarded an annual 
bonus opportunity equal to 125% of salary based on Group 
profit before tax (as regards 80% of the potential award) 
and strategic and personal performance (as regards 20% 
of the potential award). James Thomson’s strategic and 
personal objectives were based on: build site openings; 
forward order book performance; ESG performance; 
customer satisfaction; and employee engagement. Stefan 
Allanson’s strategic and personal objectives were based on: 
build site openings; forward order book performance; work 
in progress; effective risk management; ESG performance; 
and broadening banking relationships.

James Thomson and Stefan Allanson each earned a bonus 
equal to 99.0% and 96.5% of maximum respectively 
(equivalent to 123.8% and 120.6% of salary) based on the 
outcome of the performance targets. See pages 116 and 117.

The Committee considered the bonus outcome for the 
profit and strategic and personal performance elements 
alongside broader perspectives including: underlying 
business performance and affordability; the experience of 
shareholders; and the experience of employees and other 
stakeholders. The following was noted:

•  The Group resumed paying dividends, with a 5 pence 
interim dividend per share paid in April 2021. A final 
dividend equal to 10p per share is expected to be paid 
in November 2021, subject to shareholder approval.

•  The Company’s share price has increased by 36% 

over the year ended 30 June 2021 owing to strong 
performance during the year as the Group continues to 
recover from the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. 

• 

In January 2021, the Group repaid in full the £1.3m 
of support that it received under the Government’s 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme.

•  For the wider workforce, 89.9% of eligible staff were 

paid a bonus for the year, which on average equated to 
11.2% of salary. 

The Committee considered the outcome to be appropriate 
and no discretion was applied to amend the outcome. 

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
Stefan Allanson was granted an LTIP award in 2018 equal 
to 150% of salary. 69% of the maximum award vested on 
6 July 2021 based on performance against absolute Total 
Shareholder Return targets measured over the three-year 
performance period ended 30 June 2021. See page 118.

The Committee considered the vesting outcome to be 
appropriate taking into account the strong returns delivered 
to shareholders over the three-year performance period and 
no discretion was applied to amend the amount vesting.

Under the Policy, Stefan Allanson is required to hold the 
vested shares until 30 June 2023 (other than to sell shares 
to cover taxes arising on exercise). 

111

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   111
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   111

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:54
05/10/2021   09:19:54

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration Committee Report

Continued

Remuneration in 2022

Salary
A 2.5% salary increase was awarded to the Executive 
Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Chairman with 
effect from 1 July 2021, in line with the standard increase 
across the wider workforce. 

Pension
Reflecting best practice and the expectations of 
shareholders and proxy voting agencies, in 2020 Stefan 
Allanson volunteered to have his pension opportunity 
reduced to bring it in line with the level available to 
the majority of the wider workforce by 1 July 2022. His 
pension opportunity reduced from 12% to 9% of salary on 
1 July 2021 and will reduce to 6.5% of salary on 1 July 2022. 

James Thomson’s pension allowance was set at 6.5% of 
salary on his appointment as Chief Executive Officer.

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus that can be earned in the year will be 
125% of salary for both Executive Directors. 

80% of the award will be based on profit performance and 
20% will be based on strategic and personal performance, 
which comprise site openings, forward order book, build 
quality and customer satisfaction, and sustainability targets 
including health and safety, staff turnover, employee 
engagement and carbon emission reduction. Details of the 
profit, strategic and personal performance targets will be 
fully disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration for 
the year ending 30 June 2022. 

The Executive Directors will be required to defer one-third 
of any bonuses earned into shares for a two-year period.

LTIP
The maximum LTIP opportunity will be 150% of salary for 
both Executive Directors with 50% of the award based 
on EPS performance and 50% based on relative TSR 
performance measured over a period of three financial 
years ending 30 June 2024. Any awards that vest will be 
subject to a two-year holding period. See page 119 for 
details of performance targets.

The Committee has discretion to amend the vesting 
outcome of annual bonus and LTIP awards where it 
considers that it is not a fair reflection of business 
performance.

Gender pay gap
During the year, the Committee reviewed the gender pay 
gap statistics for the Group. The Group’s median gender 
pay gap is -43%, indicating that the median pay for 
women is more than men, versus the national median of 
15.5% in favour of men. Women occupy 14% of the highest 
paid jobs and 14% of the lowest paid jobs.

The Group is continuing to develop and encourage 
more women into roles that have traditionally been 
male occupied. This includes better provisions on sites 
for female employees and subcontractors. In respect of 

112

pay, the Group does not discriminate on the grounds of 
gender and operates an equal pay policy.

Further details are set out in the Group’s Gender Pay Gap 
Report, which can be found at www.mjgleesonplc.com.

Real Living Wage
The Group was the first major housebuilder to be accredited 
by the Living Wage foundation. Other housebuilders have 
now followed our lead and the Group believes that all 
employees in all sectors should be paid the real Living Wage 
or higher. The only exception to this is for apprentices, 
where the Group pays above the government’s guidelines.

The Committee looks closely at market data when it comes 
to approving employee pay and rewards to ensure that 
these remain competitive and enable the Group to attract, 
motivate and retain high-quality staff.

How the Committee addressed the 
factors in Provision 40 of the 2018 
UK Corporate Governance Code 
when determining the Policy
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy is designed to support 
an effective pay-for-performance culture, which enables the 
Company to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors 
who have the necessary experience and expertise to deliver 
the Group’s objectives and strategy. The Policy has been 
determined based on the following principles, taking into 
account Provision 40 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance 
Code.

Clarity and simplicity – the Committee ensures that 
remuneration packages are simple and transparent, and 
take into account remuneration and related policies for the 
wider workforce. Performance targets are set in line with 
Group budgets and plans and reviewed and tested by the 
Committee.

Risk – we promote long-term sustainable performance 
through sufficiently stretching performance targets, whilst 
ensuring that the incentive framework does not encourage 
Executive Directors to take inappropriate business risks 
(including environmental, financial, social, health, safety and 
governance risks).

Predictability – detailed information on the potential values 
that may be earned through the remuneration arrangements 
are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

Proportionality – to ensure that total remuneration 
delivered fairly reflects Company and individual 
performance, the Committee has the discretion to override 
formulaic outturns where it believes the outcome is 
not truly reflective of underlying performance during 
the performance period and to ensure fairness to both 
shareholders and participants.

Alignment to culture – when determining the Policy, 
the Committee was clear to make decisions to drive the 
appropriate behaviours and ensure alignment with the 
Company’s culture and long-term strategy.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   112
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   112

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:54
05/10/2021   09:19:54

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Shareholder and employee 
engagement
The Group obtained a vote in favour of 60.7% in respect 
of the 2020 Annual Report on Remuneration. Whilst 
the Committee was pleased that the Annual Report on 
Remuneration was approved by shareholders, it also 
acknowledges the views of shareholders who opposed 
the resolution. The concerns of such shareholders related 
to the discretion applied to the vesting outcome of Stefan 
Allanson’s 2017 LTIP award in light of the Covid-19 pandemic 
and its impact on TSR.

The Committee is committed to a responsible approach 
to executive pay and, following the 2020 AGM, we 
have reviewed our process for determining variable pay 
outcomes to ensure it is robust and appropriately takes into 
account broader perspectives, including underlying business 
performance and the experience of shareholders, employees 
and other stakeholders. 

The Committee also offered the Company’s largest 
shareholders the opportunity to discuss their thoughts on 
Executive remuneration, and the feedback provided will be 
considered as part of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
review.

More generally, the Committee consults with major 
shareholders and their representative bodies on 
remuneration matters, particularly if any material changes 
are proposed to the Remuneration Policy. In these instances, 
the Committee seeks feedback from shareholders and 
develops and considers its proposals in light of this 
feedback. 

 Rainsborough Park, 
Knottingley, West Yorkshire

As the Workforce Representative, Fiona Goldsmith engages 
directly with employees on a range of topics of interest 
to them, including Executive remuneration. Workforce 
engagement activities included site and office visits 
undertaken during the year, reviewing the results of the 
Group’s employee engagement survey, and discussions with 
senior management and staff on business performance and 
matters of concern. 

The Committee regularly reviews the remuneration of the 
wider workforce to ensure that it is attuned to general pay 
and conditions when considering Directors’ remuneration 
(e.g. in determining salary increases for Executive Directors 
the Committee reviews salary increases across the Group).

Conclusion
I trust the information presented in this report enables our 
shareholders to understand both how we have operated our 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy over the year and rationale 
for decision making. We believe that the Policy operated as 
intended and we consider that the remuneration received 
by the Executive Directors during the year was appropriate 
taking into account Group and personal performance, and 
the experience of shareholders and employees.

I will be available at the AGM to respond to any questions 
and discuss any aspects of the Annual Report on 
Remuneration or the Committee’s activities.

Andrew M Coppel CBE

Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
and Senior Independent Director
13 September 2021

113

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   113
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   113

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:57
05/10/2021   09:19:57

Corporate GovernanceAnnual Report on Remuneration

The Remuneration Committee’s Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2021 is set out below, 
including remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2021 and the implementation of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
for 2022.

The auditors are required to report on the following information up to and including the table on Directors’ interest in 
shares.

Single total figure of remuneration for each Director for the years ended 
30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020

2021

Fixed pay

Salary 
& fees Benefits Pension Subtotal

Variable pay
Value of
LTIP

Annual 
bonus

awards Subtotal

Total

2020

Fixed pay

Variable pay

Salary 
& fees1 Benefits Pension Subtotal

Annual 
bonus

Value of
LTIP

awards Subtotal

Total

Chairman
Dermot 
Gleeson

Executive 
Directors
James 
Thomson
Stefan 
Allanson

Non– 
Executive 
Directors
Elaine 
Bailey2
Andrew 
Coppel3
Fiona 
Goldsmith3
Christopher 
Mills

Total

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

£000

125

1

–

126

–

–

–

126

116

1

–

117

–

–

–

117

500

315

21

17

33

554

619

–

619

1,173

458

24

32

514

255

–

255

769

38

370

380 454

834 1,204

293

18

47

358

–

535

535

893

19

58

58

–

–

–

–

–

–

19

58

58

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

19

58

58

–

32

32

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

32

32

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

32

32

47
1,122

–
39

–

47
71 1,232

–

47
999 454 1,453 2,685

–

–

44
975

–
43

–

44
79 1,097

–
255

–
535

–

44
790 1,887

1.  The Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic. 

The salaries and fees disclosed in the 2020 column are after the 30% reduction.

2.  Elaine Bailey was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2021.

3.  Andrew Coppel and Fiona Goldsmith were appointed to the Board on 1 October 2019.
Notes to the single total figure of remuneration

Salary and fees
Details of annual salaries for Executive Directors for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 are set out below.

James Thomson1
Stefan Allanson

Rate of salary from
 1 July 2020
£000

Rate of salary from
2 December 2019
£000

Rate of salary from
1 July 20192
£000

500
315

500
n/a

485
315

1. 

James Thomson’s salary was increased to £500,000 per annum on 2 December 2019 following his appointment to the role of Chief Executive 
Officer on a permanent basis.

2.  The Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic.

114

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   114
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   114

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:57
05/10/2021   09:19:57

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Details of fees for Non-Executive Directors for the years ended 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2020 are set out below.

Chairman1
Non-Executive Director fee
Fee for chairing a Committee

Rate of fees from
1 July 2020
£000
125
47.25
10.5

Rate of fees from
1 July 20192
£000
125
47.25
10.5

1. 

Includes a fee of £10,500 for chairing the Nomination Committee.

2.  The Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic.
Taxable benefits provided to Executive Directors
The main benefits available to the Executive Directors during the year ended 30 June 2021 (and their associated values) 
were: car allowance of £13,000 for James Thomson and £13,000 for Stefan Allanson; car fuel of £6,000 for James 
Thomson and £2,000 for Stefan Allanson; private medical insurance of £1,000 for James Thomson and £1,000 for 
Stefan Allanson; and matching shares granted under the HMRC tax-qualifying all-employee scheme of £1,000 for James 
Thomson and £1,000 for Stefan Allanson.

Pension
The Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the MJ Gleeson Group Pension Plan, a defined contribution 
arrangement. During the year ended 30 June 2021, James Thomson received cash in lieu of pension contributions of 
6.5% of salary (2020: 6.5% of salary) and Stefan Allanson received pension contributions and cash in lieu of pension 
contributions of 12% of salary (2020: 15% of salary).

Determination of annual bonus
The Executive Directors were each awarded a maximum bonus opportunity of 125% of salary based on Group profit 
before tax (as regards 80% of the potential award) and strategic and personal performance (as regards 20% of the 
potential award).

Profit performance
The Group achieved profit before tax of £41.7m for the year ended 30 June 2021. This was above the maximum and 
therefore 100% of the profit-related element of the bonus award was earned.

Target
Threshold
Target
Maximum

Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum. 

Profit measure
£m
32.7
34.4
36.1

Bonus achievable 
as percentage of 
maximum
20%
50%
100%

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   115
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   115

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:57
05/10/2021   09:19:57

115

Corporate GovernanceAnnual Report on Remuneration

Continued

Strategic and personal performance
Performance against strategic and personal performance objectives for the year ended 30 June 2021 is detailed below.

James Thomson

Objective

Site openings
Target range of 25 to 28 build site openings 
by 30 June 2021.

Forward order book
Gleeson Homes to commence 2022 with an order 
book of at least 820 forward orders. 

Environment, Social and Governance (“ESG”)
Establish focus internally on the Group’s ESG 
targets set out in the 2020 Sustainability Report 
and implement substantive measures to achieve 
the medium-term goals.

MJ Gleeson plc to be recognised widely for its 
ESG credentials, for shares to be held by investors 
where this is a requirement and to establish focus 
internally on the Company’s targets set out in 
the Sustainability Report and to have put in place 
substantive steps to achieve the medium-term 
goals during the current financial year.

Customer satisfaction 
If either all three Homes Divisions achieve and 
maintain a 5-star rating, or Gleeson Homes as 
a whole achieves and maintains 90% or higher 
“would recommend Gleeson”, then 100% of the 
bonus for this target will be paid.

Employee engagement
The Group is positioned within the top quartile 
as measured by the People Insight Survey 
Improvements in Your Voice results versus prior 
year. 

Performance

Weighting

Outcome

27 sites were opened during the year.

The forward order book at 30 June 2021 
was 841.

Shareholders scored 4.3 out of 5 
for “how sustainable do you believe 
Gleeson’s business model is?” (where 4 
is ‘above average’ and 5 is ‘very good’).

Shares were held by four leading ESG 
investors.

Internal focus established through 
sustainability working teams with data 
captured on all four targets and actions. 
See pages 42 and 43. 

Health and safety target to significantly 
reduce incident rate was missed. 
Gleeson Homes achieved a 5-star 
InHouse rating of 90.6% for the year 
ended 30 June 2021. 

4%

4%

4%

4%

4%

3%

4%

4%

Top quartile and score improved from 
88% to 89%.

4%

4%

20%

19%

116

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   116
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   116

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:57
05/10/2021   09:19:57

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021 
Stefan Allanson

Objective

Site openings
Target range of 25 to 28 build site openings 
by 30 June 2021.

Environment, Social and Governance (“ESG”)
Establish focus internally on the Group’s ESG 
targets set out in the 2020 Sustainability 
Report and implement substantive measures 
to achieve the medium-term goals.

MJ Gleeson plc to be recognised widely for 
its ESG credentials, for shares to be held by 
investors where this is a requirement and to 
establish focus internally on the Company’s 
targets set out in the Sustainability Report 
and to have put in place substantive steps to 
achieve the medium-term goals during the 
current financial year.

Work in progress (“WIP”) and  
forward order book
Gleeson Homes to commence 2022 with  
a strong WIP position of 1,230 slabs, and  
a strong forward order book of 820  
forward orders.

Effective management of risk
Effective management of risk across the 
Group, including Group risk management, 
commercial, legal and finance.

Broaden banking relationships
To broaden our banking relationships  
beyond Lloyds by June 2021.

Performance

Weighting

Outcome

27 sites were opened during the year.

Shareholders scored 4.3 out of 5 for “how 
sustainable do you believe Gleeson’s 
business model is?” (where 4 is ‘above 
average’ and 5 is ‘very good’).

Shares were held by four leading ESG 
investors. 

Internal focus established through 
sustainability working teams with data 
captured on all four targets and actions. 
See pages 42 and 43. 

Health and safety target to significantly 
reduce incident rate was missed. 

Forward order book at 30 June 2021  
was 841. 

Slabs at 30 June 2021 were 1,141.

Enhanced Group risk register, new 
sustainability register established. 

Audit delivered on time with a clean  
audit report. 

Legal risk register established.

Finance team fully partnered with MDs and 
DMDs and managing risks across the Group.

Further improvements to be made on 
commercial risk management. 

Santander added as a second bank and 
committed borrowing facility increased 
from £70m to £105m with £35m from 
Santander. 

4%

4%

4%

3%

4%

2%

4%

3.5%

4%

4%

20%

16.5%

The Committee considered the bonus outcome for the profit and strategic and personal performance elements 
alongside broader perspectives including: underlying business performance and affordability; the experience of 
shareholders; and the experience of employees and other stakeholders. See page 111 for further details. The Committee 
considered the outcome to be appropriate and no discretion was applied to the bonus outcome. 

Bonus outcome
The total bonus outcome for each Executive Director is therefore:

James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Bonus payable

% maximum

99.0%
96.5%

£000

619
380

In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, one-third of the bonus payable is deferred into shares for two years.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   117
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   117

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:57
05/10/2021   09:19:57

117

Corporate Governance 
Annual Report on Remuneration

Continued

2018 LTIP
The 2018 LTIP awards were subject to performance targets based on TSR. TSR is defined as the average share price 
measured over the three months prior to the end of the performance period (1 April 2021 to 30 June 2021) plus 
cumulative dividends per share paid over the performance period.

Details of the TSR performance targets and performance outcome are set out in the table below.

Threshold
Maximum
Actual performance
Outcome

Therefore, the vesting outcome is as follows:

3-year performance period 
ended 30 June 2021

TSR

vesting %

£8.20
£10.00
£9.23
69% of award 
to vest

20%
100%

Amount of award 
attributable 
to share price 
appreciation 
since grant3
£000

Total value 
of award on 
vesting2
£000

Number of
shares granted

Number of 
shares vesting 
based on 
performance

Dividend
equivalents1
£000

Executive Director

Stefan Allanson

67,500

46,575

36

454

21.6%

1.  The 2018 LTIP included dividend equivalent terms such that additional plan shares are awarded based on the value of dividends payable on 

the number of vested plan shares between the award date and vesting date.

2.  Calculated based on the share price on the date of vesting (6 July 2021: £8.98). The total value of award on vesting includes the dividend 

equivalents.

3.  The Company’s share price increased by £1.94 between the date of grant (9 October 2018) and the date of vesting (6 July 2021). 

The proportion of the total value of award on vesting attributable to share price growth is therefore 21.6%.

The Committee considered the vesting outcome to be appropriate taking into account the strong returns delivered to 
shareholders over the three-year performance period and no discretion was applied to the outcome. 

LTIP awards granted in the year ended 30 June 2021
The Committee granted awards under the LTIP equivalent to 150% of salary to James Thomson and Stefan Allanson 
on 24 September 2020. The awards are based on the achievement of EPS performance (as regards 50% of the 
awards) and relative TSR performance (as regards 50% of the awards) measured over a period of three financial years 
ending 30 June 2023. As disclosed in the 2020 Directors’ Remuneration Report, the Committee chose to defer target 
setting for six months from the date of grant of awards in line with guidance published by the Investment Association. 
The targets were set and disclosed via an RNS announcement in March 2021. 

Following the end of the performance period, the Committee will determine whether the performance targets have 
been satisfied. Eligible awards will vest following a two-year holding period after the end of the performance period.

The Committee has discretion to amend the vesting outcome where it considers that it is not a fair reflection of 
business performance. In particular, the Committee will consider whether there has been any “windfall gains” when 
determining the vesting outcome taking into account a number of factors, including:

•  share price performance over the performance period on an absolute basis and relative basis against peer companies;

•  underlying financial performance of the Group during the performance period; and

• 

the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and any other significant events during the performance period on the Group’s 
share price or market as a whole.

Details of the awards are as follows:

Director
James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Number of 
shares granted
121,753
76,704

Face value at 
grant £0001
750
472

1.  Calculated based on the mid-market closing share price as at a date preceding the date of grant (22 September 2021: £6.16).

118

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   118
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   118

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:57
05/10/2021   09:19:57

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021EPS for the year ending 30 June 2023
Relative TSR1

Threshold 
(20%) of award 
vests
70.0 pence
Median

Maximum 
(100%) of award 
vests2
82.5 pence
Upper quartile

1.  To be compared against a group of listed housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments, Bellway, Berkeley, Countryside Properties, Crest 

Nicholson, Galliford Try, McCarthy & Stone, Persimmon, Redrow, Taylor Wimpey and Vistry Group.

2.  Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.
Payment made to former Directors and payments for loss of office 
No payments were made to former Directors and no payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 
30 June 2021 (2020: £nil).

Directors’ shareholdings and share interests

Shareholding guideline
Within-employment and post-employment shareholding guidelines were introduced with effect from 1 July 2019. The 
within-employment shareholding guideline requires Executive Directors to build up and retain a holding in shares 
equivalent to 200% of salary. As at 30 June 2021, James Thomson and Stefan Allanson held shares equivalent to 23.3% 
of salary and 343.1% of salary respectively.

Share interests
The interests of the Directors serving during the year and of their connected persons in the ordinary share capital of 
the Company as at 30 June 2021 are as shown below:

Director

Chairman
Dermot Gleeson

Executive Directors
James Thomson

Stefan Allanson

Non-Executive Directors
Elaine Bailey
Andrew Coppel
Fiona Goldsmith
Christopher Mills

Scheme

Owned 
outright

Unvested 
and 
subject to 
performance

Unvested 
and not 
subject to 
performance1

Shares

1,088,918

–

Shares
LTIP 2019
LTIP 2020
Shares
LTIP 20172
LTIP 20183
LTIP 2019
LTIP 2020

12,541
–
–
120,407
–
–
–
–

Shares
Shares
Shares
Shares4

–
6,500
5,000
6,055,000

–
93,750
121,753
–
–
67,500
59,063
76,704

–
–
–
–

–

158
–
–
238
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Vested and 
exercised

Total as at 
30 June 2021

–

1,088,918

–
–
–
–
77,345
–
–
–

12,966
93,750
121,753
120,645
77,345
67,500
59,063
76,704

–
–
–
–

–
6,500
5,000
6,055,000

1.  Matching shares granted under the HMRC tax-qualifying all-employee scheme that have not yet vested.

2.  The 2017 LTIP awards vested in full on 8 July 2020 following Committee approval of the outcome of the performance targets. Stefan 

Allanson exercised 77,345 shares (including 8,114 shares from dividend equivalents) under the 2017 LTIP on 16 July 2020. Stefan Allanson sold 
36,461 shares to cover taxes and retained the remaining 40,884 shares.

3.  69% of the 2018 LTIP awards vested on 6 July 2021 following Committee approval of the outcome of the performance targets. Stefan 

Allanson exercised 50,549 shares (including 3,974 shares from dividend equivalents) under the 2018 LTIP on 20 July 2021. Stefan Allanson 
sold 23,829 shares to cover taxes and retained the remaining 26,720 shares.

4.  Shares are held by funds managed by Harwood Capital LLP of which Christopher Mills is a Member/Director.

As at 31 August 2021, the total interests held by James Thomson was 13,014 and Stefan Allanson was 147,411. The 
Company has not been advised of any other changes to the interests of Directors and their connected persons to those 
set out in the table above.

119

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   119
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   119

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:57
05/10/2021   09:19:57

Corporate GovernanceAnnual Report on Remuneration

Continued

LTIP awards
Additional details of the outstanding LTIP awards held by Executive Directors serving during the year are set out below.

Executive 
Director

James Thomson

Stefan Allanson

Scheme

LTIP 2019
LTIP 2020
LTIP 2017
LTIP 2018
LTIP 2019
LTIP 2020

30 June 
2020

93,750
–
69,231
67,500
59,063
–

Granted 
during 
year

Vested and 
exercised 
during year

Lapsed 
in year

Share price 
at grant 
date

Total 
interests 
outstanding 
at 30 June 
2021

End of 
performance
period

–
121,753
–
–
–
76,704

–
–
77,345
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

£8.00
£6.16
£6.50
£7.04
£8.00
£6.16

93,750
121,753
–
67,500
59,063
76,704

30/06/22
30/06/23
30/06/20
30/06/21
30/06/22
30/06/23

1.  As noted above, the 2017 LTIP awards vested in full on 8 July 2020 following Committee approval of the outcome of performance targets. 

Stefan Allanson exercised 77,345 shares (including 8,114 shares from dividend equivalents) under the 2017 LTIP on 16 July 2020. 

2.  As noted above, 69% of the 2018 LTIP awards vested on 6 July 2021 following Committee approval of the outcome of the performance 

targets.

TSR performance
We have compared the Company’s TSR performance over the last ten years with the TSR for the FTSE Small Cap Index, 
of which the Company is a member, and a comparator index of listed housebuilders. The peer group consists of a group 
of listed housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments, Bellway, Berkeley, Countryside Properties, Crest Nicholson, 
Galliford Try, Persimmon, Redrow, Taylor Wimpey and Vistry Group.

MJ Gleeson plc TSR comparison to index and peer group 1 July 2011 to 30 June 2021:

Jun-12

Jun-13

Jun-14

Jun-15

Jun-16

Jun-17

Jun-18

Jun-19

Jun-20

Jun-21

MJ Gleeson plc

Housebuilders

FTSE SmallCap

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0
Jul-11

120

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   120
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   120

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration 2011 to 2021

Year

2021
2020
2019
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
20121

Chief Executive Officer

James Thomson
James Thomson
James Thomson (appointed 10 June 2019)
Jolyon Harrison (departed 10 June 2019)
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison 
Jolyon Harrison (appointed 1 July 2012)
n/a

Single figure
of total 
remuneration
£000

Annual bonus 
paid against 
maximum 
opportunity

LTIP awards 
vesting against
maximum 
opportunity

1,173
769
31
2,482
3,056
2,816
873
2,917
793
1,615
–

99%
45%
–
–
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
81%
–

–
–
–
100%
100%
100%
–
100%
–
100%
–

1.  No Chief Executive Officer held office during 2012.
Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The table below sets out the annual percentage change in each of the Directors’ remuneration compared to the 
average employee remuneration.

% change

Chairman
Dermot Gleeson

Executive Directors
James Thomson2
Stefan Allanson3

Non-Executive Directors
Elaine Bailey4
Andrew Coppel5
Fiona Goldsmith5
Christopher Mills
Average employee6

2020 to 2021

2019 to 2020

Salary 
& fees1

Benefits

Bonus

Salary 
& fees1

Benefits

Bonus

8%

9%
8%

n/a
n/a
n/a
8%
2.2%

-9%

-11%
-5%

–
–
–
–
9.3%

–

143%
n/a

–
–
–
–
49.9%

-7%

n/a
-7%

n/a
n/a
n/a
-7%
4.4%

–

n/a
2%

–
–
–
–
8.2%

–

n/a
–

–
–
–
–
-8.1%

1.  The Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic. 
As such, the table above shows a reduction in salaries and fees between years ended 30 June 2019 and 30 June 2020, and an increase in 
salaries and fees between years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2021. With the exception of James Thomson (see page 114), there were no 
increases to salaries or fees during the years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2021.

2.  Appointed to the Board on 10 June 2019 and therefore the percentage change in remuneration between years ended 30 June 2019 and 

30 June 2020 is not applicable.

3.  Stefan Allanson did not receive a bonus in respect of the year ended 30 June 2020.

4.  Appointed to the Board on 1 March 2021 and therefore the percentage change in remuneration is not applicable.

5.  Appointed to the Board on 1 October 2019 and therefore the annual percentage change in remuneration is not applicable.

6.  The annual percentage change of the average remuneration of the Group’s salaried employees, calculated on a full-time equivalent basis. 

The increase reflects the reversal of pay cuts that were implemented for certain employees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in 
response to the Covid-19 pandemic. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   121
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   121

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

121

Corporate GovernanceAnnual Report on Remuneration

Continued

Chief Executive Officer pay ratio
The table below sets out the Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration as a ratio against the full-time equivalent 
remuneration of the 25th, 50th (median) and 75th percentile employees.

Year

2021
2020

Method

Option B
Option B

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

64:1
28:1

40:1
20:1

17:1
12:1

Option B methodology was selected on the basis that it is an efficient and robust approach. The remuneration 
figures for the employee at each quartile were determined as at the final day of the relevant financial year. Sensitivity 
analysis has been performed around the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile employees to ensure that they are reasonably 
representative.

A substantial proportion of the Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration is performance-related and delivered in 
shares. The ratios will therefore depend significantly on the Chief Executive Officer’s annual bonus and LTIP outcomes, 
and may fluctuate year-to-year.

During 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, the Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the 
period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020. This reduced the Chief Executive Officer’s pay and, therefore, the pay ratios for 
the prior year. In addition, the bonus paid to the Chief Executive Officer in the prior year was at 45% of the maximum 
bonus due to the financial performance in that year compared to the bonus achieved being 99% of the maximum bonus 
for 2021. 

The Board believes that the median pay ratio is consistent with the Group’s wider policies on employee pay, reward 
and progression. The Committee has reviewed the remuneration policies and practices for the wider workforce in 
conjunction with considering how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy should be implemented. The Committee is 
satisfied that there is a good level of alignment in relation to pay policies throughout the company and that the the 
median pay ratio is consistent with the Group’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and progression.

Total pay and benefits used to calculate the ratios
The table below shows the employee percentile pay and benefits used to determine the above pay ratios and the salary 
component for each figure.

£000

2021
Total pay and benefits2
Salary component

2020
Total pay and benefits2
Salary component3

Chief Executive 
Officer1

25th percentile

Median

75th percentile

1,173
500

769
458

18
18

28
26

30
25

39
35

68
60

62
53

1.  The Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration is the total single figure remuneration for the relevant financial year as disclosed on page 114.

2.  The employee percentile pay and benefits has been calculated based on the amount paid or receivable for the financial year. The calculations 

are on the same basis as required for the Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration for total single figure purposes.

3.  The Board agreed to a 30% reduction in salary and fees for the period 6 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic. 
Relative importance of spend on pay
Set out below is the amount spent on remuneration for all employees of the Group (including the Executive Directors) 
and the total amounts paid in distributions to shareholders over the year.

2021
£m

39.8
2.9

2020
£m

27.2
–

Difference 
in spend
£m

Difference as 
percentage

12.6
2.9

46.3%
n/a

Remuneration for all employees
Total distributions paid

122

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   122
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   122

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Terms of engagement
The Chief Executive Officer’s service agreement is on a rolling basis and requires 12 months’ notice of termination 
on either side. The Chief Financial Officer’s service agreement is on a rolling basis and requires six months’ notice of 
termination from the Chief Financial Officer and 12 months’ notice of termination from the Company. The dates of the 
Executive Directors’ service agreements are as follows:

James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Date of service 
agreement

2 December 2019
29 June 2015

All Non-Executive Directors are engaged for an initial period of three years, which thereafter may be extended on an 
annual basis, subject to re-election at each AGM. The appointment of the Chairman may be terminated by either side 
on six months’ notice and the appointment of the other Non-Executive Directors may be terminated on either side on 
one month’s notice. The dates of each Non-Executive Director’s original appointment are as follows:

Dermot Gleeson
Christopher Mills
Andrew Coppel
Fiona Goldsmith
Elaine Bailey

Date of original appointment

Expiry of current term1

27 November 1975
1 January 2009
1 October 2019
1 October 2019
1 March 2021

30 September 2021
30 September 2021
30 September 2022
30 September 2022
29 February 2024

1.  Subject to re-election at the 2021 AGM.
Implementation of the new policy for the year to 30 June 2022

Executive Directors
Salary
A 2.5% salary increase has been awarded to the Executive Directors with effect from 1 July 2021, in line with the 
standard increase across the wider workforce, noting that the average increase was 4.1%. 

James Thomson
Stefan Allanson

Salary from 
1 July 2021
£

512,500
322,875

Salary as 
at 30 June 
2021
£

500,000
315,000

Pension
Reflecting best practice and the expectations of shareholders and proxy voting agencies, in 2020 Stefan Allanson 
volunteered to have his pension opportunity reduced to bring it in line with the level available to the majority of the 
wider workforce by 1 July 2022. Stefan Allanson’s pension opportunity reduced from 12% to 9% of salary on 1 July 2021 
and will reduce to 6.5% of salary on 1 July 2022. 

James Thomson’s pension allowance was set at 6.5% of salary on his appointment as Chief Executive Officer.

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus that can be earned in the year will be 125% of salary for both Executive Directors. 

80% of the award will be based on profit performance and 20% will be based on strategic and personal performance. 
Details of the profit, strategic and personal performance targets will be fully disclosed in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration for the year ending 30 June 2022. The Committee has discretion to amend the vesting outcome where it 
considers that it is not a fair reflection of business performance. 

The Executive Directors will be required to defer one-third of any bonuses earned into shares for a two-year period.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   123
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   123

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

123

Corporate GovernanceAnnual Report on Remuneration 

Continued

LTIP
The maximum LTIP opportunity will be 150% of salary for both Executive Directors. 50% of the award will be based on 
EPS performance and 50% will be based on relative TSR performance measured over a period of three financial years 
ending 30 June 2024. The Committee has discretion to amend the vesting outcome where it considers that it is not a 
fair reflection of business performance.

The vesting date for the shares will be following a two-year holding period, on or around the date on which the 
Company announces its financial results for the financial year ending 30 June 2026. 

Details of the EPS and relative TSR performance targets are set out below.

EPS for the year ending 30 June 2024
Relative TSR

Threshold (20%) 
of award vests

Maximum (100%) 
of award vests2

82.0p
Median

93.0p
Upper quartile

1.  To be compared against a group of listed housebuilders comprising Barratt Developments, Bellway, Berkeley, Countryside Properties, Crest 

Nicholson, Galliford Try, Persimmon, Redrow, Taylor Wimpey and Vistry Group.

2.  Straight-line vesting between threshold and maximum performance.
Chairman and Non-Executive Directors fees
In line with the pay increase of 2.5% to the wider workforce, the Committee agreed that the Chairman’s fee for 2022 
should increase from £125,000 to £128,000, and this includes a fee of £10,500 for chairing the Nomination Committee, 
which remains unchanged. The fees for the Non-Executive Directors increased from £47,250 to £48,500 plus an 
additional, unchanged, fee of £10,500 for chairing a Board Committee.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors fees will be reviewed during the year ending 30 June 2022 as part of a 
wider review of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

The Remuneration Committee
The Committee was chaired by Andrew Coppel during the year ended 30 June 2021. The other Committee members 
were Fiona Goldsmith and Elaine Bailey, who was appointed to the Committee on 26 March 2021.

Each of the Non-Executive Directors are independent and have no potential conflicts of interest arising from cross 
directorships and no day-to-day involvement in running the business.

Biographical details of the members of the Committee are shown on pages 84 and 85, and details of their attendance 
at the meetings of the Committee during the year ended 30 June 2021 are shown on page 87.

Role and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee
The Committee’s primary purpose is to make recommendations to the Board on the Group’s framework for Executive 
Directors and senior management remuneration. The Board has also delegated responsibility to the Committee for 
determining the remuneration, benefits and contractual arrangements of the Chairman and the Executive Directors. No 
individual is involved in deciding their own remuneration.

The Committee has written terms of reference available on the Company’s website, www.mjgleesonplc.com, and its 
responsibilities include:

• 

recommending to the Board the policy for Executive Directors and senior management remuneration;

•  agreeing the remuneration of the Chairman of the Board;

•  agreeing the terms and conditions of employment for Executive Directors, including their annual remuneration and 

pension arrangements, and reviewing such provisions for senior management;

•  agreeing the measures and targets for any performance-related bonus and share schemes;

•  ensuring that, on termination, contractual terms and payments made are fair both to the Company and the 

individual so that failure is not rewarded; 

•  engaging with shareholders on Executive Directors and senior management remuneration;

• 

reviewing wider workforce remuneration and related policies; and

•  agreeing the terms of reference of any remuneration consultants that it appoints.

124

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   124
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   124

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Activities during the year
The Committee met on a number of occasions during the year, two of which were scheduled meetings. Papers were 
circulated in advance of each meeting for all matters considered. The main activities undertaken by the Committee 
during the year included:

• 

reviewing and approving the annual bonus and LTIP outcomes of the Executive Directors and senior management 
for the year ended 30 June 2020 and assessing the fairness of these outcomes;

•  agreeing performance targets for annual bonus and LTIP awards for the Executive Directors and senior management 

for the year ended 30 June 2021;

• 

• 

• 

• 

reviewing potential performance metrics and targets for annual bonus and LTIP awards for the Executive Directors 
and senior management to be granted in respect of the year ending 30 June 2022;

reviewing and approving proposals for staff pay and bonuses, including examining benchmarking data and market 
information from third-party advisers;

reviewing gender pay across the Group and approving gender pay reporting; and

reviewing the terms of reference of the Committee such that these remain appropriate.

Remuneration Committee – support and advice
The Committee is supported by the Human Resources Director, Beth Broughton, and the Head of Legal and Company 
Secretary, Leanne Johnson. 

The Company took advice from Deloitte LLP, who were appointed by the Committee in July 2019 following a tender 
process. Deloitte LLP is a founder member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates 
under its Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration in the UK. The Committee is satisfied that the 
appointment of Deloitte LLP is in accordance with the Company’s policy on the provision of non-audit services to 
the Group and that the external advice received is objective and independent. The fees paid to Deloitte LLP for their 
services to the Committee during the year, based on time and expenses, amounted to £24,500. Deloitte LLP also 
provided advice to the Company during the year in relation to share plans.

The Company also took advice from its legal advisors, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (“Skadden”), under 
its annual retainer. Skadden were appointed in November 2020. The Committee is satisfied that the advice received 
from Skadden is objective and independent.

Statement of voting at the Annual General Meeting
The following table sets out actual voting in respect of the resolutions to approve the Remuneration Policy and Annual 
Report on Remuneration at the Company’s AGM.

Votes in favour

Votes against

No.

%

No.

Total votes 
cast

%

Votes 
withheld

2020 AGM: Approval of the Annual 
Report on Remuneration
2019 AGM: Approval of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy

27,757,341

60.7

18,002,509

39.3 45,759,850

72,289

38,188,152

98.2

681,785

1.8

38,869,937

2,801

The Board was disappointed with the overall voting result approving the Annual Report on Remuneration. Both prior 
to and following the AGM, the Chair of the Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) offered major shareholders 
the opportunity to engage with the Board and discuss their thoughts on remuneration matters. The primary concern 
of those shareholders who provided feedback was the Committee’s adjustment of the performance period under 
the Company’s long term incentive plan relating to Stefan Allanson’s award. The Committee would like to assure 
shareholders that it is committed to taking a responsible approach to Director remuneration, and took, what it deemed 
at the time, appropriate and responsible actions in the circumstances. In keeping with the Investment Association 
guidance, an update statement was sent to the Investment Association and can be found on the corporate website 
www.mjgleesonplc.com. 

The Committee considers that the remuneration policy, which was approved by shareholders in 2019, continues to 
be aligned with the Company’s strategy and shareholder interests. This will be reviewed in consultation with advisory 
bodies next year and put to shareholders at the 2022 AGM. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   125
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   125

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

125

Corporate Governance 
Directors’ Report
Statutory, regulatory and other information

This section contains the remaining 
matters on which the Directors are 
required to report each year that do not 
appear elsewhere in the Annual Report.

Strategic Report
We present a review of the business during the year to 
30 June 2021 and of the position of the Group at the end 
of the financial year together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group in the 
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 76.

Business review
The review of the development and performance of the 
business during the year, any significant events up to the 
date of this Report, and the future outlook of the Group 
are set out in the Chairman’s Statement on pages 10 to 12, 
the Chief Executive’s Statement on pages 24 to 27  
and the Business Reviews on pages 28 and 29.

The Group’s sustainable business strategy is set out 
in the Strategic Report on pages 32 and 33. The key 
performance indicators are set out in the Strategic Report 
on pages 20 and 21. 

The Group’s policy in respect of financial risk 
management and financial instruments, details of credit 
risk, capital risk management, liquidity risk and interest 
rate risk are given in note 15 to the financial statements.

Dividends
The Company may, by ordinary resolution, declare a 
dividend to be paid to shareholders but no dividend shall 
exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The 
Board may also agree to pay interim dividends when the 
financial position of the Company, in the opinion of the 
Board, justifies it.

During the previous year, in response to the Covid-19 
pandemic, the Board suspended dividend payments. 
These were resumed during the year and, in April 2021, 
the Company paid an interim dividend to shareholders of 
5.0p per share. 

The Board proposes to pay, subject to shareholder 
approval at the 2021 AGM, a final dividend of 10.0p per 
share on 22 November 2021, to shareholders on the 
register at the close of business on 29 October 2021. The 
total dividend for the year to 30 June 2021 will be 15.0p.

Qualifying third-party indemnity
Directors risk personal liability under civil and criminal 
law for many aspects of the Company’s main business 
decisions. As a consequence, the Directors could face a 
range of penalties including fines and/or imprisonment. 
In keeping with normal market practice, the Company 
believes that it is prudent, and in the best interests of the 
Company, to protect the individuals concerned from the 
consequences of innocent error or omission.

126

The Company obtains Directors’ and Officers’ liability 
insurance in order to indemnify Directors and other 
senior officers of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
This insurance policy does not provide cover where the 
Director or officer has acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

In addition, subject to the provisions of and to the extent 
permitted by relevant statutes, under the Articles, the 
Directors and other officers throughout the year, and at 
the date of approval of these financial statements, were 
indemnified out of the assets of the Company against 
liabilities incurred by them in the course of carrying out 
their duties or the exercise of their powers. A deed of 
indemnity was approved by the Board in November 2020.

Substantial shareholdings
At 31 August 2021, the shareholdings noted below, 
representing 3% or more of the issued share capital, had 
been notified to the Company.

Name of shareholder

Funds managed by 
Harwood Capital LLP
Schroder Investment 
Management
Sandford DeLand 
Asset Management
Polar Capital
The Cooper Family*
Highclere International 
Investors
Royal London 
Asset Management
Canaccord Genuity 
Wealth Management

Number 
of shares

Proportion 
of total

6,055,000

10.38%

4,792,454

8.22%

4,660,000
2,303,453
2,257,465

7.99%
3.95%
3.87%

2,236,382

3.84%

2,152,283

3.69%

2,077,500

3.56%

*  Of which 538,150 shares are held in trusts of which Mrs J Cooper  

is a Trustee

Governance statement
The Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules require 
certain information to be included in a governance 
statement in the Directors’ Report. Information that 
fulfils these requirements, including how the Group has 
complied with the UK Corporate Governance Code and 
our internal control and risk management systems, can be 
found in the Corporate Governance section on pages 78 
to 129.

Political donations
The Company made no political donations in the year or 
in the previous year.

Directors and Directors’ interests
The Directors of the Company as of the date of this 
Report and during the year and their biographical details 
are shown on pages 84 and 85.

Details of any related party transactions with Directors 
of the Company are shown in note 26 to the financial 
statements.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   126
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   126

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021The beneficial interests of the Directors and their 
connected persons in the shares of the Company at 
30 June 2021 are disclosed in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration on page 119. Details of the interests of the 
Executive Directors in share options and awards of shares 
can be found on page 120 within the same Report.

Employees
We are committed to ensuring that all employees, 
potential recruits and other stakeholders are treated fairly 
and equitably. The principles of equality and diversity 
are important to us and advancement is based upon 
individual skills and aptitude irrespective of race, gender 
identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, religion or 
beliefs.

Our policy for selection and promotion is based on an 
assessment of an individual’s ability and experiences; we 
consider all applicants on their merits and have processes 
and procedures in place to ensure that individuals with 
disabilities are given fair consideration.

Every effort is made to retain and support employees 
who become disabled whilst in the employment of the 
Group.

We are committed to developing our employees so they 
can maximise their career potential, and our aim is to 
provide rewarding career opportunities in an environment 
where equality of opportunity is paramount. We seek to 
improve employee retention by providing benefits that 
employees value, including a Group stakeholder pension 
(including life assurance arrangements), private medical 
insurance and income replacement arrangements.

Employee share ownership continues to be encouraged 
through participation in the Group Share Purchase Plan 
under which the Company contributes one share for 
every three shares purchased.

Employee involvement
Our people are at the heart of our business and are 
involved in decision making across the business in a 
variety of ways. More details on employee engagement 
can be found on pages 36 and 37.

Stakeholder engagement
Details regarding our stakeholder engagement including 
suppliers, customers, local authorities and shareholders, 
and the effect on the principal decisions made in the year, 
can be found on pages 74 and 75.

Greenhouse gas emissions
All disclosures concerning the Group’s greenhouse gas 
emissions, as required to be disclosed under regulations 
introduced by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 and the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (“SECR”) 
requirements are contained in the Strategic Report on 
pages 40 and 41.

Shareholder additional information
The Company is required to disclose certain additional 
information where not covered elsewhere in this Annual 
Report:

Share capital
The Company has one class of share in issue, being 
ordinary shares with a nominal value of 2 pence each, 
with no right to fixed income.

At 30 June 2021, the Company had issued share capital 
of 58,255,788 ordinary shares, with a nominal value of 
£1.2m. Further details are given in note 23 to the financial 
statements.

Rights and obligations attaching to shares
Subject to the Companies Act 2006 and other 
shareholders’ rights, any share may be issued with such 
rights and restrictions as the Company may by ordinary 
resolution decide or, if no such resolution has been 
passed or so far as the resolution does not make specific 
provision, as the Board of the Company may decide. 
Subject to the Companies Act 2006, the Articles and any 
resolution of the Company, the Board may deal with any 
unissued shares as it may decide.

Amendment to the Articles of Association
Any amendments to the Articles may be made in 
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006 by way of special resolution.

Voting
Under and subject to the provisions of the Articles and 
subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting 
attached to any shares, on a show of hands, every 
shareholder present in person at a general meeting of 
shareholders shall have one vote and on a poll every 
shareholder who was present in person or by proxy 
shall have one vote for every share of which they are the 
holder. Under the Companies Act 2006, shareholders are 
entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of their 
rights to attend and to speak and vote on their behalf at a 
general meeting or class meeting.

Restrictions on voting
A shareholder shall not be entitled to vote at any general 
meeting or class meeting in respect of any shares held by 
them unless all calls and other sums presently payable by 
them in respect of that share have been paid.

Variation of rights
The Articles specify that the special rights attached to 
any class of shares may, either with the consent in writing 
of holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that 
class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at 
a separate meeting of such holders (but not otherwise), 
be modified or abrogated.

Transfer of shares
Under and subject to the restrictions in the Articles, 
any shareholder may transfer all or any of their shares 
in certificated form by transfer in writing in any usual 
form or in any other form which the Board may approve. 
The Board may, save in certain circumstances, refuse to 

127

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   127
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   127

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

Corporate GovernanceDirectors’ Report
Statutory, regulatory and other information Continued

register any transfer of a certificated share not fully paid 
up. The Board may also refuse to register any transfer of 
certificated shares unless it is:

• 

• 

in respect of only one class of shares;

in favour of no more than four transferees;

•  duly stamped or exempt from stamp duty;

•  delivered to the office or at such other place as the 

Board may decide for registration; and

•  accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be 
transferred and such other evidence (if any) as the 
Board may reasonably require to show the right of the 
intending transferor to transfer the shares.

Authority to purchase own shares
At the 2020 AGM, shareholders gave the Company 
authority to purchase up to the nominal value of ordinary 
shares of £116,511 of its own ordinary shares, representing 
approximately 10% of its issued ordinary share capital. No 
purchases have been made pursuant to this authority and 
a resolution will be put to shareholders at the 2021 AGM 
to renew the authority for a further period of one year.

Repurchase of shares
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and to 
any rights conferred on the holders of any class of shares, 
the Company may purchase all or any of its shares of any 
class, including any redeemable shares.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
The Directors shall not, unless otherwise determined by 
an ordinary resolution of the Company, be less than three 
or more than 15 in number. Directors may be appointed 
by the Company by ordinary resolution or by the Board.

A Director appointed by the Board shall retire from 
office at the next AGM of the Company but shall then be 
eligible for reappointment. The Board may appoint one 
or more Directors to hold any office or employment with 
the Company for such period (subject to the Companies 
Act requirements) and on such terms as it may decide 
and may revoke or terminate any such appointment. 
At each AGM, any Director who has been appointed 
by the Board since the previous AGM and any Director 
selected to retire by rotation shall retire from office. 
At each AGM, one-third of the Directors are required 
to retire by rotation or, if the number is not an integral 
multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third 
but not exceeding one-third. In addition, any Director 
who has been a Director at the preceding two AGMs is 
required to retire by rotation, provided that they were not 
appointed or reappointed at either such AGM or ceased 
to be a Director and been reappointed since either such 
AGM. Notwithstanding this, the Board has determined 
that all Directors will be subject to annual re-election by 
shareholders at each AGM.

The Company may, by ordinary resolution of which special 
notice has been given in accordance with the Companies 
Act, remove any Director before their period of office has 
expired notwithstanding anything in the Articles or in any 
agreement between that Director and the Company. A 
Director may also be removed from office by the service 
of a notice to that effect signed by or on behalf of all the 
other Directors, being not less than three in number.

128

Powers of the Directors
The business of the Company shall be managed by the 
Board, which may exercise all the powers of the Company, 
subject to the provisions of the Articles and any ordinary 
resolution of the Company. The Articles specify that the 
Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to 
borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part 
of its undertakings, property and assets and uncalled 
capital and to issue debentures and other securities, 
subject to the provisions of the Articles.

Takeovers and significant agreements
The Company is party to the following significant 
agreements that take effect, alter or terminate on a 
change of control of the Company following a takeover 
bid:

• 

• 

• 

the Company’s share schemes and plans;

the Company’s payment guarantee bonds except with 
prior written consent from the bond provider; and

the Group’s revolving credit facility whereby upon 
a “change of control” all amounts become due and 
payable.

Information rights
Beneficial owners of shares who have been nominated by 
the registered holder of those shares to enjoy information 
rights under Section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 are 
required to direct all communications to the registered 
holder of their shares, rather than to the Company’s 
registrars or to the Company directly.

Disclosure of information to auditors
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of 
this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are each 
aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s auditors are unaware, and the Directors 
have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as 
Directors to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditors 
are aware of that information.

Auditors
As set out on page 105, the auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have indicated their 
willingness to continue in office, and a resolution that 
they be reappointed will be proposed at the next AGM on 
15 November 2021.

Annual General Meeting
The Notice of the AGM to be held on 15 November 2021, 
together with details of the Resolutions to be considered, 
will be sent out in a separate circular. Full details of the 
deadlines for exercising voting rights in respect of the 
resolutions to be considered at the AGM will be set out in 
the Notice of the AGM.

By order of the Board

Leanne Johnson  
Company Secretary 
13 September 2021

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   128
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   128

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:58
05/10/2021   09:19:58

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Respect of the Financial Statements

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s and Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in the Governance Report confirm that, to the best 
of their knowledge:

• 

• 

the Group and Company financial statements, 
which have been prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies in the European Union, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit of the Group and loss of the Company; and

the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group and Company, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that 
it faces.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the 
Directors’ report is approved:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant 

audit information of which the Group’s and Company’s 
auditors are unaware; and

• 

they have taken all the steps that they ought to have 
taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Group’s and Company’s auditors are aware of that 
information.

By order of the Board

James Thomson  
Director 
13 September 2021

Stefan Allanson  
Director 
13 September 2021

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare 
financial statements for each financial year. Under 
that law the Directors have prepared the Group and 
the Company financial statements in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006. Additionally, 
the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency Rules require the directors to prepare 
the group financial statements in accordance with 
international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in 
the European Union.

The company has also prepared financial statements in 
accordance with and international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 
1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

Under Company law, Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group 
for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and international financial 
reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation 
(EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Group and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group’s and Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Group and Company and enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 
2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   129
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - Governance.indd   129

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:32 pm 

  V8

05/10/2021   09:19:59
05/10/2021   09:19:59

129

Corporate GovernanceMJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021

Financial  
Statements

Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of    
Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Position

Statement of Changes in Equity

Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

132

140

140

141

142

144

145

130

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   130
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   130

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:46
05/10/2021   09:18:46

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Financial Statements

 Paul and Natalie, Leadmills Walk, 
Richmond, Richmondshire

131

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   131
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   131

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:49
05/10/2021   09:18:49

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of MJ Gleeson plc 

Report on the audit of the financial statements 

Opinion 
In our opinion, MJ Gleeson plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”): 

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 30 June 2021 and of the group’s 

profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year then ended; 

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 

of the Companies Act 2006; and 

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

We  have  audited  the  financial statements,  included within  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts (the  “Annual  Report”),  which 
comprise: the Statement of Financial Position as at 30 June 2021; the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Statements of Changes in Equity and the Statement of Cash Flows for the year 
then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies. 

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee. 

Separate opinion in relation to international financial reporting standards 
adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European 
Union 
As explained in note 1 to the financial statements, the group and company, in addition to applying international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, have also applied international financial 
reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. 

In our opinion, the group and company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international 
financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We  remained  independent  of  the  group  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the 
financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were 
not provided. 

132

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   132
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   132

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:49
05/10/2021   09:18:49

We have provided no non-audit services to the company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit. 

•  The reporting units where we performed audit work accounted for 100% of the Group's profit before tax and 100% of the 

Our audit approach 

Overview 

Audit scope 

Group's total assets. 

Key audit matters 

•  Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 

• 

Impact of COVID-19 (group and parent) 

•  Carrying value of investments (parent) 

Materiality 

•  Overall group materiality: £2,086,000 (2020: £1,405,000) based on 5% of profit before tax (2020: 5% of a three year 

average of profit before tax). 

•  Overall company materiality: £1,423,000 (2020: £1,334,750) based on 1% of total assets. 

•  Performance materiality: £1,564,500 (group) and £1,067,500 (company). 

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 

The scope of our audit 

statements. 

Key audit matters 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of 

the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 

(whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 

strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any 

comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 

statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

The key audit matters below are consistent with last year. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 

We focused upon this area because the value of the 

For land and work in progress in Gleeson Homes, we: • 

Group's land and work in progress represent a significant 

Assessed the adequacy of controls over the authorisation 

proportion of assets in the Group statement of financial 

and recording of costs, including testing of controls over 

position.  Further, determining the recoverable amount of 

the allocation of costs to the correct sites. • Visited a 

land and work in progress requires a high degree of 

sample of sites to confirm the existence and condition of 

estimation.  For work in progress in Gleeson Homes, the 

the work in progress, and also to evaluate the 

key judgements include forecasting future costs to 

reasonableness of the assessment of stage of completion. 

complete and selling prices which can be affected by 

• Attended a sample of quarterly valuation meetings to 

market conditions and unexpected events.  In Gleeson 

evidence controls and procedures undertaken and 

Land, the valuation of work in progress requires 

judgements made as part of the valuation process.  • 

judgement regarding the future viability of each project. 

Tested and agreed a sample of land and work in progress 

Based upon this assessment, it may be necessary to 

costs incurred during the year, including land additions and 

build costs, to supporting evidence as well as reviewing 

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021  
  
  
  
  
We have provided no non-audit services to the company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit. 

Our audit approach 

Overview 
Audit scope 

•  The reporting units where we performed audit work accounted for 100% of the Group's profit before tax and 100% of the 

Group's total assets. 

Key audit matters 

•  Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 
• 
•  Carrying value of investments (parent) 

Impact of COVID-19 (group and parent) 

Materiality 

•  Overall group materiality: £2,086,000 (2020: £1,405,000) based on 5% of profit before tax (2020: 5% of a three year 

average of profit before tax). 

•  Overall company materiality: £1,423,000 (2020: £1,334,750) based on 1% of total assets. 
•  Performance materiality: £1,564,500 (group) and £1,067,500 (company). 

The scope of our audit 
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. 

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of 
the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any 
comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

The key audit matters below are consistent with last year. 

Key audit matter 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Carrying value of land and work in progress (group) 

We focused upon this area because the value of the 
Group's land and work in progress represent a significant 
proportion of assets in the Group statement of financial 
position.  Further, determining the recoverable amount of 
land and work in progress requires a high degree of 
estimation.  For work in progress in Gleeson Homes, the 
key judgements include forecasting future costs to 
complete and selling prices which can be affected by 
market conditions and unexpected events.  In Gleeson 
Land, the valuation of work in progress requires 
judgement regarding the future viability of each project. 
Based upon this assessment, it may be necessary to 

For land and work in progress in Gleeson Homes, we: • 
Assessed the adequacy of controls over the authorisation 
and recording of costs, including testing of controls over 
the allocation of costs to the correct sites. • Visited a 
sample of sites to confirm the existence and condition of 
the work in progress, and also to evaluate the 
reasonableness of the assessment of stage of completion. 
• Attended a sample of quarterly valuation meetings to 
evidence controls and procedures undertaken and 
judgements made as part of the valuation process.  • 
Tested and agreed a sample of land and work in progress 
costs incurred during the year, including land additions and 
build costs, to supporting evidence as well as reviewing 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   133
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   133

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:49
05/10/2021   09:18:49

133

Financial Statements  
  
  
record provisions to  determine the final carrying value of 
work in progress for each site. 

the proportion of that expenditure recognised as a cost of 
sale in the year in respect of units sold. • Tested the 
percentage completion of units across a sample of sites 
and checked that forecasts have been appropriately 
updated for expected costs and selling prices to 
completion. We also assessed the level of gross margins 
achieved against those recorded previously and future 
forecasts. • Assessed the historical accuracy of 
management’s forecasting. • Tested forecast costs to 
complete, including forecast preliminary costs, to 
supporting documentation for a sample of sites. • 
Performed an independent assessment of cost accruals 
and build contingency via enquiry and corroboration to 
supporting evidence. For work in progress in Gleeson 
Land, we: • Tested a sample of costs incurred during the 
year. • Tested the transfer from work in progress to cost of 
sales for those sites sold during the year. • Discussed and 
challenged the status of a sample of projects with 
management and corroborated explanations received. • 
Recalculated the provision made by management against 
year-end work in progress by applying the Group’s 
provisioning methodology. Based on the procedures 
performed we did not identify any material adjustments to 
the carrying value of the Group’s land and work in 
progress at year end.  

Impact of COVID-19 (group and parent) 

COVID-19 was declared a global pandemic by the World 
Health Organisation on 11 March 2020 and the on-going 
response is having an unprecedented impact on the 
economy which has been considered as part of the audit. 
Management have considered the implications across the 
business, including the going concern assessment, the 
impact on asset impairment assessments, and 
appropriate disclosures in the Annual Report. In respect of 
the going concern assessment, management have 
prepared detailed analyses to assess the potential impact 
on revenue, profit and cash flows of a severe but plausible 
downside risk scenario.  This analysis includes 
consideration of the group’s liquidity and loan covenants. 
In doing so, management have made assumptions that 
are critical to the outcome of these considerations. 
Because of its significance to the financial statements and 
to our audit, we determined that management’s 
consideration of the potential impact of COVID-19 on 
going concern is a key audit matter.  

Our audit procedures performed in respect of the impact of 
COVID-19 on management's going concern assessment, 
and our conclusion in respect of going concern, are 
included in the “Conclusions relating to going concern” 
section below. We have evaluated and challenged 
management on how they reflected the impact on future 
cash flows of COVID-19 in their impairment analyses and 
the consistency of their assumptions with the forecasts 
used in their going concern assessment. We have also 
evaluated how management have reflected the impact on 
the recoverability of land and work in progress which is 
covered in the previous key audit matter. We have 
considered the impact of the ongoing pandemic on internal 
controls and the management's ability to maintain 
appropriate segregation of duties.We have reviewed 
management’s disclosures in the financial statements in 
relation to COVID-19 and are satisfied that they are 
consistent with the risks affecting the group, their impact 
assessment and the procedures that we have performed.  

Carrying value of investments (parent) 

We focused upon this area because of the size of the 
balance and the significant judgement required in 
determining the carrying value.  The key judgement is the 
underlying cash generation and profitability of the Parent 
Company's subsidiaries which can be affected by market 
conditions and unexpected events, including the ongoing 
Covid-19 pandemic. 

We compared the carrying value of the investments as at 
30 June 2021 to the subsidiary’s net assets and assessed 
the future cash flows of the subsidiaries.  We assessed the 
requirement for, and the value of, the impairment recorded 
in the year. We also assessed the market capitalisation of 
the Company as at 30 June 2021, and compared it to the 
net assets of the Group and Parent Company.  Based on 
this work we are satisfied that the carrying value of the 
investments held by the company are supported. 

How we tailored the audit scope 
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  structure  of  the  group  and  the  company,  the  accounting  processes  and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate. 

134

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   134
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   134

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:49
05/10/2021   09:18:49

The Group is organised into two main operating divisions being Gleeson Homes and Gleeson Land, and each operating 

division represents a single reporting unit.  The Group financial statements are a consolidation of these 2 reporting units and 

the Group’s central entities which include a further 3 reporting units.  Of the Group’s 5 reporting units, we identified 4 which, 

in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information, either due to their size or their risk characteristics.  This, 

together  with  additional  procedures  performed  on  the  Group’s  remaining  centralised  functions,  gave  us  the  evidence  we 

needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole.  All work was performed by the Group audit team . 

Materiality 

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 

These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 

extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 

misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Financial statements - group 

£2,086,000 (2020: £1,405,000). 

Financial statements - company 

£1,423,000 (2020: £1,334,750). 

Overall 

materiality 

How we 

Rationale for 

benchmark 

applied 

determined it 

profit before tax) 

5% of profit before tax (2020: 5% of a three year average of 

1% of total assets 

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, profit 

We believe total assets is the 

before tax is the primary measure used by the shareholders 

primary measure used by 

in assessing the performance of the group, and is a 

generally accepted auditing benchmark. 

shareholders in assessing the 

performance of the entity. 

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 

The  range  of  materiality  allocated  across  components  was  between  £44,300  and  £1,982,000.  Certain  components  were 

audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality. 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 

undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope 

of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example 

in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £1,564,500 for the 

group financial statements and £1,067,500 for the company financial statements. 

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment 

and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 

was appropriate. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £104,300 

(group audit) (2020: £70,250) and £71,150 (company audit) (2020: £66,738) as well as misstatements below those amounts 

that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

Conclusions relating to going concern 

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 

basis of accounting included: 

•  We obtained from management their latest assessments that support their conclusions with respect to the going concern 

basis of preparation of the financial statements and confirmed the mathematical accuracy of these assessments; 

•  We evaluated the historical accuracy of the budgeting process to assess the reliability of the data;  

•  We  evaluated  management’s  base  case  forecast  and  severe  but  plausible  downside  scenario  and  challenged  the 

adequacy and appropriateness of the underlying assumptions; and 

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
The Group is organised into two main operating divisions being Gleeson Homes and Gleeson Land, and each operating 
division represents a single reporting unit.  The Group financial statements are a consolidation of these 2 reporting units and 
the Group’s central entities which include a further 3 reporting units.  Of the Group’s 5 reporting units, we identified 4 which, 
in our view, required an audit of their complete financial information, either due to their size or their risk characteristics.  This, 
together  with  additional  procedures  performed  on  the  Group’s  remaining  centralised  functions,  gave  us  the  evidence  we 
needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole.  All work was performed by the Group audit team . 

Materiality 
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows: 

Overall 
materiality 

How we 
determined it 

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied 

Financial statements - group 

£2,086,000 (2020: £1,405,000). 

Financial statements - company 

£1,423,000 (2020: £1,334,750). 

5% of profit before tax (2020: 5% of a three year average of 
profit before tax) 

1% of total assets 

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, profit 
before tax is the primary measure used by the shareholders 
in assessing the performance of the group, and is a 
generally accepted auditing benchmark. 

We believe total assets is the 
primary measure used by 
shareholders in assessing the 
performance of the entity. 

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 
The  range  of  materiality  allocated  across  components  was  between  £44,300  and  £1,982,000.  Certain  components  were 
audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality. 

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope 
of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example 
in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £1,564,500 for the 
group financial statements and £1,067,500 for the company financial statements. 

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment 
and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 
was appropriate. 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £104,300 
(group audit) (2020: £70,250) and £71,150 (company audit) (2020: £66,738) as well as misstatements below those amounts 
that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons. 

Conclusions relating to going concern 
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included: 

•  We obtained from management their latest assessments that support their conclusions with respect to the going concern 

basis of preparation of the financial statements and confirmed the mathematical accuracy of these assessments; 

•  We evaluated the historical accuracy of the budgeting process to assess the reliability of the data;  
•  We  evaluated  management’s  base  case  forecast  and  severe  but  plausible  downside  scenario  and  challenged  the 

adequacy and appropriateness of the underlying assumptions; and 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   135
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   135

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:49
05/10/2021   09:18:49

135

Financial Statements  
  
    
  
• 

In conjunction with the above we have also reviewed management’s analysis of both liquidity and covenant compliance 
to satisfy ourselves that no breaches are anticipated over the period of assessment. 

Corporate governance statement 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's 
and the company's ability to continue as a going concern. 

In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material 
to  add  or  draw  attention  to  in  relation  to  the  directors’  statement  in  the  financial  statements  about  whether  the  directors 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting. 

Our  responsibilities  and  the  responsibilities  of  the  directors  with  respect  to  going  concern  are  described  in  the  relevant 
sections of this report. 

Reporting on other information 
The  other  information  comprises  all  of  the  information  in  the  Annual  Report  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not  cover  the  other  information  and,  accordingly,  we  do  not  express  an  audit  opinion  or,  except  to  the  extent  otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the  audit,  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  an  apparent  material  inconsistency  or  material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based 
on these responsibilities. 

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors' Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions 
and matters as described below. 

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee. 

Strategic report and Directors' Report 
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and 
Directors'  Report  for  the  year  ended  30 June 2021  is  consistent  with  the  financial  statements  and  has  been  prepared  in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors' Report. 

Directors’ Remuneration 
In our opinion, the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006. 

136

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   136
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   136

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:50
05/10/2021   09:18:50

The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that 

part of the corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 

Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement 

as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 

governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, 

and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 

•  The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks; 

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify 

emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated; 

•  The  directors’  statement  in  the  financial  statements  about  whether  they  considered  it  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 

concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and 

company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 

statements; 

•  The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group's and company’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate; and 

•  The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in 

operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures 

drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in scope than an 

audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that 

the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether 

the statement is consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and company 

and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. 

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of 

the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained 

during the audit: 

•  The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, 

and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company's position, performance, 

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 

business model and strategy; 

systems; and 

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the company’s 

compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the 

Listing Rules for review by the auditors. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements 

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the directors are 

responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied 

that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary 

to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021  
  
  
  
Corporate governance statement 
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that 
part of the corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement 
as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the corporate 
governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, 
and we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to: 

•  The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks; 
•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify 

emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated; 

•  The  directors’  statement  in  the  financial  statements  about  whether  they  considered  it  appropriate  to  adopt  the  going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and 
company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements; 

•  The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group's and company’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate; and 

•  The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions. 

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group was substantially less in scope than an 
audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that 
the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code; and considering whether 
the statement is consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge and understanding of the group and company 
and their environment obtained in the course of the audit. 

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of 
the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained 
during the audit: 

•  The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company's position, performance, 
business model and strategy; 

•  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control 

systems; and 

•  The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee. 

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the company’s 
compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the 
Listing Rules for review by the auditors. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements 
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   137
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   137

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:50
05/10/2021   09:18:50

137

Financial Statements  
  
Other required reporting 

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 

•  adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 

received from branches not visited by us; or 

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 

• 

the company financial statements and the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited are not in agreement 

with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment 

Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 14 November 2016 to audit 

the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 

engagement is 5 years, covering the years ended 30 June 2017 to 30 June 2021. 

Andy Ward (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

Leeds 

13 September 2021 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect 
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements. 

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with 
our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent 
to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below. 

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations  related  to  the  Listing  Rules  and  health  and  safety  legislation,  and  we  considered  the  extent  to  which  non-
compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that 
have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives 
and  opportunities  for  fraudulent  manipulation  of  the  financial  statements  (including  the  risk  of  override  of  controls),  and 
determined  that  the  principal  risks  were  related  to  deliberate  manipulation  of  results  via  improper  revenue  recognition, 
management bias in key accounting estimates and posting of inappropriate journal entries to manipulate the group’s result 
for the period. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included: 

•  Discussions with management, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws 

and regulation and fraud; 

•  Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates, particularly in 

• 

relation to the valuation of land and work in progress; and 
Identifying  and  testing  journal  entries  on  a  sample  basis,  in  particular  journal  entries  posted  with  unusual  account 
combinations or posted by unexpected users. Specifically we tested journal entries with credits to revenue, duplicate 
journals, and journals transferring costs within work in progress. 

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of 
non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, 
or through collusion. 

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing 
techniques.  However,  it  typically  involves  selecting  a  limited  number  of  items  for  testing,  rather  than  testing  complete 
populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, 
we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected. 

A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  is  located  on  the  FRC’s  website  at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report. 

Use of this report 
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may 
come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing. 

138

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   138
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   138

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:50
05/10/2021   09:18:50

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021  
  
  
  
  
Other required reporting 

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting 
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or 
•  adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 

received from branches not visited by us; or 

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
• 

the company financial statements and the part of the Annual Report on Remuneration to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Appointment 
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were appointed by the members on 14 November 2016 to audit 
the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement is 5 years, covering the years ended 30 June 2017 to 30 June 2021. 

Andy Ward (Senior Statutory Auditor) 

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 

Leeds 

13 September 2021 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   139
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   139

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:50
05/10/2021   09:18:50

139

Financial Statements  
  
  
Consolidated Income Statement
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Continuing operations*
Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Impairment losses
Administrative expenses
Other operating income

Operating profit
Finance income 
Finance expenses

Profit before tax
Tax

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations*
Loss for the year from discontinued operations (net of tax)

Profit for the year attributable to the equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

Basic
Diluted

Earnings per share from continuing operations

Basic
Diluted

* All results classified as continuing for the year ended 30 June 2021 (see note 3)

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss
Change in value of shared equity receivables at fair value
Movement in tax on share-based payments taken directly to equity

Other comprehensive income for the year (net of tax) 

Total comprehensive income for the year

The notes on pages 145 to 169 form part of these financial statements.

Note

 2021 
£000

 2020 
£000

2

5

7
7

8

3

10
10

10
10

Note

15
8

288,575
(199,230)
89,345
–
(47,185)
923
43,083
377
(1,749)
41,711
(7,839)
33,872

147,181
(106,744)
40,437
(257)
(34,533)
282
5,929
708
(1,071)
5,566
(758)
4,808

– 
33,872

(289)
4,519

n/a*
n/a*

58.16 p
58.07 p

8.13 p
8.04 p

8.65 p
8.55 p

 2021 
£000

33,872

 2020 
£000

4,519

33
302

335

13
265

278

34,207

4,797

140

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   140
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   140

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:50
05/10/2021   09:18:50

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Statement of Financial Position
At 30 June 2021

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in subsidiaries
Trade and other receivables 
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables 
UK corporation tax 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets

Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Current liabilities
Loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Total liabilities
Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium 
Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

11
12
14
20

13
14

21

16
18

17
16
18

23

Group

Company

2021
£000

6,684
–
4,672
1,233
12,589

239,961
22,378
3,875
34,331
300,545

2020
£000

5,913
–
12,238
2,176
20,327

216,336
8,328
253
76,807
301,724

2021
£000

2020
£000

–
99,067
–
567
99,634

–
37,889
3,754
1,023
42,666

–
100,800
–
331
101,131

–
73,930
133
15,313
89,376

313,134

322,051

142,300

190,507

(6,917)
(236)
(7,153)

(11,866)
(200)
(12,066)

–
–
–

–
–
–

–
(61,027)
(23)
(61,050)

(60,000)
(37,365)
(15)
(97,380)

–
(88,654)
–
(88,654)

(60,000)
(66,873)
–
(126,873)

(68,203)
244,931

(109,446)
212,605

(88,654)
53,646

(126,873)
63,634

1,165
15,843
227,923
244,931

1,161
15,843
195,601
212,605

1,165
15,843
36,638
53,646

1,161
15,843
46,630
63,634

Retained earnings of the Company
The loss of the Company in the financial year amounted to £8,250,000 (2020: £3,891,000).

The financial statements on pages 140 to 169 were approved by the Board of Directors on 13 September 2021 and 
signed on its behalf by:

James Thomson  Stefan Allanson
Director 

Director

Company registration number: 09268016 

The notes on pages 145 to 169 form part of these financial statements.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   141
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   141

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:50
05/10/2021   09:18:50

141

Financial StatementsStatement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Group

Note

At 1 July 2019
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 July 2019

Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions and distributions to owners
Share issue
Purchase of own shares
Share-based payments
Dividends 

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

At 30 June 2020

Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions and distributions to owners
Share issue
Purchase of own shares
Share-based payments
Dividends 

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

23

24
9

23

24
9

Share  
capital
£000

1,092
–

–
–
–

69
–
–
–

69

Share 
premium
£000

–
–

–
–
–

Retained 
earnings
£000

202,804
(87)

Total  
equity
£000

203,896
(87)

4,519
278
4,797

4,519
278
4,797

15,843
–
–
–

–
(63)
717
(12,567)

15,912
(63)
717
(12,567)

15,843

(11,913)

3,999

1,161

15,843

195,601

212,605

–
–
–

4
–
–
–

4

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

33,872
335
34,207

33,872
335
34,207

–
(61)
1,089
(2,913)

4
(61)
1,089
(2,913)

(1,885)

(1,881)

At 30 June 2021

1,165

15,843

227,923

244,931

142

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   142
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   142

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:50
05/10/2021   09:18:50

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Company

Note

At 1 July 2019
Total comprehensive expense for the year
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions and distributions to owners
Share issue
Purchase of own shares
Share-based payments
Dividends 

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

At 30 June 2020

Total comprehensive expense for the year
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive expense for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions and distributions to owners
Share issue
Purchase of own shares
Share-based payments
Dividends 

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

23

24
9

23

24
9

Share  
capital
£000

1,092

–
–
–

69
–
–
–

69

Share 
premium
£000

–

–
–
–

Retained 
earnings
£000

62,341

(3,891)
67
(3,824)

Total  
equity
£000

63,433

(3,891)
67
(3,824)

15,843
–
–
–

–
(37)
717
(12,567)

15,912
(37)
717
(12,567)

15,843

(11,887)

4,025

1,161

15,843

46,630

63,634

–
–
–

4
–
–
–

4

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–

(8,250)
187
(8,063)

(8,250)
187
(8,063)

–
(105)
1,089
(2,913)

4
(105)
1,089
(2,913)

(1,929)

(1,925)

At 30 June 2021

1,165

15,843

36,638

53,646

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   143
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   143

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

143

Financial StatementsStatement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2021

Operating activities
Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations
Loss before tax from discontinued operations

Adjustments for: 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Share-based payments
Profit on redemption of shared equity receivables
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries
Impairment of investment properties
Disposals of right-of-use assets
Finance income
Finance expenses

Group

Company

2021
£000

41,711
–
41,711

2,772
1,089
(230)
200
–
–
50
(377)
1,749

2020
£000

5,566
(307)
5,259

2,289
717
(223)
254
–
257
–
(708)
1,071

2021
£000

(8,300)
–
(8,300)

–
1,089
–
–
1,733
–
–
–
1,490

Note

3

11
24
15
11
12

7
7

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Increase in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase/(decrease) in payables
Decrease/(increase) in amounts due from subsidiary 
undertakings
Increase in amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

46,964
(23,626)
(6,709)
19,706

8,916
(33,215)
42,207
(28,236)

(3,988)
–
341
1,227

–
–

–
–

42,532
20,655

2020
£000

(3,915)
–
(3,915)

1
717
–
–
–
–
–
(37)
692

(2,542)
–
(27)
189

(51,837)
9,442

Cash generated/(used) in operating activities
Tax paid
Finance costs paid

Net cash flow surplus/(deficit) from operating activities

36,335
(10,216)
(1,934)
24,185

(10,328)
(3,596)
(728)
(14,652)

60,767
(10,216)
(1,827)
48,724

(44,775)
(3,596)
(719)
(49,090)

Investing activities
Proceeds from disposal of shared equity receivables
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Interest received
Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash flow (deficit)/surplus from investing activities

Financing activities
(Repayment)/increase of loans and borrowings
Net proceeds from issue of shares
Purchase of own shares
Dividends paid
Principal element of lease payments

Net cash flow (deficit)/surplus from financing activities

11

17
23

9

858
7
6
(3,839)
(2,968)

1,065
–
64
(2,410)
(1,281)

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
37
–
37

(60,000)
4
(61)
(2,913)
(723)
(63,693)

60,000
15,912
(63)
(12,567)
(848)
62,434

(60,000)
4
(105)
(2,913)
–
(63,014)

60,000
15,912
(37)
(12,567)
–
63,308

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(42,476)

46,501

(14,290)

14,255

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

76,807
34,331

30,306
76,807

15,313
1,023

21

1,058
15,313

144

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   144
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   144

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Notes to the Financial Statements

1 Accounting policies
MJ Gleeson plc (“the Company”) is a public limited company that is listed on the London Stock Exchange and is 
incorporated and domiciled in England. The address of the registered office is 6 Europa Court, Sheffield Business Park, 
Sheffield, S9 1XE.

Basis of preparation
Both the Parent Company Financial Statements and the Group Financial Statements have been prepared and approved 
by the directors in accordance with International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 (IFRS) and the applicable legal requirements of the Companies Act 2006. In addition to 
complying with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, 
the Financial Statements also comply with International financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation 
(EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost 
convention, except as otherwise stated below.

The principal accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these 
financial statements.

The Company has taken advantage of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and consequently a statement of 
comprehensive income of the Company is not presented as part of these financial statements.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and all of its subsidiary 
undertakings (together referred to as “the Group”). 

Going concern
During the year, the Group negotiated a committed club facility with Lloyds Bank plc and Santander UK plc. The facility 
has a limit of £105m (previously £70m with Lloyds Bank plc), which expires in October 2024 and provides the Group 
with additional liquidity and investment funding.

The Group has maintained its strong financial position and ended the year with cash balances of £34.3m and no debt 
(30 June 2020: £16.8m net cash).

Current forecasts are based on the latest three-year budget approved by the Board in May 2021. This reflected a 
cautious view on the trading outlook based on the current market and the degree of macro-economic risk that remains 
from the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic.

These forecasts were then subject to a range of sensitivities including a severe but plausible scenario together with 
the likely effectiveness of mitigating actions. The assessment considered the impact of a number of realistically 
possible, but severe and prolonged changes to principal assumptions from a downturn in the housing and land markets 
including:

• 

• 

reduction in Gleeson Homes volumes of approximately 15%;

reduction in Gleeson Homes selling prices by 5%;

•  material build cost increases of 10% over and above the levels forecast; and

•  a delay on the timing of Gleeson Land transactions and land selling values.

Under these sensitivities, after taking mitigating actions, the Group continues to have a sufficient level of liquidity, 
operate within its financial covenants and meet its liabilities as they fall due.

Based on the results of the analysis undertaken, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the 
Group have adequate resources available to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and operate in compliance 
with the Group’s bank facilities and financial covenants. As such, the financial statements for the Company and the 
Group have been prepared on a going concern basis.

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group has the power, directly or indirectly, to 
govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, 
potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are taken into account. The financial statements of 
subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date 
that control ceases.

145

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   145
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   145

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

1 Accounting policies continued

Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the fair value of the consideration received or receivable in respect of the sale of homes and land 
net of value added tax and discounts, which is based on an underlying signed legal agreement. Revenue is recognised 
when control transfers to a customer as follows:

•  Revenue from the sale of homes and sales extras, is a single performance obligation that is satisfied when control 
is transferred to the customer, which is deemed to be on legal completion when title of the property passes to 
the customer. Where deposit and exchange funds are received in advance, no revenue is recognised until legal 
completion occurs and the remaining funds are received.

•  Revenue from land sales is typically a single performance obligation that is satisfied at the earlier of when 

unconditional contracts to sell are exchanged and control has passed to the customer or when contracts to sell 
are completed and title has passed. Revenue from planning promotion agreements is recognised at the point at 
which the Group is unconditionally entitled to a share of the disposal proceeds under the terms of the promotion 
agreement contract. Payment terms vary on each land sale; where deferred receipts exceed one year from 
completion, the transaction price is adjusted to reflect the time value of money. Variable consideration such as an 
overage is not recognised until the point at which it is considered highly probable that there will not be a significant 
future reversal, which typically occurs when the amount is agreed by all parties

The Group has adopted the practical expedient allowed under IFRS 15 “Revenue from contracts with customers” that 
states an entity need not adjust the amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the 
entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the entity transfers a promised good or service to a 
customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn 
revenue and incur expenses, including revenue and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other 
components, and for which discrete financial information is available. All segment operating results are reviewed 
regularly by the Executive Directors to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess 
its performance. Segment results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment, as well as those 
that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to 
acquire property, plant and equipment.

Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that represents a separate major line of business 
that has been disposed of or has been abandoned. Discontinued operations are presented in the consolidated income 
statement in the comparative period as a single line entry recording the gain or loss of the discontinued operation. 

Finance income and expenses 

Finance income comprises interest income on bank deposits and the unwinding of discounts on deferred receivables. 
Interest income is recognised as it accrues, using the effective interest method. 

Finance expenses comprise interest and fees on bank facilities, leases and the unwinding of discounts on deferred 
payables. Also included is the amortisation of fees associated with the arrangement of financing. Interest expense is 
recognised in the consolidated income statement using the effective interest method.

Government grants
Grants are credited to the consolidated income statement over the period of time in which the conditions are satisfied. 
Grants are deducted from the related expense within cost of sales or administrative expenses in the consolidated 
income statement.

Leasing
The Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a 
right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, 
except for short-term leases (defined as leases with a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low-value assets. 
For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the 
term of the lease unless another systematic basis is more representative of the time pattern in which economic benefits 
from the leased assets are consumed. 

146

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   146
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   146

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20211 Accounting policies continued
A lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement 
date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses an 
incremental borrowing rate that is the rate of interest that the lessee would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, 
and with a similar security, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar 
economic environment.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, comprising the initial measurement of the lease liability, plus any 
initial direct costs and an estimate of asset retirement obligations, less any lease incentives. Subsequently, right-of-
use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses, and are 
adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the 
length of the lease. 

The Group applies IAS 36 “Impairment of assets” to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts 
for any identified impairment loss in line with the Group’s impairment accounting policy.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. 
Depreciation is charged so as to write off the cost of assets over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line 
method, on the following basis:

Property: over the term of the lease for right-of-use assets
Plant and equipment: between three and six years

Depreciation of these assets is charged to the consolidated income statement.

Investments
Investments are stated at cost less impairment. 

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value and are subject to regular impairment reviews. 
Inventories comprise all direct costs incurred in bringing the individual inventories to their present state at the reporting 
date, including direct materials, direct labour costs and related overheads, and the costs incurred in promoting land 
under planning promotion agreements, less the value of any impairment losses.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of 
completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. The key assumptions underpinning the assessment of 
net realisable value are forecast costs to complete, site margins, contingencies, selling prices and expected land values 
in the case of land sales and planning promotion agreements. Deferred land purchases are included in inventories at 
their net present value.

Shared equity receivables
Shared equity receivables are loans offered to certain customers to assist in the purchase of their home. Shared equity 
receivables are recorded at fair value through other comprehensive income (“OCI”), representing the amount receivable 
by the Group discounted to present day values. The difference between the nominal value and the initial fair value is 
credited over the deferred term to finance income, with the financial asset increasing to its full cash settlement value 
on the anticipated receipt date. The Group holds a second charge over property sold under shared equity schemes. 
Changes in the fair value of shared equity receivables are recognised in other comprehensive income. Interest 
calculated using the effective interest method and impairment losses on shared equity receivables are recognised in the 
consolidated income statement.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, less provision for impairment.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and cash held in solicitors’ client accounts on the 
Group’s behalf and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   147
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   147

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

147

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

1 Accounting policies continued

Impairment: financial assets
The Group assesses the expected credit losses associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost on a 
forward-looking basis. For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach as permitted by IFRS 9 
“Financial instruments”, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition of the 
receivables.

Impairment: non-financial assets 
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether 
there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal. In assessing 
value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Impairment losses recognised in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss 
has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to 
determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount 
does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined if no impairment loss had been recognised.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using 
the effective interest rate method.

Loans and borrowings
Interest bearing bank loans are initially measured at fair value (being proceeds received, net of direct issue costs) and 
are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Capitalised finance costs are held in other receivables and amortised 
over the period of the facility.

Tax
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the consolidated income 
statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in 
equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the values used for taxation purposes. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the 
expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.

Employee benefits
Defined contribution pension plans
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension schemes are charged to the consolidated income 
statement in the period to which the contributions relate.

Share options
Share option schemes allow employees to acquire shares in the ultimate Parent Company. The fair value of options 
granted is recognised as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at 
grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become entitled to the options. The fair value of 
the options granted is measured using generally accepted option pricing models, taking into account the terms and 
conditions upon which the options were granted. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual 
number of share options that vest, except where forfeiture is due only to performance conditions not being met. These 
awards are granted by the ultimate Parent Company and the cost of the share-based award relating to each subsidiary 
is calculated, based on an appropriate apportionment, at the date of grant and recharged through intercompany.

148

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   148
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   148

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20211 Accounting policies continued

Own shares held by Employee Benefit Trusts
The Group has elected to treat the Employee Benefit Trusts (“EBT”), which hold shares for the purpose of the employee 
share purchase plans, as separate legal entities and as subsidiaries of the Company. Any loan made to the EBT is 
accounted for as an intercompany loan with the Company. These shares are not treasury shares as defined by the 
London Stock Exchange.

Dividends
Dividends are recorded in the financial statements when paid. Final dividends are recorded in the financial statements 
in the period in which they receive shareholder approval.

Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates 
and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that 
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements 
about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions 
to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

The key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date are:

Inventories (land and work in progress)
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. For Gleeson Homes, the assessment of net realisable 
value is performed on a site-by-site basis, taking into account an estimation of costs to complete and remaining 
revenue. These are carried out at regular intervals throughout the year, during which site development costs are 
allocated between units built in the current year and those to be built in future years. For Gleeson Land, the assessment 
of net realisable value is performed on a site-by-site basis. Net realisable value is largely dependent on the prospect of 
obtaining successful planning consent. Given this, there is some uncertainty over the net realisable value of each site. 
These assessments include a degree of inherent uncertainty when estimating the profitability of a site and in assessing 
any impairment provisions that may be required.

Shared equity receivables
The valuation of shared equity receivables is made in the light of current market conditions, expected house price 
inflation, cost of money and the expected time to realisation of the assets and is, therefore, subject to a degree of 
inherent estimation uncertainty.

Adoption of new and revised standards
For the year ended 30 June 2021, the Group has applied the following new and revised standards that were mandatorily 
effective for an accounting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. 

IFRS 3 “Business combinations” (amended 2018)
IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 17 “Interest rate benchmark reform” (issued 2019) 
IAS 1 and IAS 8 “Definition of material” (issued 2018) 

The adoption of these standards and amendments has not had any material impact on the disclosures or amounts 
reported in these financial statements.

Standards not yet applied
There are a number of standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board that are 
effective for financial statements after this reporting period. The following have not been adopted by the Company in 
preparing the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2021:

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 “Interest rate benchmark reform – phase 2” (effective 1 
January 2021) 
IAS 1 “Classification of liabilities” (effective 1 January 2023) 
Amendments to IFRS 3 “Business combinations”, IAS 16 “Property, plant and equipment”, IAS 37 “Provisions, contingent 
liabilities and contingent assets” (effective 1 January 2022) 
Amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of financial statements” (effective 1 January 2023) 
Amendments to IAS 8 “Accounting policies” (effective 1 January 2023)

The application of the standards and interpretations not yet applied is not expected to have a material impact on the 
Group and Company’s financial performance or position, or give rise to additional disclosures in the financial statements.

149

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   149
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   149

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

2 Segmental analysis
The Group is organised into the following two operating divisions under the control of the Executive Board, which is 
identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker as defined under IFRS 8 “Operating segments”:

•  Gleeson Homes

•  Gleeson Land

All of the Group’s operations are carried out entirely within the United Kingdom. Segment information about the 
Group’s operations is presented below:

Revenue
Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land

Total revenue

Divisional operating profit
Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land

Group administrative expenses
Finance income
Finance expenses
Profit before tax
Tax

Note

2021
£000

2020
£000

265,770
22,805
288,575

140,860
6,321
147,181

37,437
11,080
48,517
(5,434)
377
(1,749)
41,711
(7,839)
33,872

–
33,872

8,960
229
9,189
(3,260)
708
(1,071)
5,566
(758)
4,808

(289)
4,519

Profit for the period from continuing operations

Loss for the year from discontinued operations (net of tax)

3

Profit for the year

The revenue in the Gleeson Homes segment primarily relates to the sale of residential properties. In addition, within 
revenue for Gleeson Homes is £1,521,000 relating to land sales (2020: £510,000). All revenue for the Gleeson Land 
segment is in relation to the sale of land interests. There is no revenue relating to Group activities.

No single customer accounts for more than 10% of revenue (2020: no single customer).

Balance sheet analysis of business segments: 

Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land
Group activities
Cash net of borrowings

30 June 2021

30 June 2020

Assets
£000

223,328
50,487
4,988
34,331
313,134

Liabilities
£000

(54,892)
(9,106)
(4,205)
–
(68,203)

Net assets/
(liabilities)
£000

168,436
41,381
783
34,331
244,931

Assets
£000

198,201
45,902
1,141
76,807
322,051

Liabilities
£000

(37,082)
(9,831)
(2,533)
(60,000)
(109,446)

Net assets/ 
(liabilities)
£000

161,119
36,071
(1,392)
16,807
212,605

150

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   150
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   150

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:51
05/10/2021   09:18:51

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20212 Segmental analysis continued
Other information:

Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land
Group activities

2021

2020

Capital 
additions
£000

Depreciation
£000

Capital 
additions
£000

Depreciation
£000

3,833
6
–
3,839

2,664
107
1
2,772

2,397
13
–
2,410

2,182
106
1
2,289

3 Discontinued operations  
The activity of Gleeson Construction Services Limited was previously disclosed as a discontinued operation. Whilst 
the Directors expect that Gleeson Construction Services Limited will continue to manage the unwind of historic 
construction and employment liability claims, these are now at a level that is wholly immaterial to the Group and this 
no longer warrants separate disclosure as a discontinued operation. For this reason, the costs associated with Gleeson 
Construction Services Limited of £356,000 have been represented within continuing operations, under Group activities, 
in the current year in accordance with IFRS 5 “Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations”.

Revenue
Cost of sales
Gross loss
Administrative expenses
Operating loss
Loss before tax
Tax
Loss for the year from discontinued operations

2021
£000

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

The cash flow statement includes the following relating to the operating loss on discontinued operations:  

Operating activities

4 Expenses and auditors’ remuneration
Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of investment properties
Profit on redemption of shared equity receivables 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Auditors' remuneration:

Audit of these financial statements
Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
Non-audit services

2021
£000
–

2021
£000

39,814
2,772
–
(230)
200

203
57
–

Note

6
11

15
11

2020
£000

–
–
–
(307)
(307)
(307)
18
(289)

2020
£000

(409)

2020
£000

27,193
2,289
257
(223)
255

115
40
–

151

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   151
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   151

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:52
05/10/2021   09:18:52

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

5 Other operating income

Profit on redemption of shared equity receivables
Other operating income

6 Staff costs

Wages and salaries
Redundancy
Share-based payments
Social security costs
Other pension costs 
Total

Note

15

2021
£000

230
693
923

Group

Company

Note

24

19

2021
£000
33,427
–
1,089
4,109
1,189
39,814

2020
£000
22,499
274
717
2,677
1,026
27,193

2021
£000
2,394
–
758
586
78
3,816

2020
£000

223
59
282

2020
£000
1,498
–
403
294
84
2,279

In January 2021, the Group repaid all furlough grants claimed under the Government’s Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme. This is reflected as an additional £1,381,000 of staff costs in 2021 to reverse the furlough grant income 
recognised in 2020. Prior year redundancy costs relate to an internal reorganisation of our regional structure and our 
sales team. 

The monthly average number of employees during the year was:  

Gleeson Homes
Gleeson Land
Group activities

Group

2021
No.

625
16
4
645

2020
No.

572
15
3
590

The monthly average number of Company employees and Non-Executive Directors during the year was eight 
(2020: nine).

Key management remuneration  
Key management personnel, as defined under IAS 24 “Related party disclosures”, have been identified as the Board of 
Directors, as the controls operated by the Group ensure that all key decisions are reserved for the Board. Full details of 
the Directors’ remuneration are provided in the audited part of the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 114 to 125.  

7 Finance income and expenses

Finance income
Interest on bank deposits
Unwinding of discount on long-term receivables
Other interest income

Finance expenses
Interest on bank overdrafts and loans
Bank facility charges
Unwinding of discount on long-term payables
Unwinding of discount on lease liabilities
Other external interest

Net finance expenses

152

2021
£000

–
370
7
377

(818)
(672)
(185)
(72)
(2)
(1,749)
(1,372)

2020
£000

37
640
31
708

(430)
(262)
(256)
(119)
(4)
(1,071)
(363)

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   152
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   152

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:52
05/10/2021   09:18:52

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 20218 Tax

Current tax
Current year expense
Adjustment in respect of 
prior years
Current tax expense for 
the year

Deferred tax
Current year expense/
(credit)
Adjustment in respect of 
prior years
Impact of rate change
Deferred tax expense/
(credit) for the year
Total tax charge/(credit)

Note

20

20
20

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Total

2021
£000

7,261

(533)

6,728

674

589
(152)

1,111
7,839

2020
£000

647

91

738

(7)

113
(86)

20
758

2021
£000

2020
£000

–

–

–

–

–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–
(18)

(18)
(18)

2021
£000

7,261

(533)

6,728

674

589
(152)

1,111
7,839

2020
£000

647

91

738

(7)

113
(104)

2
740

Corporation tax has been calculated at 18.8% of assessable profit for the year (2020: 14.1%). The applicable UK 
corporation tax rate is 19%, which has been effective from 1 April 2017. 

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit before tax per the consolidated income statement as follows:

Total tax charge reconciliation

Profit before tax from continuing operations
Loss before tax from discontinued operations
Profit before tax
Tax at current corporation tax rate 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Non-qualifying depreciation
Relief for share-based payments
Capital allowances super deduction
Land remediation relief
Impact of change in tax rate
Impact of rate differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years – current tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years – deferred tax
Total tax charge and effective tax rate for the year

Note

3

20

2021

2020

£000

41,711
–
41,711
7,925
3
64
(6)
(51)
–
–
(152)
(533)
589
7,839

%

19.0%
0.0%
0.2%
(0.0%)
(0.1%)
–
–
(0.4%)
(1.3%)
1.4%
18.8%

£000

5,566
(307)
5,259
999
7
19
7
–
(182)
(105)
–
(118)
113
740

%

19.0%
0.1%
0.4%
0.1%
–
(3.5%)
(2.0%)
–
(2.2%)
2.2%
14.1%

The difference between the headline rate of 19% and the effective tax rate of 18.8% is primarily driven by the 
adjustments in respect of prior year when the tax computations were finalised.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   153
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   153

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:52
05/10/2021   09:18:52

153

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

8 Tax continued
The current tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit before tax per the consolidated income statement as 
follows:

Current tax charge reconciliation

Profit before tax from continuing operations
Loss before tax from discontinued operations
Profit before tax
Tax at current corporation tax rate 
Tax effect of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Non-qualifying depreciation
Relief for share-based payments
Capital allowances super deduction
Land remediation relief
Impact of capital allowances in excess of depreciation
(Utilisation)/creation of losses
Adjustments in respect of prior years – current tax
Short-term timing differences
Current tax charge for the year

Tax recognised directly in equity 

2021

2020

£000

41,711
–
41,711
7,925

122
64
86
(51)
–
(200)
(634)
(533)
(51)
6,728

%

19.0%

0.3%
0.2%
0.2%
(0.1%)
–
(0.5%)
(1.5%)
(1.3%)
(0.1%)
16.1%

£000

5,566
(307)
5,259
999

7
19
(259)
–
(182)
307
85
(118)
(120)
738

Group

Company

Current tax related to equity-settled share-based 
payments
Deferred tax related to equity-settled share-based 
payments 

Total tax credit recognised directly in other 
comprehensive income

Note

20

2021
£000

(134)

(168)

2020
£000

(767)

502

(302)

(265)

9 Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders:
Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2021 of 5.0p (2020: £nil) per share
Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2020 of £nil (2019: 23.0p) per share

2021
£000

(55)

(132)

(187)

2021
£000

2,913
–
2,913

%

19.0%

0.1%
0.4%
(4.9%)
–
(3.5%)
5.8%
1.6%
(2.2%)
(2.3%)
14.0%

2020
£000

(112)

45

(67)

2020
£000

–
12,567
12,567

A final dividend of 10.0 pence per share has been proposed for year ended 30 June 2021, equating to £5,831,000 
(2020: £nil). 

154

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   154
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   154

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:52
05/10/2021   09:18:52

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202110 Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Earnings

Profit from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations
Profit for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share

Number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
– Share-based payments
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share

Continuing operations

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Discontinued operations*

Basic loss per share
Diluted loss per share

Continuing and discontinued operations*

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

*All results classified as continuing for the year ended 30 June 2021 (see Note 3)

2021
£000

33,872
–
33,872

2020
£000

4,808
(289)
4,519

2021
No. 000

2020
No. 000

58,235

55,583

97
58,332

2021
p

58.16
58.07

2021
p

n/a
n/a

2021
p

n/a
n/a

625
56,208

2020
p

 8.65 
 8.55 

2020
p

 (0.52)
 (0.51)

2020
p

 8.13 
 8.04 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   155
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   155

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:52
05/10/2021   09:18:52

155

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

11 Property, plant and equipment

Cost or valuation
At 1 July 2019
Initial recognition of right-of-use assets at 1 July 2019
Additions
New leases entered in the year
Disposals
At 30 June 2020
Additions
New leases entered in the year
Leases ended/exited in the year
Disposals

At 30 June 2021
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 July 2019
Charge for the year
Disposals
At 30 June 2020
Charge for the year
Leases ended/exited in the year
Disposals

At 30 June 2021
Net book value
At 1 July 2019
At 30 June 2020

At 30 June 2021

Group

Property
£000

Plant and 
equipment
£000

–
2,868
–
191
–

3,059
–
650
(982)
–
2,727

–
475
–

475
476
(161)
–
790

–
2,584

1,937

6,633
551
2,410
93
(1,994)

7,693
3,839
82
–
(1,226)
10,388

4,290
1,814
(1,740)

4,364
2,296
–
(1,019)
5,641

2,343
3,329

4,747

Total
£000

6,633
3,419
2,410
284
(1,994)

10,752
3,839
732
(982)
(1,226)
13,115

4,290
2,289
(1,740)

4,839
2,772
(161)
(1,019)
6,431

2,343
5,913

6,684

Company

Plant and 
equipment
£000

1
–
–
–
–

1
–
–
–
–
1

–
1
–

1
–
–
–
1

1
–

–

The Group has recorded a depreciation charge of £2,772,000 (2020: £2,289,000), of which £544,000 (2020: 
£395,000) has been charged in cost of sales and £2,228,000 (2020: £1,894,000) in administrative expenses.   

At 30 June 2021, the net book value of right-of-use assets was £2,108,000 (2020: £2,946,000), of which £1,940,000 
(2020: £2,584,000) is within property and £168,000 (2020: £362,000) is within plant and equipment. The depreciation 
charge recorded for right-of-use assets was £749,000 (2020: £761,000).

The Company recorded a depreciation charge of £nil (2020: £1,000).

156

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   156
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   156

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:52
05/10/2021   09:18:52

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202112 Investments in subsidiaries

Cost
At 1 July 2019
At 30 June 2020
Impairment

At 30 June 2021

Company
£000

100,800

100,800
(1,733)
99,067

The Directors have reviewed the carrying value of investments at the balance sheet date, including the impact of 
Covid-19 on underlying operations, and concluded an impairment of £1.7m was necessary. The Directors consider the 
carried forward investment carrying values to be appropriate.

Principal subsidiary undertakings
The following are the principal subsidiary undertakings of MJ Gleeson plc. MJ Gleeson plc owns 100% of the ordinary 
share capital of the subsidiaries, all of which are incorporated in England and Wales and operate in the United Kingdom. 
The registered address for all subsidiary undertakings of MJ Gleeson plc is 6 Europa Court, Sheffield Business Park, 
Sheffield, S9 1XE.

Company name

Gleeson Developments Limited
Gleeson Regeneration Limited
Gleeson Developments (North East) Limited
Gleeson Strategic Land Limited 
Gleeson Strategic Land (Fleet) Limited1

1.  Shares held by Gleeson Strategic Land Limited.

Principal activity

House building
House building
House building
Land promotion and sale
Land promotion and sale

The following are the other subsidiary companies of MJ Gleeson plc:

Company name

MJ Gleeson Group Limited
Gleeson Construction Services Limited2
Colroy Limited3
Haredon Developments Limited3
Gleeson Capital Solutions Limited
Gleeson Classic Homes Limited1
Gleeson Homes Southern Limited1
Gleeson Housing Developments Limited1
Gleeson PFI Investments Limited
Gleeson Properties Limited
Gleeson Properties (Kingley) Limited3
Gleeson Properties (Petersfield) Limited3
Gleeson Services Limited
KW Cannock Properties Limited
MJ Gleeson (International) Limited
MJG (Management) Limited 
Oakmill Properties Limited3
Sindale Properties Limited1

2.  Shares held by Gleeson Developments Limited.

3.  Shares held by MJ Gleeson Group Limited.

4.  Shares held by Gleeson Properties Limited.

*      Exempt from audit by virtue of s479A of the Companies Act 2006.

Principal activity

Intermediate holding company
In run off – Construction services
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*
Dormant*

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   157
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   157

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:53
05/10/2021   09:18:53

157

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

13 Inventories

Land held for development
Work in progress

2021
£000

97,550
142,411
239,961

2020
£000

79,941
136,395
216,336

Net realisable value provisions held against inventories at 30 June 2021 were £5,470,000 (2020: £5,249,000). The 
amount of inventory write-down recognised as an expense in the period was £1,216,000 (2020: £3,269,000) and 
the amount of reversal of previously recognised inventory write-down was £859,000 (2020: £243,000). The cost of 
inventories recognised as an expense in cost of sales was £197,533,000 (2020: £107,181,000).

Company
The Company held no inventories at 30 June 2021 (2020: £nil).

14 Trade and other receivables

Current receivables
Trade receivables
VAT recoverable
Prepayments and accrued income
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings

Non-current receivables
Trade receivables
Shared equity receivables

Group

Company

2021
£000

17,825
3,403
1,150
–
22,378

2,150
2,522
4,672

2020
£000

5,758
1,358
1,212
–
8,328

8,570
3,668
12,238

2021
£000

–
28
357
37,504
37,889

–
–
–

2020
£000

11
20
457
73,442
73,930

–
–
–

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value and 
includes an allowance for impairment of trade receivables. 

See note 15 for reference to credit risk associated with trade receivables and further disclosures in respect of shared 
equity receivables.

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand, and interest free. Expected credit 
losses are based on the assumption that repayment of the loan is demanded at the reporting date. No allowance for 
expected credit losses is deemed necessary in respect of amounts owed by Group undertakings.

158

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   158
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   158

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:53
05/10/2021   09:18:53

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202115 Financial instruments

Risk exposure
The Company operates a central treasury function providing services to the Group. The treasury function arranges 
loans and funding, invests any surplus liquidity and manages financial risk. The treasury function is not a profit centre 
and no speculative trades are permitted or executed. It operates within specific policies, agreed by the Board, to 
control and monitor financial risk within the Group. Prudent and controlled use of financial instruments is permitted 
where appropriate.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash, demand deposits and cash held in solicitors’ client accounts on the Group’s 
behalf. The carrying amount of these assets equals their fair value.

Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are trade and other receivables.

The Group’s and Company’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade and other receivables. The Group applies a 
simplified approach in calculating expected credit losses. The Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead 
recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime expected credit losses at each reporting date. The expected credit loss 
is based on the risk of default estimated by the Group’s management based on prior experience, forward-looking 
assessments of the economic environment and relative counter-party risk. For this purpose, a default is determined to 
have occurred if the Group becomes aware of evidence that it will not receive all contractual cash flows that are due. 
The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade receivables approximates to their fair value and no expected 
credit loss is recognised.

The credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings 
assigned by international credit rating agencies.

At 30 June 2021, the Group’s most significant credit risk was with a listed housebuilder and amounted to £7,569,000 
(2020: £10,287,000) of the trade and other receivables carrying amount, with the deferred receivables secured by 
way of first legal charge over the land. The fair value of any land held as security is considered by management to be 
sufficient in relation to the carrying amount of the receivable to which it relates. 

The Group’s remaining credit risk is spread over a number of counterparties and customers.

Group

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables
Shared equity receivables

Financial liabilities

Loans and borrowings
Land payables
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Book value

Carrying value

2021
£000

34,331
19,975
3,002
57,308

2020
£000

76,807
14,328
4,436
95,571

2021
£000

34,331
19,975
2,522
56,828

2020
£000

76,807
14,328
3,668
94,803

Book value

Carrying value

2021
£000

–
(11,373)
(54,249)
(2,322)
(67,944)

2020
£000

(60,000)
(6,852)
(39,296)
(3,083)
(109,231)

2021
£000

–
(11,373)
(54,249)
(2,322)
(67,944)

2020
£000

(60,000)
(6,852)
(39,296)
(3,083)
(109,231)

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   159
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   159

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:53
05/10/2021   09:18:53

159

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

15 Financial instruments continued

Company

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade receivables

Financial liabilities

Loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables

The ageing of gross trade receivables at the reporting date was:

Not past due
Past due 0–30 days
Past due 31–120 days
Past due 121–365 days
Past due more than one year

Book value

Carrying value

2021
£000

1,023
–
1,023

2020
£000

15,313
11
15,324

2021
£000

1,023
–
1,023

2020
£000

15,313
11
15,324

Book value

Carrying value

2021
£000

–
(2,489)
(2,489)

2020
£000

(60,000)
(1,363)
(61,363)

2021
£000

–
(2,489)
(2,489)

2020
£000

(60,000)
(1,363)
(61,363)

Group

Company

2021
£000

19,965
–
8
12
129
20,114

2020
£000

14,182
88
–
2
152
14,424

2021
£000

2020
£000

–
–
–
–
–
–

11
–
–
–
–
11

All trade receivables are from UK customers. The amounts due are included at expected realisable value.

Included in trade receivables not past due are £2,150,000 (2020: £8,570,000) receivables due in more than one year. 

In addition to the above, the Company has intercompany receivables which are repayable on demand.

The movement in the allowance for impairment of trade receivables during the year was as follows:

Balance at 1 July
Impairment loss recognised
Release of impairment allowance
Balance at 30 June

Group

Company

2021
£000

96
43
–
139

2020
£000

484
–
(388)
96

2021
£000

2020
£000

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Trade and other receivables deemed to have no reasonable expectation of recovery following unsuccessful attempts 
to pursue the debt are written off in the financial statements, but are still subject to enforcement activity. Subsequent 
recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the consolidated income statement.

Market risk
The Group has no significant exposure to foreign currency risk or equity risk.

160

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   160
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   160

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:53
05/10/2021   09:18:53

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202115 Financial instruments continued

Interest rate risk
The Group closely monitors its exposure to variations in interest rates but has limited exposure. Loans and borrowings 
are set out in note 17. The Group has no other material interest-bearing financial liabilities. 

Bank borrowings
Bank overdraft

2021

Weighted average  
interest rate

%

2.13
–

£000

–
–

2020

Weighted average  
interest rate

%

2.42
2.87

£000

(60,000)
–

Based on average net cash balances during the year, a 0.5% change in interest rates, which the Directors consider to be 
a reasonably possible change, would affect profit before tax by £65,000-£86,000 (2020: £62,000).

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group does not have sufficient financial resources available to meet its obligations as 
they fall due. The Group manages liquidity risk by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, matching the 
expected cash flow timings of financial assets and liabilities with the use of cash and cash equivalents and loans and 
borrowings as set out in Note 17. At the balance sheet date, the total unused committed amount was £105,000,000 
(2020: £10,000,000) and cash and cash equivalents were £34,331,000 (2020: £76,807,000).

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments and excluding 
the impact of netting agreements:

Non-derivative financial liabilities
Group

30 June 2021
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

30 June 2020

Loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities

Carrying 
amount
£000

(65,622)
(2,322)
(67,944)

Contractual 
cash flows
£000

(65,666)
(3,501)
(69,167)

Carrying 
amount
£000

Contractual 
cash flows
£000

(60,000)
(46,148)
(3,083)
(109,231)

(60,000)
(46,378)
(3,467)
(109,845)

On demand 
or within  
6 months
£000
(55,423)
(320)
(55,743)

On demand 
or within  
6 months
£000

(60,000)
(35,961)
(442)
(96,403)

6–12  
months
£000
(5,035)
(247)
(5,282)

6–12  
months
£000

–
(480)
(391)
(871)

1–2  
years
£000
(5,208)
(441)
(5,649)

1–2  
years
£000

–
(7,950)
(552)
(8,502)

2–5  
years
£000
–
(1,033)
(1,033)

2–5  
years
£000

–
(1,987)
(1,329)
(3,316)

More than  
5 years
£000
–
(1,460)
(1,460)

More than  
5 years
£000

–
–
(753)
(753)

Company
The non-derivative financial liabilities of the Company in the current and prior year are predominantly intercompany 
balances that are payable on demand. The external balances are payable within six months.

Fair values
The fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are not materially different from the carrying values. 
Shared equity receivables are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”). The following 
summarises the major methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments. 

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   161
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   161

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:53
05/10/2021   09:18:53

161

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

15 Financial instruments continued

Shared equity receivables measured at FVOCI

Balance at 1 July
Redemptions
Shared equity provision
Unwind of discount (finance income)
Fair value movement recognised in other comprehensive income

Balance at 30 June

Group

2021
£000

3,668
(594)
(600)
49
(1)
2,522

2020
£000

4,436
(793)
–
61
(36)
3,668

Shared equity receivables represent shared equity loans advanced to customers and secured by way of a second 
charge on the property sold. They are carried at fair value, which is determined by discounting forecast cash flows 
for the residual period of the contract. The difference between the nominal value and the initial fair value is credited 
over the deferred term to finance income, with the financial asset increasing to its full cash settlement value on the 
anticipated receipt date.

Redemptions in the year of shared equity loans carried at fair value of £594,000 (2020: £793,000) generated a 
profit on redemption of £230,000 (2020: £223,000), which has been recognised in other operating income in the 
consolidated income statement. 

In addition, a net change in the value of shared equity receivables of £33,000 (2020: £13,000) has been recognised in 
other comprehensive income. This is made up as follows:

Fair value movement recognised in other comprehensive income
Fair value recycled through profit and loss

Total movement recognised in other comprehensive income

Group

2021
£000

(1)
34
33

2020
£000

(36)
49
13

Forecast cash flows are determined using inputs based on current market conditions and the Group’s historic 
experience of actual cash flows resulting from such arrangements. These inputs are by nature estimates and as such 
the fair value has been classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy laid out in IFRS 13 “Fair value measurement”. 
There have been no transfers between fair value levels in the financial year.

Significant unobservable inputs into the fair value measurement calculation include regional house price movements 
based on the Group’s actual experience of regional house pricing and management forecasts of future movements, 
the anticipated period to redemption of loans that remain outstanding and a discount rate based on current observed 
market interest rates offered to private individuals on secured second loans.

The key assumptions applied in calculating fair value as at the balance sheet date were:

•  Forecast regional house price inflation: 2.0%

•  Average period to redemption: 5 years

•  Discount rate: 8%

162

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   162
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   162

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:53
05/10/2021   09:18:53

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202115 Financial instruments continued
The sensitivity analysis of changes to each of the key assumptions applied in calculating fair value, whilst holding all 
other assumptions constant, is as follows:

Change in assumption
Forecast regional house price inflation – increase by 1%
Average period to redemption – increase by 1 year
Discount rate – decrease by 1%

2021

2020

Increase/
(decrease) in 
fair value
£000

Increase/
(decrease) in 
fair value
£000

156
(173)
149

181
(204)
173

Capital risk management
In line with the disclosure requirements of IAS 1 “Presentation of financial statements”, the Group regards its capital as 
being the equity as shown in the statement of changes in equity.

Note 23 to the financial statements provides details regarding the Company’s share capital movements in the year.

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains investor, creditor and market 
confidence and to support its business and maximise shareholder value.

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain 
or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders and issue or return capital 
to shareholders.

Neither the Company nor any of the subsidiaries are subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

16 Trade and other payables

Current payables
Trade payables
Lease liabilities
Other taxation and social security
Contract liabilities
Accruals and deferred income
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Non-current payables
Trade payables
Lease liabilities

Group

Company

2021
£000

29,272
566
1,891
2,294
27,004
–
61,027

5,161
1,756
6,917

2020
£000

15,726
923
1,280
1,858
17,578
–
37,365

9,706
2,160
11,866

2021
£000

109
–
68
–
2,312
86,165
88,654

–
–
–

2020
£000

137
–
48
–
1,178
65,510
66,873

–
–
–

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand, and interest free.

Contract liabilities relate to customer deposits and exchange monies that have not yet met the performance obligations 
to be classified as revenue. Of the prior year balance, £1,836,000 (2020: £640,000) has been recognised in revenue in 
the current year as the performance obligations were met.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   163
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   163

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:53
05/10/2021   09:18:53

163

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

17 Loans and borrowings

Revolving credit facility

2021
£000

–
–

2020
£000

(60,000)
(60,000)

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of loans and borrowings approximates their fair value.

In April 2021, the Group negotiated a committed club facility with Lloyds Bank plc and Santander UK plc. The facility 
has a limit of £105m (previously £70m with Lloyds Bank plc), expires in October 2024 and has a one year optional 
extension provided by both banks.

The Company, together with certain other companies in the Group, has given cross guarantees in respect of the bank 
facilities available to Group undertakings in the normal course of business. At 30 June 2021, borrowings covered by 
these guarantees amount to £nil (2020: £60,000,000). 

These borrowings are secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets of the Group, and are for a fixed term. 
Repayment is due at the end of the fixed term unless the borrowings are extended for a further period of time.

18 Provisions

As at 1 July 2019
Provisions made during the year

As at 30 June 2020
Provisions made during the year

As at 30 June 2021

Current provisions
Non-current provisions

Group 
dilapidations
£000

(130)
(85)

(215)
(44)
(259)

2020
£000

(15)
(200)
(215)

2021
£000

(23)
(236)
(259)

Dilapidations
The dilapidations provision covers the Group’s leased property estate. The expected provision needed at the end of 
each lease is recognised straight-line over the term of the lease. There is no material uncertainty in either the timing or 
amount.

Company
At 30 June 2021, the Company did not have any provisions (2020: £nil).

19 Employee benefits

Defined contribution pension plan
The Group operates a defined contribution pension plan. The assets of the pension plan are held separately from those 
of the Group in funds under the control of the trustees.

Group
The total pension cost charged to the consolidated income statement of £1,190,000 (2020: £1,026,000) represents 
contributions payable to the defined contribution pension plan by the Group at rates specified in the plan rules. At 30 
June 2021, contributions of £176,000 (2020: £154,000) due in respect of the current reporting period had not been 
paid over to the pension plan. Since the year end, this amount has been paid.

Company
The total pension cost charged to the income statement of £78,000 (2020: £84,000) represents contributions payable 
to the defined contribution pension plan by the Company at rates specified in the plan rules.

164

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   164
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   164

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:54
05/10/2021   09:18:54

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202120 Deferred tax assets

Group

At 1 July 2019
Adjustment in respect of prior year
Credit/(charge) to income
Charge to equity
Impact of rate change
Arising on initial recognition of right-of-use assets

At 30 June 2020
Adjustment in respect of prior year
(Charge)/credit to income
Credit to equity
Impact of rate change

At 30 June 2021

Plant and 
equipment
£000

332
35
308
–
43
–

718
(344)
(200)
–
54
228

Short-term 
timing 
differences
£000

Share-based 
payments
£000

468
(8)
(120)
–
38
21

399
(151)
67
–
30
345

1,097
–
(266)
(502)
2
–

331
–
93
168
68
660

Losses
£000

762
(140)
85
–
21
–

728
(94)
(634)
–
–
–

Total
£000

2,659
(113)
7
(502)
104
21

2,176
(589)
(674)
168
152
1,233

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unrecognised tax losses of £8,876,000 (2020: £8,866,000) available for 
offset against future profits. Losses may be carried forward indefinitely against future taxable trading profits. These 
losses have not been recognised as a deferred tax asset as it is not considered probable that there will be suitable 
profits or gains available in future periods against which they may be offset. All tax losses previously recognised as a 
deferred tax asset have now been utilised (2020: £3,840,000).

Of the total deferred tax asset, £331,000 (2020: £880,000) is expected to be recovered within 12 months of the 
balance sheet date.

Company

At 1 July 2019
Adjustment in respect of prior year
Credit to income
Charge to equity
Impact of rate change
Arising on initial recognition of right-of-use assets

At 30 June 2020
Adjustment in respect of prior year
(Charge)/credit to income
Credit to equity
Impact of rate change

At 30 June 2021

Plant and 
equipment
£000

Losses
£000

Short-term 
timing 
differences
£000

Share-based 
payments
£000

2
–
–
–
–
–

2
–
–
–
–
2

–
–
85
–
–
–

85
(12)
(73)
–
–
–

33
–
23
–
–
–

56
(14)
29
–
17
88

204
–
22
(44)
6
–

188
–
103
132
54
477

Total
£000

239
–
130
(44)
6
–

331
(26)
59
132
71
567

165

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   165
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   165

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:54
05/10/2021   09:18:54

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

21 Net cash/(debt)

Cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings
Cash net of borrowings
Lease liabilities
Net cash/(debt)

Group

Company

2021
£000

34,331
–
34,331
(2,322)
32,009

2020
£000

76,807
(60,000)
16,807
(3,083)
13,724

2021
£000

1,023
–
1,023
–
1,023

2020
£000

15,313
(60,000)
(44,687)
–
(44,687)

At 30 June 2021, monies held by solicitors on behalf of the Group and included within cash and cash equivalents were 
£4,870,000 (2020: £1,910,000). 

No monies were held by solicitors on behalf of the Company at the balance sheet date (2020: £nil).

Net cash/(debt) at 1 July 2019
Recognised on adoption of IFRS 16 on 1 July 2019
Cash flows
New leases
Finance expenses
Net cash/(debt) at 30 June 2020
Cash flows
New leases
Lease disposals
Finance expenses
Net cash/(debt) at 30 June 2021

Cash 
and cash 
equivalents
£000

30,306
–
46,501
–
–

76,807
(42,476)
–
–
–
34,331

Borrowings
£000

Cash net of 
borrowings
£000

Lease 
liabilities
£000

–
–
(60,000)
–
–

(60,000)
60,000
–
–
–
–

30,306
–
(13,499)
–
–

16,807
17,524
–
–
–
34,331

–
(3,527)
848
(284)
(120)

(3,083)
723
(732)
842
(72)
(2,322)

Total
£000

30,306
(3,527)
(12,651)
(284)
(120)

13,724
18,247
(732)
842
(72)
32,009

22 Bonds and securities
At 30 June 2021, the Group had bonds and securities of £37,828,000 (2020: £29,456,000) provided by financial 
institutions in support of ongoing contracts.

The Directors have determined that the Group and Company require no specific provision for bonds, securities or 
guarantees for subsidiary companies.

23 Share capital

Issued and fully paid 2p ordinary shares:
At 1 July 2019
Shares issued during year
At 30 June 2020
Shares issued during year
At 30 June 2021

166

Number

£000

54,587,753
3,479,782

58,067,535
188,253
58,255,788

1,092
69

1,161
4
1,165

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   166
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   166

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:54
05/10/2021   09:18:54

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202123 Share capital continued

Ordinary shares
The Company has one class of ordinary share that carries no rights to fixed income. All issued shares are fully paid.

During the year, the Group issued 188,253 new ordinary shares at the nominal value of 2 pence per share as a result of 
share-based payments as set out in note 24.

In the prior year, the Group issued 2,730,100 new ordinary shares at 600 pence per share with a nominal value of 2 
pence each through a share placing, in addition to 749,682 new ordinary shares at the nominal value of 2 pence per 
share as a result of share-based payments as set out in note 24. 

At 30 June 2021, the Employee Benefit Trusts (“EBT”) held 9,000 shares (2020: 16,000) at a cost of £84,000 (2020: 
£107,000) which have not yet vested unconditionally. The shares are held in the EBT for the purpose of satisfying 
matched share awards that have been granted under the employee share ownership plans. 

24 Share-based payments
The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes, a summary of which is shown below. The share 
purchase plans encourage employee share ownership whereby the Company contributes one share for every three 
shares purchased and is available to employees after one year of employment. The long term incentive plans (“LTIP”) 
are part of the remuneration packages for the Executive Directors and senior management. Additional information 
regarding the share-based payment arrangements for the Executive Directors is set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration on pages 114 to 125. All schemes are equity-settled. 

Share purchase plans

MJ Gleeson 
Group plan
No. of 
shares

MJ Gleeson 
Group 2014 
plan
No. of 
shares

PSP
30/09/2015
No. of 
shares

PSP
04/10/2016
No. of 
shares

LTIP
12/12/2016
No. of 
shares

LTIP
26/09/2017
No. of 
shares

LTIP
09/10/2018
No. of 
shares

LTIP
10/12/2019
No. of 
shares

LTIP
24/09/2020
No. of 
shares

Outstanding at  
1 July 2019
Granted in the year
Forfeited
Exercised
Outstanding at  
30 June 2020
Granted in the year
Forfeited
Exercised
Cancelled
Outstanding at  
30 June 2021

Remaining  
contractual life
Weighted average 
exercise price
Weighted average 
share price at date of 
exercise – current year
Weighted average 
share price at date of 
exercise – prior year

22,225
–
–
(4,332)

17,893
–
–
(1,815)
–

25,179
8,538
(8)
(4,484)
–

16,078

29,225

20,913
7,282
(15)

279,158
–
–
(3,001) (279,158)

14,000
–
–

276,315 390,062
–
(73,846)
(14,000) (276,315) (147,692)

–
–

67,500
–
–
–

–
212,721
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

168,524
–
–
–
–
–
– (168,524)
–
–

67,500
–
(20,925)
–
–

212,721
–
–
–
(19,969)

–
394,153
–
–
–

–

nil

–

–

46,575

192,752

394,153

nil

nil

12 
months

24 
months

–

–

–

–

Rolling 
scheme

Rolling 
scheme

nil

nil

–

–

–

–

£8.48

£8.15

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

£4.94

£10.81

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Fair value is used to measure the value of the outstanding options. The weighted average life for all schemes 
outstanding at the end of the year was 19 months (2020: 13 months).

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   167
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   167

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:54
05/10/2021   09:18:54

167

Financial StatementsNotes to the Financial Statements
continued

24 Share-based payments continued

Share purchase plan
The fair value of each share granted in the share purchase plan is equal to the share price at the date of the grant. 
Shares are granted on a monthly basis.

Performance share plans/long term incentive plan
The fair value per option has been calculated using a modified Monte Carlo model. The inputs into the model at each 
grant date and the estimated fair value were as follows: 

Date of grant

The model inputs were:
Share price at grant date
Total shareholder return 
target
Exercise price
Expected volatility1
Expected dividends
Expected life
Risk-free interest rate
Fair value of one option

PSP
30/09/2015

PSP
04/10/2016

LTIP
12/12/2016

LTIP
26/09/2017

LTIP
09/10/2018

LTIP
10/12/2019

LTIP
24/09/2020

£4.82

£5.95

£5.70

£6.50

£7.04

£8.00

£6.16

£6.15
£0.00
32%
2.00%
3 years
0.76%
£2.37

£6.50
£0.00
30%
3.20%
3 years
0.30%
£3.15

£6.50
£0.00
30%
n/a2

£8.00
£0.00
36%
n/a2

£10.00
£0.00
35%
n/a2
31 months 33 months 33 months
0.98%
£3.41

0.60%
£2.95

0.50%
£3.40

n/a3
£0.00
27%
n/a2

n/a3
£0.00
33%4
n/a2
31 months 33 months
0.10%
£4.644

0.57%
£3.64

5.  Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price; volatility was measured over the 

previous three years.

6.  Awards made under the LTIP allows, on vesting, for an additional award of shares to be made to the option holder equivalent to the 

dividends paid over the vesting period on the underlying shares.

7.  The 2019 and 2020 LTIP grants include EPS and relative TSR targets for the Executive Directors as set out on page 120 together with non-
market, profit-related targets for other participants. Non-market conditions are not factored into the fair value but are instead captured by 
adjusting the number of shares expected to vest.

8.  Volatility rates and fair value of options vary based on the type of target set; the weighted average of the three types is shown.

The total share-based payment cost charged to the consolidated income statement was £1,089,000 (2020: £717,000).

25 Capital commitments
At 30 June 2021, the Group had no material capital commitments (2020: £nil). The Company had no capital 
commitments (2020: £nil).

26 Related party transactions

Identity of related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its joint ventures and key management personnel.

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation.

Transactions with key management personnel
The Group’s key management personnel are the Executive and Non-Executive Directors, as identified on pages 84 to 85.

During the year, the Group exchanged contracts on a conditional agreement to purchase an area of land from Hampton 
Investment Properties Ltd (“HIPL”) for £1,050,000. HIPL is a company in which North Atlantic Smaller Companies 
Investment Trust plc (“NASCIT”), a substantial holder in the company, holds a majority investment. In addition, 
Christopher Mills, a Non-Executive Director of the Company, is considered a related party by virtue of his interest in and 
directorship of NASCIT and his position as a Director of HIPL. The land, if purchased, will form part of a new Gleeson 
Homes site being developed in the ordinary course of business. Approval of this purchase was granted by the majority 
of shareholders at the AGM in December 2019. 

Other than disclosed above, there were no other transactions with key management personnel in either the current or 
prior year.

168

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   168
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   168

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:54
05/10/2021   09:18:54

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 202126 Related party transactions continued

Identity of related parties with which the Company has transacted
The Company receives charges from various suppliers in respect of services for the whole Group. The Company 
allocates and consequently invoices these charges to subsidiaries.

Subsidiaries

Administrative expenses

Receivables outstanding

Payables outstanding

2021
£000

2,943

2020
£000

1,977

2021
£000

2020
£000

2021
£000

2020
£000

37,504

73,442

(86,165)

(65,510)

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   169
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   169

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:54
05/10/2021   09:18:54

169

Financial StatementsFive Year Review

Revenue

Operating profit
Net finance (expense)/income
Profit before tax

Tax charge
Profit after tax

Discontinued operations
Profit for the year

Total assets
Total liabilities
Net assets

2021
£000

288,575

2020
£000

2019
£000

2018
£000

2017
£000

147,181

249,899

196,741

160,384

43,083
(1,372)
41,711

(7,839)
33,872

–
33,872

5,929
(363)
5,566

(758)
4,808

40,999
213
41,212

36,854
165
37,019

32,963
49
33,012

(7,648)
33,564

(6,526)
30,493

(6,488)
26,524

(289)
4,519

(297)
33,267

(257)
30,236

(310)
26,214

313,134
(68,203)
244,931

322,051
(109,446)
212,605

281,240
(77,344)
203,896

242,785
(54,686)
188,099

215,742
(44,371)
171,371

Total dividend per share for the year
Earnings per share from continuing operations
Earnings per share – normalised*
Net assets per share

pence
15.0
58.2
58.2
420

pence
–
8.7
8.1
366

pence
34.5
61.5
61.0
374

pence
32.0
56.0
55.6
345

pence
24.0
49.1
48.5
317

* Normalised earnings per share include discontinued operations in prior years – reported in continuing operations from 2021 onwards.

170

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   170
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   170

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:55
05/10/2021   09:18:55

MJ Gleeson plc Annual Report & Accounts 2021Our website 
For more information on our 
homes, investor relations and 
career opportunities please 
visit www.mjgleesonplc.com.

Further Information 

Corporate directory 

Registered office 
MJ Gleeson plc  
6 Europa Court  
Sheffield Business Park  
Sheffield S9 1XE 

Registered number  
09268016 
Incorporated in  
England and Wales 

Company Secretary  
Leanne Johnson
Auditors  
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds LS1 4DL 
Bankers 
Lloyds Bank plc  
10 Gresham Street  
London EC2V 7AE

Santander UK plc 
2 Triton Square 
Regent’s Place 
London NW1 3AN

Solicitors 
Skadden, Arps, Slate,  
Meagher & Flom (UK) LLP  
40 Bank Street  
Canary Wharf  
London E14 5DS

Stockbrokers 
Singer Capital Markets  
One Bartholemew Lane  
London EC2N 2AX 

Liberum Capital Limited  
Ropemaker Place, Level 12  
25 Ropemaker Street  
London EC2Y 9LY 

Registrars and transfer 
office 
Link Group  
10th Floor  
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds LS1 4DL

Shareholder information 
Shareholder enquiries  
Any shareholder with enquiries should, in the first 
instance, contact our registrars using the address 
provided in the Corporate Directory. 

Share price information  
London Stock Exchange  
Symbol: GLE 

Investor relations  
MJ Gleeson plc  
6 Europa Court  
Sheffield Business Park  
Sheffield S9 1XE 

Email: companysecretary@mjgleeson.com  
Tel: 0114 261 2900

Financial calendar 

Financial year end

30 June 2021

Full year results announced

14 September 2021

Annual General Meeting

15 November 2021

About this report 
The paper in this report is a Forest Stewardship Council 
(“FSC®”) certified product, produced with a FSC® mixed 
sources pulp which is fully recyclable, biodegradable 
and chlorine free. It is manufactured within a mill which 
complies with the international environmental ISO 14001 
standard.

The report has been printed using environmentally 
friendly vegetable-based inks. Formulated on the basis of 
renewable raw materials, vegetable oils are non-hazardous 
and from renewable sources. Over 90% of solvents and 
developers used are recycled for further use and recycling 
initiatives are in place for all other waste associated with 
this production.

The print house chosen for production of this report is 
FSC® and ISO 14001 certified with strict procedures in 
place to safeguard the environment through all processes, 
including ongoing initiatives to reduce carbon footprint.

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   171
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - financial.indd   171

30595 

  5 October 2021 9:15 am 

  V5

05/10/2021   09:18:56
05/10/2021   09:18:56

171171

Other InformationPromoting 
Land.
Unlocking 
Value.

l

M
J
G
e
e
s
o
n
p
l
c
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

a
n
d
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
2
1

MJ Gleeson plc
6 Europa Court
Sheffield Business Park
Sheffield  
S9 1XE

companysecretary@mjgleeson.com
0114 261 2900
www.mjgleesonplc.com

30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3
30595-MJGleeson-Annual-Report-2021 - strategic.indd   3

30595 

  4 October 2021 8:33 pm 

  V5

05/10/2021   11:23:29
05/10/2021   11:23:29